Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and financial report of the Executive Committee of the Board of Regents for the year ending June 30 ..

REPORT € OF THE SECRETARY |
OF THE SMITHSONIAN |
_ INSTITUTION |

AND

| FINANCIAL REPORT OF

THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF a

1947

che SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION |
WASHINGTON, D.C.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY
OF THE SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION

AND
FINANCIAL REPORT OF
THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF

THE BOARD OF REGENTS
FOR THE
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30

1947

(Publication 3911)

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1948

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S$. Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C.
Price 75 cents

yea pee!

CONTENTS

Page

PisirOmOnIClal say: 28 Osa Es baht ae Soe ee er a ST Ne Vv
MERE SEAOLSHMICIG 5 92 Sa ten Nyy aa ale EE es CY ae a 2
PebeEbOATOrOl Necemtsm tak one See ae ew eee rg 2
PANS PROD TVET OM St te ekg Sal np a et RR AN SN a 5
Siaicasomian: Centenmial ae ier Camby iM iain 8 a Sa ee 6
1 DPT CFE) a SA RAO ee) PN Ree US SSO CE OT COs eR ae A 6
Trust Funds’ employees included under Federal Retirement System____-__ 7
WASTE OES os IE SRG Ie Lg a Pe cs Se Pale a 5 OU 2 8
EBhoiperaphic! Waboratanye Ss seusenes wok Melee ee ee 8
Bunidanesrandiequipmentm sr ieee A ee ee a ee Se 9
Appendix 1. Report on the United States National Massum Sift Se Ree) 11
2. Report on the National Gallery of Art_._________________- 24

3. Report on the National Collection of Fine Arts___________- 38

4. Report on the Freer Gallery of Artw2........_......__.___ 45

5. Report on the Bureau of American Ethnology_____________ 53

6. Report on the International Exchange Service_____________ 83

7. Report on the National Zoological Park___._..____________- 90

8. Report on the Astrophysical Observatory__._.____________ 118

9. Report on the National Air Museum_____________________ 124

10. Report on the Canal Zone Biological Area____.____________ 126
Lieoreportjonsthe libraryse= ee) a EL 152

2a rueport-on publications? 4.58 26 p's a ee eae a 156

Report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents_____________ 162

behets si Malee ach Rae ie he Nn

Tee:

MTs

an

THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

June 30, 1947

Presiding Officer ex officio.Harry S. TRUMAN, President of the United States.
Chancellor.—F rrp M. VINSON, Chief Justice of the United States.
Members of the Institution:
Harry S. TRuMAN, President of the United States.
Vice President of the United States.
Frep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States.
GrorcE C. MarsHatLt, Secretary of State.
JOHN W. SNyYveER, Secretary of the Treasury.
Rospert P. PAtrerRson, Secretary of War.
Tom C. CLARK, Attorney General.
Rospert EH. HANNEGAN, Postmaster General.
JAMES FORRESTAL, Secretary of the Navy.
Jutius A. Krue, Secretary of the Interior.
CLINTON P. ANDERSON, Secretary of Agriculture.
WILLIAM AVERELL HARRIMAN, Secretary of Commerce.
Lewis B. SCHWELLENBACH, Secretary of Labor.
Regents of the Institution:
Frep M. VINSON, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor.
—-— Vice President of the United States.
ALBEN W. BARKLEY, Member of the Senate.
WALLACE H. WHITE, Jr., Member of the Senate.
Wattee I’, George, Member of the Senate.
CLARENCE CANNON, Member of the House of Representatives.
SamMurL K. McConne tt, Jr., Member of the House of Representatives.
JOHN M. Vorys, Member of the House of Representatives.
FRrEepERICc A. DELANO, citizen of Washington, D. C.
Harvey N. Davis, citizen of New Jersey.
ARTHUR H. Compton, citizen of Missouri.
VANNEVAR BusH, citizen of Washington, D. C.
FREDERIC C. WALCOTT, citizen of Connecticut.
Hxecutive Committee.—FREDERIC A. DELANO, VANNEVAR BUSH, CLARENCE CANNON.
Secretary.— ALEXANDER WETMORE.
Assistant Secretary. JOHN EH. GRAF.
Assistant Secretary.—J. L. KEppy.
Administrative assistant to the Secretary.—Harry W. DorseY.
Treasurer.—NicHoLas W. DoRSEY.
Chief, editorial division WEBSTER P. TRUE.
Librarian.—Leta F. CLARK.
Administrative accountant.—THoMAS F. CLARK.
Personnel officer.—B. T. CARWITHEN.
Chief, publications division —lL. E. COMMERFORD.
Purchasing officer —ANTHONY W. WILDING.

°

V1 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Director.—ALEXANDER WETMORE.
SCIENTIFIC STAFF

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY :
Frank M. Setzler, head curator; A. J. Andrews, chief preparator.

Division of Archeology: Neil M. Judd, curator; Waldo R. Wedel, associate
curator; J. R. Caldwell, scientific aid; J. Townsend Russell, honorary
assistant curator of Old World archeology.

Division of Ethnology: H. W. Krieger, curator; J. C. Ewers, associate cura-
tor; R. A. Elder, Jr., assistant curator; Arthur P. Rice, collaborator.

Division of Physical Anthropology: T. Dale Stewart, curator; M. T. New-
man, associate curator. ;

Collaborators in anthropology: George Grant MacCurdy, W. W. Tay-
lor, Jr.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY:
Waldo L. Schmitt, head curator; W. L. Brown, chief taxidermist; Aime
M. Awl, illustrator.

Division of Mammals: Remington Kellogg, curator; D. H. Johnson, asso-—
ciate curator; A. Brazier Howell, collaborator; Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., as-
sociate.

Division of Birds: Herbert Friedmann, curator; H. G. Deignan, associate
curator; Alexander Wetmore, custodian of alcoholic and skeleton collec-
tions; Arthur C. Bent, collaborator.

Division of Reptiles and Batrachians: Doris M. Cochran, associate curator.

Division of Fishes: Leonard P. Schultz, curator; R. R. Miller, associate
curator; D. S. Erdman, scientific aid.

Division of Insects: L. O. Howard, honorary curator; Edward A. Chapin,
curator; R. EK. Blackwelder, associate curator; W. EH. Hoffmann, asso-
ciate curator; W. L. Jellison, collaborator.

Section of Hymenoptera: S. A. Rohwer, custodian; W. M. Mann, assist-
ant custodian ; Robert A. Cushman, assistant custodian.

Section of Myriapoda: O. F. Cook, custodian.

Section of Diptera: Charles T. Greene, assistant custodian.

Section of Coleoptera: L. L. Buchanan, specialist for Casey collection.

Section of Lepidoptera: J. T. Barnes, collaborator.

Section of Forest Tree Beetles: A. D. Hopkins, custodian.

Division of Marine Invertebrates: F. A. Chace, Jr., curator; P. L. Ilg, asso-
ciate curator; Frederick M. Bayer, assistant curator; Mrs. Harriet Rich-
ardson Searle, collaborator; Max M. Ellis, collaborator; J. Percy Moore,
collaborator; Joseph A. Cushman, collaborator in Foraminifera; Mrs.
M. S. Wilson, collaborator in copepod Crustacea.

Division of Mollusks: Harald A. Rehder, curator; Joseph P. EH. Morrison,
associate curator; R. Tucker Abbott, assistant curator; P. Bartsch,
associate.

Section of Helminthological Collections: Benjamin Schwartz collabo-
rator.

Division of Echinoderms: Austin H. Clark, curator.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY vii

DEPARTMENT OF BioLogy—Continued

Division of Plants (National Herbarium): H. P. Killip, curator; Emery C.
Leonard, associate curator; Conrad V. Morton, associate curator; Egbert
H. Waiker, associate curator; John A. Stevenson, custodian of C. G. Lloyd
mycological collection ; Agnes Chase, research associate.

Section of Grasses: J. R. Swallen, associate curator.

Section of Cryptogamic Collections: O. F. Cook, assistant curator.

Section of Higher Algae; W. T. Swingle, custodian. ‘

Section of Lower Fungi: D. G. Fairchild, custodian.

Section of Diatoms: Paul S. Conger, associate curator.

Associates in Zoology: Theodore S. Palmer, William B. Marshall, A. G.
Boving, W. K. Fisher, C. R. Shoemaker.
Associates in Botany: Henri Pittier, F. A. McClure, W. R. Maxon.
Collaborator in Zoology: Robert Sterling Clark.
Collaborators in Biology: A. K. Fisher, David C. Graham.
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY:
R. S. Basler, head curator; J. H. Benn, exhibits preparator; Jessie G.
Beach, aid.

Division of Mineralogy and Petrology: W. F. Foshag, curator; H. P. Hender-
son, associate curator ; B. O. Reberholt, exhibits preparator ; Frank L. Hess,
custodian of rare metals and rare earths.

Division of Inveriebrate Paleontology and Paleobotany: Gustav A. Cooper,
curator; A. R. Loeblich, Jr., associate curator; J. Brookes Knight, research
associate in Paleontology.

Section of Invertebrate Palenotology: T. W. Stanton, custodian of
Mesozoic collection ; J. B. Reeside, Jr., custodian of Mesozoic collection.

Division of Vertebrate Paleontology: C. L. Gazin, curator; D. H. Dunkle, as-
sociate curator; Norman H. Boss, chief exhibits preparator; A. C. Murray,
scientific aid; F. L. Pearce, preparator.

Associates in Mineralogy: W. T. Schaller, S. H. Perry.

Associate in Paleonotology: T. W. Vaughan.

Associate in Petrology: Whitman Cross.

DEPARTMENT OF H}NGINEERING AND INDUSTRIES:
Carl W. Mitman, head curator.

Division of Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, curator; K. M. Perry, exhibits
preparator.

Section of Civil and Mechanical Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, in
charge.

Section of Marine Transportation: Frank A. Taylor, in charge.

Section of Electricity: Frank A. Taylor, in charge.

Section of Physical Sciences and Measurement: Frank A. Taylor, in
charge.

Section of Land Transportation: S. H. Oliver, associate curator.

Division of Aeronautics: P. HB. Garber, curator.

Division of Crafis and Industries: W. N. Watkins, curator; F. C. Reed,
associate curator; E. A. Avery, museum aid; F. L. Lewton, research
associate.

Section of Textiles: M. M. Windhorst, assistant curator.
Section of Wood Technology : William N. Watkins, in charge.
Section of Manufactures: F. C. Reed, in charge.

Section of Agricultural Industries: F. C. Reed, in charge.
Division of Medicine and Public Health: Charles Whitebread, curator.
Division of Graphic Arts: J. Kainen, curator; BH. J. Fite, museum aid.

Section of Photography: A. J. Wedderburn, Jr., associate curator.

Vili ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

DIvIsion or History: T. T. Belote, curator; Charles Carey, associate curator;
M. W. Brown, assistant curator ; J. Russell Sirlouis, scientific aid.
Section of Civil History: T. T. Belote, in charge.
Section of Military History: C. Carey, in charge.
Section of Naval History: C. Carey, in charge.
‘Section of Numismatics: T. T. Belote, in charge.
Section of Philately: C. L. Manning, assistant curator.

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

Chief, office of correspondence and records.—H. S. BRYANT.
Superintendent of buildings and labor.—L. L. OLIVER.

Assistant superintendent of buildings and labor.—CHaARLEsS C. SINCLAIR.
Hditor—Pavut H. OEFHSER.

Accountant and auditor.—T. F. CuarK.

Photographer.—G. I. HIGHTOWER.

Purchasing officer.—A. W. WILDING.

Assistant librarian.— ELISABETH H. Gazin.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART
Trustees:
Frep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States, Chairman.
GEORGE C. MARSHALL, Secretary of State.
JOHN W. SNYDER, Secretary of the Treasury.
ALEXANDER WETMORE, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
SAMUEL H. KReEss.
FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN.
DUNCAN PHILLIPS.
CHESTER DALE.
Paut MELLon.
President SAMUEL H. KREss.
Vice President.—FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN.
Secretary-Treasurer.—HUNTINGTON .CAIRNS.
Director.—Davip E. FIn ey.
Administrator.—Harry A. McBrRIpE.
General Counsel.—HUNTINGTON CAIRNS.
Chief Curator.—JOHN WALKER.
Assistant Director.—MAcgiLt JAMES.

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Director.—RveEt P. Totman; G. J. Martin, exhibits preparator.

FREER GALLERY OF ART
Director.—A. G. WENLEY.
Assistant Director.—J. A. Porr.
Research Associate.—Grace DUNHAM GUEST.
Associate in Near Eastern art.—RicHARD EXTTINGHAUSEN.

BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Chief.—MaTTHEW W. STERLING.

Associate Chief—FRANK H. H. Roserrs, Jr.

Senior ethnologists.—H. B. Cotuins, Jr., JOHN P. HARRINGTON, W. N. FENTON.
Senior anthropologists.—G. R. WILLEY ; P. DRUCKER.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 1X

Collaborator.—JOHN R. SWANTON.

Editor.—M. HELEN PALMER.

Tibrarian.—MiriaM B. KETCHUM.

Tilustrator.—EpWIn G. CASSEDY.

INSTITUTE oF SociAL ANTHROPOLOGY.—G. M. Foster. Jr., Director.

River BASIN SURVEYS.—FRANK H. H. Roserts, Jr., Director in charge.

INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Acting Chief—Harry W. DORSEY.
Chief Clerk.—D. G. WILLIAMS.

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK

Director.— WILLIAM M. MANN.
Assistant Director.—HRNEST P. WALKER.
Head Keeper.—F Rank O. LOWE.

ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Director.—LoyatL B. ALDRICH.

DIVISION or ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH: Loyal B. Aldrich, chief; William H.
Hoover, senior astrophysicist ; Charles G. Abbot, research associate.

DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS: Earl S. Johnston, chief; Leland B.
Clark, engineer (precision instruments); Robert L. Weintraub, chemist
(biological) ; Leonard Price, junior physicist (biophysics); G. D. Talbert,
instrument maker.

NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM

Advisory Board:

ALEXANDER WETMORE, Chairman.

Mas. GEN. E. M. Powers, U. S. Army Air Forces.
REAR ApM. A. M. Prive, U. S. Navy.

GROVER LOENING.

WILLIAM B. Strout.

CANAL ZONE BIOLOGICAL ARHA

Resident Manager. JAMES ZETEK.

pa

aie
ANCE

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

ALEXANDER WETMORE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1947

To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution:

GENTLEMEN : I have the honor to submit herewith my report showing
the activities and condition of the Smithsonian Institution and its
bureaus during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. Appendixes 1 to
12 give detailed reports of the operations of the National Museum, the
National Gallery of Art, the National Collection of Fine Arts, the
Freer Gallery of Art, the Bureau of American Ethnology, the Inter-
national Exchanges, the National Zoological Park, the Astrophysical
Observatory, the National Air Museum, the Canal Zone Biological
Area, the Smithsonian library, and of the publications issued under
the direction of the Institution. On page 162 is the financial report of
the executive committee of the Board of Regents.

The purpose of the Institution, as stated in the will of its founder,
is “the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men.” ‘The in-
crease of knowledge is accomplished by means of scientific research
and exploration, the diffusion of knowledge by its several series of

publications, its International Exchange Service, its museum and art
gallery exhibits, and various other means. As the Institution oper-
ates chiefly through the bureaus that have grown up around it as a
result of its early work, the year’s research and exploration will be
found recorded in the reports of those bureaus, particularly the Na-
tional Museum, the Bureau of American Ethnology, and the Astro-
physical Observatory. A complete account of the year’s publications
appears in the report of the chief of the editorial division, appendix 12.

The fiscal year here reported upon is the first in the Institution’s
second century of existence. At the beginning of a new era, it is
gratifying to report that a large part of the normal research and field
work that had to be suspended during the war is now being resumed
and, in certain lines, expanded. This is the first annual account in
which appear reports on the newly established National Air Museum
and on the Canal Zone Biological Area, recently placed under the In-
stitution’s administration. The number of visitors to the National
Museum, the Freer Gallery of Art, and the National Zoological Park

1

2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

is back to prewar levels, as is the number of accessions to the Museum
collections. The International Exchange Service has made large
inroads into the great accumulation of material for foreign exchange
that built up during the war years, and the service will soon be again
on a wholly current basis.

The two greatest needs of the Institution as stated in my last report
are for more personnel and more building space. New buildings must,
of course, await more propitious economic conditions, but plans are
already outlined and the future outlook is hopeful. Strong presenta-
tions of the personnel shortage, particularly in scientific positions, are
being made to the Bureau of the Budget and to Congress, with promise
of relief in this direction also.

THE ESTABLISHMENT

The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 1846,
according to the terms of the will of James Smithson, of England, who
in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States of America “to
found at Washington, under the name of the Smithsonian Institution,
an establishment for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among
men.” In receiving the property and accepting the trust, Congress
determined that the Federal Government was without authority to ad-
minister the trust directly, and, therefore, constituted an “establish-
ment” whose statutory members are “the President, the Vice President,
the Chief Justice, and the heads of the executive departments.”

THH BOARD OF REGENTS

During the year the following changes occurred in the personnels
of the Board of Regents:

January 17, 1947: Chief Justice Vinson was elected Chancellor of
the Institution.

January 27, 1947: Representative John M. Vorys, of Ohio, was
appointed to finish the unexpired term of Representative B. Carroll
Reece.

January 27, 1947: Representative Samuel K. McConnell, Jr., of
Pennsylvania, was appointed to finish the unexpired term of Repre-
sentative E. K. Cox.

The roll of regents at the close of the fiscal year June 30, 1947, was
as follows:

Chief Justice Fred M. Vinson, Chancellor; members from the Senate,
Alben W. Barkley, Wallace H. White, Jr., Walter F. George; mem-
bers from the House of Representatives, Clarence Cannon, John M.
Vorys, Samuel K. McConnell, Jr. ; citizen members, Frederic A. Delano,
Washington, D. C., Harvey N. Davis, New Jersey, Arthur H. Comp-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 3

ton, Missouri, Vannevar Bush, RY achington: D. C., and Frederic C.
Walcott, Connecticut.

Proceedings.—The Board of Regents held its annual meeting on
January 17, 1947, with the following members present : Senator Walter
F’. George, Representative Clarence Cannon, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Dr.
Arthur H. Compton, Dr. Harvey N. Davis, Frederic A. Delano, the
Secretary, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, and the Assistant Secretary, John
E. Graf. ©

The Secretary presented his annual report covering the activities
of the parent institution and of its several branches, including the
financial report of the Executive Committee, for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1946, which was accepted by the Board. The usual resolution
authorizing the expenditure by the Secretary of the income of the
Institution for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1948, was adopted by
the Board.

The gift of Miss Annie-May Hegeman was mentioned last year
as amounting in total to $300,000, being one-half the amount from
the sale of the Porter property at the corner of Sixteenth and Kye
Streets NW. The Library Trust Fund Board of the Library of Con-
gress, which handled this matter, during the year forwarded a check
for $275,000 on this account, approximately $25,000 being held tempo-
rarily, pending settlement of claim for sales commission on the part
of real-estate brokers.

John A. Roebling made a generous gift to the Institution in Gril:
support of the work of the Aeieplneeal Observatory.

On August 12, 1946, President Truman signed the act (Public Law
722) establishing the National Air Museum under the Smithsonian
Institution. Under this act there is set up an advisory board com-
posed of the Commanding General of the Army Air Forces, the Chief
of Naval Operations, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
and two citizens appointed by the President. General Spaatz, Chief
_ of the Army Air Forces, has designated Maj. Gen. Edward M. Powers
to represent him; Admiral Nimitz, Chief of Naval Operations, desig-
nated Rear Adm. H. B. Sallada; and the President, early in December,
appointed Grover Loening and William B. Stout, both well known for
their work in aviation, as the citizen members of the board. Subse-
quently, Admiral Nimitz assigned Rear Adm. Sallada to other duties
and designated Rear Adm. A. M. Pride to represent him on the board.

The first meeting of the Advisory Board was held December 16,
1946, at which the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution was elected
Chairman. Discussions covered the scope, probable size, and location
of the Museum. It was the opinion that these could be determined
only after a complete survey of material of value for the Museum.
The Chairman was instructed to prepare estimates for the $50,000

4. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

authorized by the act for a survey, this to cover the latter part of the
fiscal year 1947, and the year 1948, and to include travel funds and
necessary assistance. In view of the great growth in aviation the new
agency is one of major importance for preservation of historical ma-
terial in aeronautics, both for public display and for study and exam-
ination by engineers and students of aerodynamics.

Under Reorganization Plan No. 3 of 1946, which became effective
July 16, 1946, the President placed under the direction of the Smith-
sonian Institution the biological laboratory known as the Canal Zone
Biological Area located in the Canal Zone, Panama. When Gatun
Lake was formed during construction of the Panama Canal, the im-
pounded waters flowed around hills that stood in the valley, changing
certain of them to islands. One of these, which became known as
Barro Colorado Island, was notable for its fine stand of primitive
tropical forest, and for the animal life confined on it by the waters
of the lake. On April 17, 1923, Gov. Jay J. Morrow of the Canal
Zone set aside Barro Colorado Island as a reserve, and on it there was
established a field laboratory at which investigators might live and
work on scientific problems concerned with a tropical jungle. This
laboratory has been supported by small contributions from various
agencies, including Harvard College, the University of Michigan, the
Smithsonian Institution, and various others.

So much valuable scientific work came from this laboratory that the
Congress set it aside permanently as a reserve under the name Canal
Zone Biological Area, in an act effective July 2, 1940, as an independ-
ent agency under a Board of Directors composed of the Secretaries of
War, Agriculture, Interior, and the Smithsonian Institution, the
President of the National Academy of Sciences, and three distin-
euished biologists appointed by the President of the National Academy
as Chairman of the Board. In the process of unification of govern-
mental agencies, the Canal Zone Biological Area has now become a
part of the Smithsonian, where it will be administered under the office
of the Secretary. The reorganization plan abolished the former Board
as the controlling body, but it has seemed desirable to continue this
as an advisory board composed of representatives of the departments
originally concerned, to secure desired support and cooperation for
the activity.

Barro Colorado Island has been the site of a wide variety of studies
and tests under tropical conditions. Those under way at the present
time include an extensive set-up for testing termite-proofing of wood
samples, tropical deterioration of plywoods, textiles, and packaging
containers, and the effect of fungi on optical glass. Biologists come
regularly to the island to make studies of the fauna and flora. Some
400 publications have been issued on research carried on here in the

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 5

fields of entomology, forestry, and medicine, with special reference to
the control of termites, fruit flies, and mosquitoes.

The annual report of the Smithsonian Art Commission was pre-
sented by the Secretary and accepted by the Board. The Commis-
sion, at its meeting on December 6, 1946, accepted several works of
art, including 23 miniatures. A resolution was adopted to reelect
the following members for 4-year terms: John Taylor Arms, Gifford
Beal, and Gilmore D. Clarke. Vacancies on the commission were
caused by the resignations of Louis Ayres and Frank J. Mather. The
names of William T. Aldrich and Lloyd Goodrich, recommended by
the Commission, were approved to fill the above vacancies. The fol-
lowing officers were reelected for the ensuing year: Chairman, Paul
Manship; Secretary, Alexander Wetmore.

The bill that was introduced in the House of Representatives (H. R.
9015 and H. Res. 189, 78th Cong., 2d sess.) for the relief of the estate
of John Gellatly and/or Charleyne Whiteley Gellatly, his widow, was
referred by the House, mentioned above as House Resolution 139, to
the Court of Claims to ascertain the facts and make recommendations.
The Court of Claims in an opinion dated May 5, 1947, stated that “there
is no basis in law or in equity to set aside the gift or transfer and no
_basis in law or equity to allow a recovery in behalf of the Gellatly
estate.”

The Secretary brought to the attention of the Board the proposition
to request the Civil Service Commission to extend the provisions of
the Federal Classification Act to Smithsonian employees paid from
trust funds. This proposal was approved by the Board under certain
conditions.

APPROPRIATIONS

Funds appropriated to the Institution for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1947, totaled $1,632,912, allotted as follows:

Generaliadministration 222 =) Seu ee eee ee $88, 366
Nationals Museumiciess Sees Loe ses Oh Oe iy SE 530, 068
Bureau of American Hthnology_____-_____--_----______ 76, 366
Astrophysical Observatory____---_-________-__-____-__ 67, 596
National Collection of Fine Arts_______________________ 24, 264
International Exchange Service__-___-__-_______________ 55, 632
Maintenance and: operation. 22 20.2 e ei ae ee 632, 377
Serle Givi STON Stee wii es wi AY UNSER AS BRE ee 154, 749
QUGIin' co Fo ait ee hate ase NS a ARE Nl a es 3, 494

EA INC ONCUER TL SAU e ale el e e U OL 1, 632, 912

In addition, $883,920 was appropriated to the National Gallery of
Art, a bureau of the Institution but administered by a separate board of
trustees; and $432,500 was provided in the District of Columbia ap-
propriation bill for the operation of the National Zoological Park.

6 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Besides these direct appropriations, the Institution received funds
by transfer from other Federal agencies, as follows:

From the State Department, from the appropriation, Cooperation
with the American Republics, 1947, a total of $139,589 for the follow-
ing purposes: Operation of the Institute of Social Anthropology, in-
cluding the issuance of publications resulting from its work; publica-
tion of a Spanish edition of Compendium and Description of the West
Indies, by Antonio Vazquez de Espinosa; and assistance in the pub-
lication of the Handbook of South American Indians.

From the Navy Department, $12,920 for scientific monly in the Bikini
area in connection with Operation Crossroads.

From the National Park Service, Interior Dep $91,500 for
archeological projects in connection with River Basin Surveys. Of
this total, $64,500 was originally transferred to the Park Service by
the Bureau of Reclamation, and $37,000 by the Corps of Engineers,
U.S. Army.

SMITHSONIAN CENTENNIAL

In my last annual report I reviewed rather fully the features that
marked the Institution’s one-hundredth anniversary on August 10,
1946. These included a commemorative Smithsonian postage stamp;
an illustrated publication entitled “The First Hundred Years of the
Smithsonian Institution”; a convocation and reception at the Insti-
tution on October 23, 1946, to mark the occasion in a more formal
manner; a public statement released to the press by President Harry
S. Truman, who is ex-officio Presiding Officer of the Institution; and
a Smithsonian Centennial issue of the journals, Science and The Scien-
tific Monthly. In addition, many leading magazines and newspapers
carried full accounts of the Institution’s history and achievements, and
this type of public notice of the Centennial continued well into the
fiscal year 194’.

It has been particularly gratifying to the officials of the Institution
to receive on the occasion of the Centennial so many letters of con-
gratulation from distinguished scientists and educators in this country
and abroad. It is satisfying to feel that there is a general recognition
of the Institution’s earnest efforts to carry out its founder’s stipula-
tion for “the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men,” and
such recognition tends to stimulate greater zeal in furthering James
Smithson’s purpose.

FINANCES
A statement on finances, dealing particularly with Smithsonian

private funds, will be found in the report of the executive committee
of the Board of Regents, page 162.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY A

TRUST FUNDS’ EMPLOYEES INCLUDED UNDER FEDERAL RETIREMENT
SYSTEM

For many years employees of the Institution have been divided into
two categories: The first, and by far the larger group, consists of
civil-service employees paid from Federal appropriations; the second,
now numbering some 35 employees, consists of employees paid wholly
or in part from Smithsonian trust funds. The first group, of course,
has been covered by the Federal Retirement System; the second group
had up to 1939 no provision whatever for retirement. On July 1,
1939, the Smithsonian Retirement System was put into effect to pro-
vide retirement benefits for those employees paid from trust funds, but
the number of members was so small that the system was unable to
offer anything like as liberal benefits as the Federal System as
amended in 1942.

During the fiscal year 1947, the Civil Service Commission took under
advisement the inclusion of trust funds’ employees under the Federal
System, and pending a decision, the Board of Regents of the Institu-
tion at its annual meeting on January 17, 1947, passed the following
resolution :

Resolved, That the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution do hereby
consent to the officers and members of the Smithsonian Institution paid from
trust funds accepting the benefits and privileges of the Federal Retirement Sys-
tem, aS well as assuming the obligations and duties legally applicable to them
under that system as presently constituted ; Provided further,

That the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution does not consent
to the application of the Federal civil-service laws, nor the Federal Classification
Act of 1923, as amended, to such officers and members paid from trust funds, nor
to the application of any other laws which would in any way contravene the act
(of Establishment of the Smithsonian Institution approved on August 10, 1846,
with amendments thereto.

Resolved, That the Regents of the Smithsonian Institution, if and when officers
and members of the Smithsonian Institution paid from trust funds are placed
under the Federal Retirement System, approve in principle the use of the funds
now held in the Smithsonian Retirement Fund for the benefit of the employees in
question, to secure for said employees the maximum protection under the Federal
Retirement Act to which their length of service in the Smithsonian Institution,
respectively, entitles them; and that the Secretary be authorized to work out
the necessary plans to carry this into effect, with the approval of the executive
committee, to which is given full power to act in this matter.

A decision was reached by the Commission on May 16, and on May
22 I sent the following memorandum to the members of the Smith-
sonian Retirement System:

The Civil Service Commission has decided under date of May 16, 1947, that
Smithsonian employees paid from trust funds of the Institution are eligible for
inclusion under the Federal Retirement System. In accordance with the ap-
proval of the Board of Regents, the Smithsonian Retirement System is therefore
abolished, effective at the close of business May 17, 1947, except insofar as it

764815—47——_2

8 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

affects payments to members in annuity status on that date, which payments
will be continued by the Institution as provided by the Smithsonian Retirement

System.
Beginning May 18, 1947, retirement deductions from the pay of the Smith-

sonian employees in question will be made at the rate of 5 percent (the rate of
the Federal Retirement System) instead of 3.5 percent (the rate of the former

Smithsonian Retirement System).
Adjustment for back time on behalf of the individual members of the Smith-

sonian Retirement System will be determined with the approval of the executive
committee, as provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Regents on January

17, 1947.

On June 380, the last day of the fiscal year 1947, I submitted to the
executive committee of the Board of Regents a detailed recommenda-
tion regarding the conversion to the Federal Retirement System, so
that final action on adjustment for previous service will be deferred
until the next fiscal year. However, all employees of the Institution
are now on the same footing as to retirement benefits, thus remedying
a situation of long standing.

VISITORS

An increase of 237,784 visitors to the Smithsonian buildings was
recorded over the previous year, the totals being 2,353,377 for 1947
and 2,115,593 for 1946. August 1946 was the month of largest at-
tendance, with 318,325 visitors; April 1947, the second largest with
298,724. A summary of attendance records is given in table 1:

TABLE 1.—Visitors to the Smithsonian buildings during the year ended June 80, 1947

. Arts and Natural : Freer
Smithson- A F Aircraft
5 Industries | History Gallery Total
ian Bldg. | “Bldg Bldg. Bldg. of Art
1946
HRD by aye Selgin nen mente Dears Auge te cae 51, 955 118, 106 64, 553 21, 964 10, 504 267, 082
AU GUSE SE ee oes a waa 62, 254 137, 857 81, 674 24, 005 12, 535 318, 325
September 45, 152 93, 356 55, 256 18, 525 9, 339 221, 628
October_--_-- 32, 052 63, 843 49, 016 13, 428 8, 939 167, 278
November 28, 538 58, 667 42, 804 18, 054 7, 961 151, 024
December 22222252 eh eee 20, 292 34, 640 28, 335 8, 331 5, 865 97, 463
1947
JATIUAT Ye oe eee ee 18, 492 34, 019 34, 553 8, 919 4,121 100, 104
Mebrulary oso 22ers 16, 285 33, 240 28, 329 7, 876 4, 053 89, 783
SAM AGN cle} 0 Bee See OS Et ol Oe 20, 037 47,114 37, 797 11, 336 7, 003 123, 287
PAO TT ES REPO FoR EEN 55, 236 - 127, 665 76, 488 23, 541 15, 794 298, 724
IVD eyiy sibs alistis pian Sea Bias 42, 372 111, 480 68, 480 19, 318 11, 625 2538, 275
SAT 22 SOE ES oy ihre elie 47, 292 116, 179 70, 632 21, 803 9, 498 265, 404
Total een ee aes 439, 957 976, 166 1637, 917 | | 2 2, 353, 377

1 Not including 13,943 persons attending meetings after 4:30 p. m.
PHOTOGRAPHIC LABORATORY
In connection with the research and exploration of the Institution,

there is involved a large amount of photographie work which is han-
dled for the Institution and its branches by the Photographic Labora-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 9

tory, located in the Arts and Industries Building of the National
Museum. To show the quantity of work produced I will give a few
statistics: Negatives made, 2,449; prints, 14,521; enlargements, 2,082;
lantern slides, 264; cloth mounts, 174; also a smaller number of other
types of work involving photographic processes.

In addition to the routine operations of the laboratory, the staff
spent considerable time in assisting scientists of the Institution in ob-
taining photographic illustrations for their publications, as well as in
aiding representatives of other governmental agencies and private
individuals in their search for needed photographs.

The photographer in charge served as the Institution’s representa-
tive on the photograph supplies committee, Federal Specifications
Board. He attended monthly board meetings and conducted special
investigations for various subcommittees of the Board. While rep-
resenting the Institution at the annual convention of the Photogra-
phers’ Association of America in Chicago, the photographer in charge
visited the Chicago Natural History Museum in the search for im-
proved methods of photographing art objects, silverware, and glass-
ware.

The greatest needs of the laboratory are a complete catalog of file
prints, so that the large and valuable collection of negatives would be
more readily accessible to the Institution’s staff as well as to the gen-
eral public; certain items of modern photographic equipment; and the
fitting up of a room to be devoted to color photography.

BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT

Repairs and alterations—Among important projects in connection
with the several buildings, the following were completed during the
year :

Smithsonian Building: The metal finials on top of the northeast and
southeast towers were removed and new copper finials were installed;
removal of the wooden louvres on four sides of the flag tower (begun
in 1946) was completed and new copper louvres were installed in their
place; the rooms formerly occupied by the property clerk were dis-
mantled and converted into additional space for the accounting office.

Arts and Industries Building: Provision was made for office rooms
for the National Air Museum by partitioning off room 30, formerly
occupied by the division of engineering; major alterations and repairs
were made in the southwest and west south ranges to provide exhibit
areas for the section of manufactures and the section of aeronautics
(now the National Air Museum) ; a photographic dark room was con-
structed in the section of photography; the coin hall ceiling and walls
were repaired and repainted and all exhibit cases were revarnished.

10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Natural History Building: All alcoves in the foyer, where all
special exhibitions are held, were re-covered with monks cloth and
all exposed woodwork repainted; to provide storage and working
space for the coral collection, a section of the second floor at the
northwest corner was remodeled, including changing partition walls, |
erection of a gallery, and painting of walls, ceiling, and storage
cases.

Freer Gallery of Art: The photographic studio and dark room
were constructed by remodeling a section of one of the existing stor-
age rooms.

Heat, light, and power—kElectric current used during the year
amounted to 1,664,710 kilowatt-hours. This figure represents an
increase of 120,571 kilowatt-hours over 1946 despite the “brown-
out” during the period November 23 to December 9, 1946, for the
purpose of conserving coal during the miners’ strike. However,
this increase is not considered excessive because additional fixtures
were added and other improvements were made during the year.

Steam consumption was held to the absolute minimum require-
ments during the year, and despite the fact that heating temperatures
were reduced 5° twice each day during the period November 23 to
December 9, 1946, steam consumption increased 1,502,900 pounds
over 1946. This increase was due to lower outside temperatures dur-
ing the heating season. Total steam consumption for the fiscal year
was 54,902,700 pounds.

Ice production.—The Smithsonian ice plant produced 186.7 tons
of ice at a cost of $1.16 per ton, exclusive of labor. The plant was
closed down 10 days during May 1947 for overhauling.

Fire protection—The fire hose, couplings, nozzles, and hose racks
purchased during fiscal year 1946 were received and installed in the
Smithsonian Building. Plans have been made to install a central
control station for valving the standpipe lines in this building dur-
ing the fiscal year 1948. Inspections of apparatus were made each
month, and all soda and acid extinguishers were discharged and
recharged.

Respectfully submitted.

A. Wermors, Secretary.

APPENDIX 1
REPORT ON THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the condition
and operation of the United States National Museum for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 1947.

COLLECTIONS

Nearly 757,000 specimens, about twice as many as last year, came to
the Museum’s collections during the year, these being divided among
the various departments as follows: Anthropology, 9,445; biology,
533,098; geology, 205,549; engineering and industries, 5,239; history,
3,039. Most of the accessions were acquired as gifts from individuals
or as transfers from Government departments and agencies. The
complete report on the Museum, published as a separate document,
includes a detailed list of the year’s acquisitions, of which the more im-
portant are summarized below. Catalog entries in all departments
now total 19,561,872.

Anthropology.—Archeological material came from many parts of
the world, especially noteworthy being about a hundred items from
Adak Island in the Aleutians; nearly 1,600 specimens from Mont-
gomery County, Md.; a tripod bowl from a ruin near Oaxaca, Mexico;
2 earthenware bowls from the Taino site of La Caleto, Province of
Trujillo, Dominican Republic; 2 Roman or Franko vessels from
Speicher, Germany; and 14 stone implements and fragments from
Larimer County, Colo.

In ethnology, the year’s accessions included collections from the
North American tribes of Alaska and the Aleutians, Eastern Wood-
lands, Great Plains, and the Southwest; the Indian tribes of México,
Panama, Venezuela, Colombia, Bolivia, and Brazil; the Oceanian
peoples of Hawaii and New Guinea; the aboriginal tribes of Australia 5
the Indonesians of Java, Sumatra, and Bali; the Asiatic peoples of
India and Mongolia; and the African tribes of the Belgian Congo and
neighboring parts of West Africa. A collection of major importance
was received as a result of the bequest of the late Princess Abigail W.

-Kawananakoa of Honolulu, comprising a well-documented group of
masterpieces of Hawaiian handicrafts which were heirlooms of the
Hawaiian royal family. A valuable collection of American historical
Staffordshire china was received from an anonymous donor.

11

12 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

The most unusual accession in physical anthropology consisted of
unpublished anthropometric and other data collected by German
anthropologists in Poland during World War II, together with some
of their anthropological measuring instruments. The data had been
assembled for the Institut fir Deutsche Ostarbeit and were trans-
ferred to the National Museum as a permanent loan by the War De-
partment. The material includes information on 356 Ukrainians,
1,466 Poles, and 162 Huzuls, with full measurements, photographs,
and personal, medical, and family histories of each subject.

Biology.—The most important mammalian accession was a series of
about 600 glass slides of sectioned hairs, collected and presented by
Dr. Ned Dearborn, expert on fur-bearing animals, who has made a
special study of mammalian hair. The W. L. Abbott fund made
possible three noteworthy avian accessions: 1,758 skins and skeletons
of birds from Colombia, collected by M. A. Carriker, Jr.; 453 bird
skins and 7 skeletons of Panama birds, collected by Dr. A. Wetmore
and W. M. Perrygo; and 556 birds from India, collected by Salim Ali
Also from India came 1,500 bird skins resulting from the Smithsonian
Institution-Yale University Expedition, containing many forms new
to the Museum. Foremost among the year’s herpetological acquisi-
tions were 25 rare Brazilian frogs, 112 reptiles from Bikini, and 5
series of reptiles and amphibians from Colombia, Bolivia, Haiti, and
Guatemala.

Two large and outstanding collections of fishes were received as a
result of the Smithsonian’s participation in two federally sponsored
projects—about 38,700 fishes (representing over 300 species) taken
during Operation Crossroads at Bikini and in the northern Marshall
Islands by Dr. Leonard P. Schultz and Capt. Earl S. Herald, and
28,000 Guatemalan fishes obtained by Associate Curator Robert R.
Miller in continuation of the survey of the fishery resources of Guate-
mala begun last year under the auspices of the Guatemalan Govern-
ment, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Smith-
sonian Institution. The Pacific material, because of its extent, will
make it possible for the first time to make a study of anatomical varia-
tions among the various island fish populations, while the Guatemalan
material is one of the best collections of fresh-water fishes ever made
in Central America. In addition, smaller but important lots of fishes
came from Argentina, Baja California, Cuba, and the Tropical Pacific.

About 12,000 insects, in three accessions, came to the Museum as a
direct result of the war: 1,500 from the Philippines and New Guinea,
collected by Carl O. Mohr; 4,500 from the Philippines, collected by
Dr. Frank M. Young; and 6,000 mosquitoes, resulting from the in-
vestigations in the South Pacific by the Naval Medical Research Unit
No. 2. Another large insect accession was the gift of the H. G. Bar-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 13

ber collection of Hemiptera, amounting to 35,000 specimens and in-
cluding some types and paratypes. Other important entomological
material included over 2,500 insects from Colombia, collected by
Curator E. A. Chapin in 1946; about 2,000 insects collected by Dr.
J. P. E. Morrison as a part of Operation Crossroads biological investi-
gations; nearly 400 aquatic insects collected in Guatemala by Dr.
Robert R. Miller; about 16,000 specimens of Mexican and Canal Zone
insects collected by N. L. H. Krauss; and 65,000 specimens transferred
from the United States Department of Agriculture.

A great variety of marine invertebrates was received but the largest
accession in this division was the gift of the Horton H. Hobbs private
collection of crayfishes. Comprising about 11,000 specimens, it is by
far the most important series of these crustaceans ever collected from
the southeastern United States. The Operation Crossroads investi-
gations yielded over 8,000 miscellaneous marine invertebrates from
the Marshall Islands. A desirable personal collection of nearly
3,000 worms and crustaceans from various localities came as a gift
from the collector, Leslie Hubricht. The type collection of Foram-
inifera was increased by 706 slides, bringing the total in this col-
lection to 10,640 slides. In the division of mollusks the largest and
most important of the year’s accessions comprised about 200,000 speci-
mens collected by Associate Curator Morrison in the biological recon-
naissance of the Marshall Islands in connection with Operation Cross-
roads. The Naval Medical Research Unit No. 2 turned over to the
Museum 25,000 specimens, mainly of land and fresh-water mollusks,
from China, the Philippines, and the Marianas. Dr. A. R. Loeblich,
Jr., now a member of the staff of the department of geology, donated
1,200 marine shells from Okinawa.

Accessions in the division of plants (including diatoms) aggregated
nearly 44,000 specimens, from many parts of the world. About 4,800
plants came as a result of Associate Curator Morton’s botanical field
work in St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles, a region heretofore but scantily
represented in the National Herbarium. In transfers from the United
States Department of Agriculture, the Museum received 5,500 grasses
from Brazil, collected by Jason R. Swallen, and 1,500 specimens of
bamboos, collected by Dr. F. A. McClure. Several other large lots
came from South America, the West Indies, Japan and Formosa,
the South Pacific, and several parts of North America.

Geology.—The department of geology received about 41% times as’
many specimens as last year, this increase being due largely to a great
influx of invertebrate fossils to the number of about 200,000.

Additions in mineralogy and petrology were somewhat fewer than
usual, though gifts, exchanges, and purchases brought some fine new ~
minerals, gems, and meteorites to the collections. "Twenty-one meteor-

14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

ites not previously represented in. the Museum were received during
the year. Forty-four mineral specimens were purchased through the
Canfield fund.

Collecting trips by Dr. G. A. Cooper and Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr.,
yielded over 36,000 Paleozoic fossils for the invertebrate collections.
Several gifts received were important in helping to fill the study series
in invertebrate paleontology and paleobotany. Among these were 85
Mississippian ammonoids from Arkansas, numerous Lower Permian
specimens from New Mexico, extensive collections of Middle Devonian
invertebrates, excellent Eocene echinoids from Florida, 120 blocks of
Cambrian and Ordovician limestone with choice silicified brachiopods
from the Arbuckle Mountains, 275 Tertiary fossils from Florida, ex-
tensive sets of Paleozoic and Cretaceous inverterbrates, including many
micro-organisms and bryozoans, 375 specimens of unusual Cambrian
and Lower Ordovician fossils from Quebec, 4,000 Upper Devonian
fossils from New Mexico, and 2,000 Paleozoic invertebrates from
Virginia, and a similar collection from Georgia.

Resumption of field work following the war also brought increased
material to the division of vertebrate paleontology. Outstanding was
the discovery in one block in the Bridger Eocene beds of the skulls
and portions of the skeletons of two unusually large rodents of the
genus Paramys. Among other rarities in the season’s finds were jaws
and skeletal parts of the artiodactyl Helohyus, about five examples of
the minute insectivore Myctitherium, and remains of the marsupial
Peratherium. Other additions to the Bridger collections made by
Dr. C. L. Gazin were skulls of the large six-horned mammal Uinta-
therium, the titanothere Palaeosyops, and the rhinoceros Hyrachyus.
Among the materials transferred from the United States Geological
Survey was a nearly complete skull and jaws of a Triassic reptile, a
phytosaur, from the Petrified Forest of Arizona.

Engineering and industries.—In the division of engineering an out-
standing accession was the motor tricycle designed and built at Pitts-
burgh in 1897 by Louis S. Clarke, automobile pioneer, and claimed
to be the first Autocar. Several ship models received enhanced the
watercraft collection. ‘Two accessions in the field of microscopy are
of unusual interest: The curious ruling machine with which Charles
Fasoldt, in the mid-nineteenth century, produced the ruled slides and
gratings prized over all others by many well-known microscopists;
and a group of microscopes and accessories collected by the late Dr.
Richard Halsted Ward, first president or the American Microscopical
Society, and his son, the late Dr. Henry Baldwin Ward, parasitologist.

A historically important accession in the division of crafts and
industries was one of the two original rubber masticators developed
by Thomas Hancock in England prior to 1830. The machine was in

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 15

continual use in rubber manufacture in England for more than 75
years. To the section of textiles there came many outstanding ex-
amples of new fabrics and fabric application and an exhibit showing
the manufacture and uses of nylon. In wood technology 964 exotic
woods were received as an exchange from the Forest Products Research
Laboratory of Great Britain, most of them heretofore unrepresented
in the section’s collections. In addition, 182 wood specimens were |
received from the New York State College of Forestry and 561 photo-
micrographic prints of sections of Japanese woods from the War
Department.

In the division of graphic arts the most notable accession of the year
was a microengraving machine capable of engraving the Lord’s Prayer
781,250 times within a square-inch area. This miraculous contrivance
was constructed by the Rev. J. C. Crawford after the original machine
invented by W. Peters in London in 1852. Outstanding pieces of
motion-picture equipment received included a 60-mm. camera invented
in 1893 by George Demeny of France and manufactured by the Gau-
mont Co. around 1896; a 16-mm. Bell & Howell gun-type camera
adopted and used by the Navy to photograph the earth from a German
V-2 rocket fired at the Army Ordnance Proving Grounds, White
Sands, N. Mex., October 10, 1946; and a 1911 Pathé Fréres 35-mm.
hand-operated projector. Sixty glass negatives taken in the late nine-
teenth century by the photographer Robert Stead and 143 lantern
slides taken by the photographer Titus B. Snoddy, Sr., came as gifts
to the Museum. Five more etched copper plates were added to the
Charles W. Dahlgreen group for printing under the Dahlgreen fund.

Several interesting and desirable additions were received for the
division of medicine and public health, the most valuable one of the
year being a series of specially prepared transparencies illustrating the
subject of hospitalization. These were made and contributed by the
American Hospital Association as a memorial to the late Dr. S. S.
Goldwater (1873-1942). Historically important is a “Grosse Flamme”
X-ray machine with tube and tube stand, one of the earliest American-
made machines of its kind.

A number of desiderata found their way to the aeronautical collec-
tions, the most outstanding in point of historic importance being the
collection of parts remaining of original gliders devised by John J.
Montgomery between 1905 and 1911. From the standpoint of rela-
tionship to air warfare and particularly the devastating effect of
bombing as practiced in World War II, the Norden bombsight used
in directing the first atomic bomb dropped over Japan constitutes an
important accession. A series of 82 interesting scale-model World
War II airplanes were transferred from the Navy Department. Three
other aircraft models received were of an XFL-1 Bell “Airabonita”

16 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

made by Leroy McCallum, an F-6-F Grumman “Hellcat” made in the
Navy Department, and a rotary-winged craft named “Hiller-copter”
made by Stanley Hiller, Jr.

History.—Several interesting additions made to the costumes col-
lection include a waistcoat and knee breeches of mauve satin and a dark
blue and white silk waistcoat worn by Simon Serre in Cette, France,
as a page boy about the mid-eighteenth century; a child’s dress and
pair of shoes of about 18503 a black silk dress of about 1860, a trousseau
of 1875; and a white satin dress worn in the White House by Mrs.
John Quincy Adams during her husband’s administration as Presi-
dent. Added to the military collections were early nineteenth-century
chapeaux, epaulets, sash, coat, and trousers; a United States Marine
Corps officer’s sword of the early part of the present century; and two
Chinese scrolls that had been presented to Gen. James H. Doolittle in
commemoration of the American air raid on Tokyo in 1942. From
the White House there was transferred a historic passenger elevator in-
stalled in 1902. The numismatic collection was increased by 30 speci-
mens of 1946 United States bronze, nickel, and silver coins and by 400
pieces of German paper currency of the World War I period. About
3,000 stamps were added to the philatelic collection, about 1,300 more
than last year. Of particular interest was a sheet of 50 3-cent Smith-
sonian Centennial commemoratives, formally presented to the Institu-
tion by the Post Office Department at a special ceremony on August 10,
1946.

EXPLORATION - AND FIELD WORK

One of the most encouraging phases of the Museum’s work during
the year was an opportunity to resume field work, interrupted by the
war. 3

Under a grant from Ernest N. May, it was possible for the curator
of ethnology, Herbert W. Krieger, to renew investigations of fifteenth-
century historic Indian village sites and some of the early Spanish set-
tlements in the West Indies. This Caribbean program developed from
an earlier Antillean project sponsored by the late Dr. W. L. Abbott
which began in 1928 and was terminated in 1988. Dr. Abbott’s inter-
est was aroused by the earlier discoveries there by W. H. Gabb in
1869-71 of kitchen middens containing deposits of animal bones and
aboriginal pottery fragments. While engaged in the development of
the ensuing Smithsonian project for the excavation of these cave
middens and of other former Indian village sites in the Greater An-
tilles and in the Bahamas, the need became apparent to the curator
for a chronological culture-trait analysis and for a more complete ori-
entation as to the location of historic Indian village sites, and also
for a study of Spanish settlements associated with the early colonial

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY I

period of the area. The cooperation of scientists and the governments
of the Bahama Islands, Haiti, Cuba, and the Dominican Republic was
readily obtained in the carrying out of the details of the project. From
January 16 to May 5, 1947, Mr. Krieger visited and made test excava-
tions at Indian village sites referred to by Christopher Columbus in
the journal of his first voyage of discovery. Mr. Krieger also exam-
ined the probable site of the first Spanish settlement, that of the sailors
of the wrecked Santa Maria at La Navidad near the town of Cap
Haitien on the north coast of Haiti. He later revisited La Isabela,
the first planned Spanish colony in the Western Hemisphere. The
ruins of the stone buildings of the town are still visible although
most of the stone walls of the large warehouse, church, fort, and other
buildings have been removed to the city of Puerto Plata, where they
have been used in the construction of modern buildings.

During the first 2 weeks of August 1946 Mr. Krieger attended, as a
delegate of the Smithsonian Institution, the First International Con-
ference of Archeologists of the Caribbean, which was convened under
the auspices of the Government of the Republic of Honduras. The
plenary sessions of the conference were held at the capital city of
Tegucigalpa, but as the work progressed meetings were held most
pleasantly under towering trees at the ruins of the eighth-century
Maya city of Copan, on the stone seats of the south section of the
Court of the Hieroglyphic Stairway. Ample facilities were provided
by the Honduras Government for the attending delegates, 60 in num-
ber, representing 14 American Republics and 36 educational and scien-
tific institutions. Visits were made by airplane to widely separated
sites where the prolific remains of Maya and other aboriginal cultures
are still visible in the form of pyramids, mounds, and ruins of aban-
doned Indian villages in the upland valleys of western Honduras.

The late Dr. Ales Hrdlicka, formerly curator of physical anthro-
pology, had planned to visit Guatemala in December of 1948 to take
measurements and observations on the Highland Maya, but he died
in September of that year. Dr. T. Dale Stewart finally undertook
this work during the first 3 months of 1947 under a grant from the
Department of State and in cooperation with scientists from Guate-
mala and the Carnegie Institution of Washington. In addition to
studying the living, Dr. Stewart examined also the available prehis-
toric skeletal remains, especially those recovered from the archeo-
logical sites known as San Agustin Acasaguastlan, Kaminaljuyi, and
Zaculeu.

The main objective of Dr. Stewart’s trip was to obtain information
about the living Highland Maya which would enable him to make
comparisons with the Lowland Maya of Yucatan. These two groups,
although rather widely separated geographically and exhibiting dif-

18 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

ferences in material culture, nevertheless belong to the same linguistic
stock. This linguistic stock, moreover, is remarkably homogeneous.
Since language is fairly resistant to change (more so than material
culture), considerable interest attaches to the question whether this
linguistic homogeneity reflects a similar status in physical type.

Dr. Stewart undertook the collection of data that would supplement
those already available and at the same time allow their fuller inter-
pretation. Since in Guatemala the municipio, being endogamous, is
the basic unit for ethnic study, he restricted his study to two municipios
within the Cakchiquel linguistic subgroup. First at Solold in the De-
partment of Solola, then later at Patztin in the Department of Chimal-
tenango, he secured comparable series of males—82 to 72, respec-
tively—and at Patzin, a series of 35 females. Altogether this is the
largest series from one highland linguistic group thus far studied.
In addition to the routine anthropometric measurements, observa-
tions, and photographs, the records obtained this season include blood
group (A, B; M,N), taste sensitivity to phenyl thiocarbamide, palm
and finger prints, and hair samples. In view of the success of this
first season, it is hoped that the experience thus gained can be utilized
for the extension of these observations elsewhere. It is important, for
example, to learn also to what extent in the highlands the barrier of
language is an aid in the formation of physical types. Furthermore,
if the records are made by one observer, they will be more uniform and
less subject to multiple personal biases.

Upon his return from Guatemala Dr. Stewart was detailed to stop
over in Mexico City in order to examine the recently recovered skeleton
of Tepexpan man. This important skeleton, found in what is consid-
ered by paleontologists as a Pleistocene stratum, may represent one of
the most complete skeletons dating from this early period in North
America. Subsequent to his visit the entire skeleton has been brought
to the United States National Museum by Sefior Javier Romero, who
is to work with Dr. Stewart in the restoration and reconstruction of the
skeletal parts. At the close of the fiscal year some progress has been
made in the restoration of the facial bones.

Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, associate curator of archeology, was on detail
to the River Basin Surveys and in charge of the Missouri River Basin
Survey from July 8 to October 18, 1946. He left Washington May 20,
1947, to resume this work. Joseph R. Caldwell, scientific aid, like-
wise was detailed to the River Basin Surveys from November 12, 1946,
to April 1,1947. (See appendix 5 for details.)

Members of the staff of the department of hiology participated in
several important expeditions and a number of smaller field trips, all
of which returned valuable material to the collections. From other
expeditions in which the Museum personnel did not take part but
which were financed by the Smithsonian Institution or private con-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 19

tributors, many additional specimens were received. Foremost among
the expeditions was Operation Crossroads under the auspices of the
United States Navy to the northern Marshall Islands and Bikini.
Taking part in the biological investigations of this operation and rep-
resenting the Smithsonian Institution were Drs. Leonard P. Schultz
and J. P. E. Morrison, curator of fishes and associate curator of mol-
lusks, respectively, and Capt. Earl S. Herald, whose detail the Navy
requested from the Army to relieve Dr. Schultz. Dr. Schultz re-
turned to Washington by plane on July 22, having left Washington on
the preceding February 13. Captain Herald returned to Washington
in mid-September. As ichthyologists, Dr. Schultz and Captain Herald
were especially concerned with the relative abundance of fishes on the
reefs and in the tidal zone before and after dropping the experimental
atomic bombs. In connection with the investigation they preserved
over 38,000 specimens for study and for the national collections. Dr.
Morrison, who left Washington on February 20 and returned August
25, gave his attention to both the vertebrate and invertebrate animal
life of the area, excepting the fish. He obtained specimens and data
concerning the arboreal, terrestrial, and intertidal animal communi-
ties and populations. Particularly complete was the series of birds
frequenting Bikini and the collections of mollusks of this and other of
the Marshall Islands group. On June 28, 1947, 2 days before the close
of the fiscal year, Drs. Schultz and Morrison accompanied by Frederick
M. Bayer, assistant curator of marine invertebrates, started on a re-
turn trip to Bikini for a resurvey of the faunal elements of the area
with which they were particularly concerned.

In continuation of the survey of the fishery resources of Guatemala
begun last year under the joint auspices of the Guatemalan Govern-
ment, the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Smith-
sonian Institution, Dr. Robert R. Miller, associate curator of fishes,
spent some 10 weeks, March 7 to May 17, in Guatemala. Extensive
series of fish and associated animal life were obtained, the fish collected
to form the basis of an account of the fishes of that country.

On March 15, 1947, C. V. Morton, associate curator of plants, left
for a 12-week trip to St. Vincent, British West Indies, on a botanical
survey of that island with funds generously provided by Ernest May,
of Wilmington, Del. Although St. Vincent has an interesting flora,
it has been relatively neglected by collectors. Owing to the moun-
tainous terrain, there is still a great deal of untouched forested land
which provided ideal conditions for plant collecting. Mr. Morton
obtained 4,800 specimens on which he plans to base a checklist of the
flowering plants and ferns of the island.

The W. L. Abbott fund financed three different field parties during
the past year: M. A. Carriker, Jr., continuing field work in Colombia,
working for half the year in areas complementary to those already

20 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

covered previously, obtaining 1,758 bird skins; Salim Ali of Bombay
collecting birds in Gujerat and other areas in India, supplementing
the work of the Smithsonian-Yale University Expedition to India
and obtaining 556 birds; and Dr. A. Wetmore and W. M. Perrygo
making a rather short trip to the interior of Darién, Panama, and
returning with 453 bird skins, beautifully supplementing collections
made last year by the same collectors in adjacent areas.

The Smithsonian Institution-Yale University Expedition to India
under the direction of S. Dillon Ripley, assisted by E. C. Migdalski,
spent 6 months in various parts of India and in Nepal and made a
collection of approximately 1,500 birds, which added very signifi-
cantly to the Museum’s resources in the Asiatic field and will be of
great scientific value as much of it comes from old classical type locali-
ties.

Foster D. Smith, of the Secony Oil Co., Caracas, Venezuela, returned
to Venezuela early in the fiscal year and will again collect birds for
the Museum as time and opportunity allow; no reports regarding his
present efforts have yet been received.

Locally, in connection with a biological survey of the Patuxent Re-
search Refuge maintained by the Fish and Wildlife Service, Emery
C. Leonard, associate curator of plants, carried on field work on the
lower cryptogams, spending 6 days on the project and collecting about
800 specimens. This work will be continued during the coming year,
the collections to serve as a basis for a report on the cryptogamic flora
of the refuge. During August 1946, Drs. Remington Kellogg and
David C. Johnson, the curator and the associate curator, division of
mammals, collected fossil cetacean material from the Miocene beds at
Scientists’ Cliffs, Calvert County, Md. PaulS. Conger, associate cura-
tor, section of diatoms, spent 2 months at the Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory, Solomons, Md., continuing a survey of the Chesapeake Bay
diatoms, certain experiments on the growth of single diatoms under
natural conditions, and a study of diatoms as oyster food. In order
to secure material for the rearing of Hemiptera for the purpose of trac-
ing the development of structures useful in taxonomy and in the deter-
mination of phylogenetic relationships, W. E. Hoffmann, associate cur-
ator, division of insects, carried on considerable field work in and about
the city of Washington.

The first field expedition of the year in the division of invertebrate
paleontology and paleobotany was carried on by Curator G. A. Cooper,
- during the three summer months, in company with Dr. P. E. Cloud,
Jr., of Harvard University. Several days at Batesville, Ark., yielded
excellent Silurian and Mississippian fossils. After a short time at
Muskogee, Okla., collecting Mississippian fossils, the party journeyed
to Marathon, Tex., where some 10 days were spent in getting out blocks

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 21

for etching of Permian limestone from the Glass Mountains. Next, at
Alamagordo and Silver City, N. Mex., Devonian fossils were obtained,
and from here the party proceeded to Eureka, Nev., to join Dr. T. B.
Nolan, of the United States Geological Survey, in mapping the Good-
win formation in Goodwin Canyon. The Devonian and Lower Ordo-
vician beds of some of the ranges west of Eureka were visited and the
field work ended at Salt Lake City.

Upon Dr. Cooper’s return, Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., was engaged for
6 weeks in collecting Ordovician fossils in southern Virginia and
eastern Tennessee, in the region west of Nashville, and the Silurian
and Devonian in the classic areas of the valleys of the Tennessee River
in west Tennessee. On a short detail in August 1946 he spent several
days conferring with Dr. William H. Shideler at Miami University,
Oxford, Ohio, and a like period collecting Middle Ordovician and
Lower Devonian fossils in the Arbuckle Mountains, Okla. In late
April 1947, at the invitation of the Oklahoma Geological Survey, he
was occupied for 2 weeks in that State on stratigraphic work examin-
ing and collecting from the Silurian and Lower Devonian of the
Arbuckle Mountains.

In addition to the above field investigations, four short:-trips were
made by Drs. Cooper and Loeblich into the nearby Appalachians,
which resulted in good collections and blocks containing silicified
fossils for etching. The localities visited included the fine Middle
Ordovician exposures about 5 miles north of Harrisonburg, Va., the
Lower Devonian exposures on United States Highway No. 40 about
2%, miles west of Indian Springs, Md., the Middle Ordovician at
Strasburg, Va., and the Silurian and Devonian at Keyser, W. Va., and
Cumberland, Md.

The 1946 summer field expedition in vertebrate paleontology, start-
ing in late May, continued well into the present year. The party,
composed of Curator C, Lewis Gazin and F. L. Pearce, first reexam-
ined the Paleocene and Cretaceous beds of central Utah and then de-
voted the greater part of the field season to prospecting and collecting
fossil mammal remains from the Middle Eocene beds in the Bridger
Basin of southwestern Wyoming. Collecting from the Bridger for-
mation is part of a research program on the Middle Eocene faunas
begun prior to the war. Asa result of these expeditions, the National
Museum is building up one of the best research collections of Middle
Eocene mammals in the country and has succeeded in obtaining some
striking exhibition material representing this very primitive stage of
mammalian evolution. The party was successful in getting much
good material of the smaller, less-well-known insectivores, primates,
rodents, carnivores, and artiodactyls, as well as good skulls of such
animals as Hyrachyus, Palaeosyops, and Uintatherium.

2? ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

The last 2 weeks of the season were spent in going over Lower
Eocene beds in the Wind River Basin of central Wyoming and in
examining and making a collection from an isolated occurrence of
Duchesne River, Upper Eocene, beds in the northern part of the
Wind River Basin.

Associate Curator D. H. Dunkle, accompanied by F. L. Pearce, left
for field work near Lamy, N. Mex., prior to the close of this fiscal year.
There, assisted by G. F. Sternberg, they began quarry operations at a
Triassic locality for an exhibition slab of ancient amphibian skulls
and other skeletal parts belonging to the genus Buetineria. This has
now been quarried out and is ready for shipment to the Museum. If
the season permits, they expect to examine other localities and forma-
tions of still greater age for fossil fish and primitive tetrapods in the
general region of east-central New Mexico, with the hope of building
up a more representative collection of these forms for our study
collection.

The 5-month sojourn in Japan of Curator W. F. Foshag and
Associate Curator E. P. Henderson may well be considered a field
trip, since, whenever time permitted, studies were made on mineral-
ogical subjects, local universities were visited, and arrangements for
exchange of material were concluded.

PUBLICATIONS

Fourteen publications were issued during the year: One Annual
Report, three Bulletins, two Contributions from the National Her-
barium, and eight Proceedings papers. A list of these is given in the
complete report on Smithsonian publications, appendix 12.

The distribution of volumes and separates to libraries and other
institutions and to individuals aggregated 34,952 copies.

MEETINGS AND SPECIAL EXHIBITS

The Smithsonian continued to make available the auditorium and
lecture room of the Natural History Building to educational, scien-
tific, welfare, and governmental organizations and groups for meet-
ings and lectures. During the year 275 groups availed themselves
of this opportunity. The foyer and adjacent space in the Natural
History Building were in constant use during the year for a series of
15 special exhibits sponsored by various groups, including the Smith-
sonian Centennial exhibit, which ran from August 10 to September
27, 1946. In addition, 23 special exhibits were held by the division
of graphic arts—12 of etchings, lithographs, and other prints by
various artists, and 11 of photographs.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 23
CHANGES IN ORGANIZATION

Through a reorganization in the department of engineering and
industries, a new unit under the division of crafts and industries—
the section of manufactures—was established effective September 16,
1946. The section of aeronautics was changed to a division on Jan-
uary 6, 1947, and at the same time the division of medicine and public
health was made an independent division reporting to the head
curator of the department.

Respectfully submitted.

ALEXANDER Wermore, Director.

The SEcRETARY,

Smithsonian Institution.

764815—47——_3

APPENDIX 2
REPORT ON THE NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

Sir: I have the honor to submit, on behalf of the Board of Trustees
of the National Gallery of Art, the tenth annual report of the Board,
covering its operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947. This
report is made pursuant to the provisions of section 5 (d) of Public
Resolution No. 14, Seventy-fifth Congress, first session, approved
March 24, 1987 (50 Stat. 51).

ORGANIZATION AND STAFF

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, the Board consisted of
the Chief Justice of the United States, the Secretary of State, the Sec-
retary of the Treasury, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
ex oflicio, and five general trustees, Samuel H. Kress, Ferdinand Lam-
mot Belin, Duncan Phillips, Chester Dale, and Paul Mellon.

At its annual meeting held on May 6, 1947, the Board reelected Sam-
uel H. Kress as President, and Ferdinand Lammot Belin as Vice
President, to serve for the ensuing year. The executive officers con-
tinuing in office during the year were:

Huntington Cairns, Secretary-Treasure:.
David H. Finley, Director.

Harry A. McBride, Administrator.
Huntingten Cairns, General Counsel.
John Walker, Chief Curator.

Macgill James, Assistant Director.

Donald D. Shepard continued to serve during the year as Adviser to
the Board.

On July 1, 1946, Lamont Moore was appointed Curator in charge of
education and resumed his duties in the Gallery after an absence of 3
years. During that time he served in the Army of the United States
in the European Theater and as Assistant Secretary to the American
Commission for the Protection and Salvage of Artistic and Historic
Monuments in War Areas.

The three standing committees of the Board, provided for in the
bylaws, as constituted at the annual meeting of the Board, held May 6,
1947, were:

EXXEcurive COMMITTEE

Chief Justice of the United States, ex officio, Fred M. Vinson, Chairman.
Samuel H. Kress, Vice Chairman.
Ferdinand Lammot Belin.

24

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY PAD)

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. Alexander Wetmore.
Paul Mellon.
FINANCE COMMITTEE

Secretary of the Treasury, ex officio, John W. Snyder, Chairman.
Samuel H. Kress, Vice Chairman.
Ferdinand Lammot Belin.
Paul Mellon.
Chester Dale.
ACQUISITIONS COMMITTEE

Samuel H. Kress, Chairman.

Ferdinand Lammot Belin, Vice Chairman.
Duncan Phillips.

Chester Dale.

David E. Finley, ex officio.

The permanent Government positions on the Gallery staff are filled
from registers of the United States Civil Service Commission, or with
its approval. On June 30, 1947, the permanent Government staff of
the Gallery numbered 305 employees, as compared with 298 employees
on June 30, 1946.

Throughout the year a high standard of operation and maintenance
of the Gallery building and grounds, and protection of the Gallery’s
collections of works of art, has been sustained.

APPROPRIATIONS

For salaries and expenses for the upkeep and operation of the Na-
tional Gallery of Art, the protection and care of works of art acquired
by the Board of Trustees,-and all administrative expenses incident
thereto pursuant to the provisions of section 4 (a) of Public Resolution
No. 14, Seventy-fifth Congress, first session, approved March 24, 1937
(50 Stat. 51), the Congress appropriated for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1947, the sum of $883,920. ‘This amount included the regular
appropriation of $772,490, a supplemental appropriation of $101,000
primarily to meet the Gallery’s obligations under the Federal Em-
ployees Pay Act of 1946, and an additional appropriation of $10,430
to make up other deficiencies in the 1947 appropriation caused mainly
by the higher salaries paid returning veterans over war service in-
cumbents, in-grade promotions, and reallocations of positions by the
Civil Service Commission in 1946 and 1947,

From these appropriations the following expenditures and encum-
brances were incurred:

RELSOM AT SET VLCC Se SN ea SE is AL $771, 508. 54
Printingand) binding ta 22 eee eee aaa 3, 999. 72
Supplies;equipment, (etc sure 2a ee ee eae 108, 382. 23
Wnencumbered) balances ss si ee ieee ee ae ae 29.51

ALO lea pe aN ls ae 883,920. 00

26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

In addition to the above-mentioned appropriations, the Gallery re-
ceived the sum of $21,600 from the Department of State to cover ex-
penses during the fiscal year of the Inter-American Office of the
Gallery, for the promotion of art activities between the United Sates
and the Latin-American Republics.

ATTENDANCE

During the fiscal year 1947, there were 1,448,038 visitors to the Gal-
lery building, an average daily attendance of 3,989. This attendance
figure shows a decline as compared with last year, when the total
number of visitors was 1,947,668. The decrease is undoubtedly due to
the fact that during the first 6 months of the fiscal year there were
fewer men and women from the armed services in the city and normal
tourist traffic had not yet been resumed. Attendance during the last
3 months of the year has risen nearly to the 1946 level, visits of groups
of school children being unusually numerous.

The Sunday evening openings, featuring concerts in the Gallery’s
East Garden Court without admission charge, have continued to be
exceedingly popular throughout the year.

CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE BUILDING

It was necessary during the year to overhaul completely two of the
large refrigeration machines, and this was successfully accomplished
by the Gallery staff.

Considerable improvement has been made in the care of the grounds,
including the extension of the irrigation system, and the Gallery staff
is now growing a large portion of the smaller plants used for the
decoration of the two garden courts.

The staff also produced all the special exhibition cases and several
pedestals for the exhibition of Indigenous Art of the Americas (Bliss
Collection), as well as the special lighting effects required for this
exhibition.

INSTALLATION OF ADDITIONAL AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

As stated in the annual report for the fiscal year 1946, the gradual
opening of additional spaces in the Gallery building and the con-
struction of six new galleries made it necessary to augment the air-
conditioning equipment. This was made possible by funds donated
for the purpose, and the installation of a fourth refrigeration machine
is now in the final stage of completion. It was anticipated that this
contract would be completed during the fiscal year 1946, but owing
to various difficulties the date of completion was necessarily delayed.
It is now expected that the installation should be completed and all
equipment ready for operation by November 1947.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 27

PUBLICATIONS

The publishing program of the National Gallery of Art, under the
direction of the Custodians of the Publications Fund, has continued
its expansion. During the fiscal year the third edition of Master-
pieces of Painting from the National Gallery of Art, by Huntington
Cairns and John Walker, was published. Arrangements also were
made for the publication of an English edition. The Gallery has
initiated a series of National Gallery of Art handbooks, two of which
were issued during the year. These are: How to Look at Works of
Art: The Search for Line, by Lois A. Bingham, and Chinese Porce-
lains of the Widener Collection, by Erwin O. Christensen. Also issued
during the year was a small volume of color reproductions, entitled
“Favorite Paintings from the National Gallery of Art,” with accom-
panying texts prepared by the Curatorial and Educational
Departments.

Various articles by members of the Gallery staff were published dur-
ing the year. An article on Hobbes’ Theory of Law, by Huntington
Cairns, appeared in the 1946 issue of Seminar, and one on Leibniz’s
Theory of Law in the Harvard Law Review for December 1946. A
lecture by Mr. Cairns, delivered at Harvard University on May 3, 1947,
as part of a 3-day Symposium on Music Criticism, and entitled “The
Future of Musical Patronage in America,” will be published by Har-
vard University Press in book form. Mr. Cairns also contributed an
article, “Philosophy as Jurisprudence,” to Essays in Honor of Roscoe
Pound, published by Oxford University Press. A comprehensive
article on the National Gallery, its collections, installations, and his-
tory, prepared by J. B. Eggen, was issued at the close of 1946 as volume
57-58 of the International Museum Journal, Mouseion, Paris, France.

An article on American Painters and British Critics, by John
Walker, was published in the Gazette des Beaux-Arts, and a series of
12 brief articles on American paintings in the Tate Exhibition, also by
Mr. Walker, appeared in The Ladies’ Home Journal. Charles Sey-
mour, Jr., published an article on Thirteenth-Century Art, and another
in collaboration with Hanns Swarzenski on A Madonna of Humility
and Quercia’s Early Style, both appearing in the Gazette des Beaux-
Arts. James W. Lane contributed to Art in America, The College
Art Journal, The Catholic World, and other publications. Members
of the curatorial staff under Mr. Seymour’s direction also edited the
handbook of the Bliss Collection of Pre-Columbian Art, entitled “In-
digenous Art of the Americas,” the text for which was supplied by
Samuel Lothrop.

Books by members of the staff in preparation or in press at the end of
the fiscal year included The Limits of Art, by Mr. Cairns, an extensive
compilation of selections of poetry and prose that have been held to be

28 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

the greatest of their kind in critical literature from Aristotle to recent
times. A fully illustrated volume on the Gallery’s sculpture, designed
as a companion volume to Masterpieces of Painting, by Messrs. Cairns
and Walker, is being prepared by Mr. Seymour for publication next
year under the title “Sculpture in-the National Gallery of Art.” A
book by Elizabeth Mongan on the Gallery’s print collection will appear
in 1949. A thesis on Jan Mandijn, by Charles M. Richards, will also
be published. A work entitled “Three Centuries of American Paint-
ing” has been prepared by James W. Lane. A comprehensive work on
the Index of American Design, tentatively entitled “Made in America,”
is being compiled by Mr. Christensen for publication in the near future.
Another book by Mr. Christensen scheduled to appear jointly in the
United States and England is entitled “Popular Art in the United
States.” A picture book on the paintings and sculpture in the Widener
Collection is now on the press, and five handbooks on the Widener
Collection of Decorative Arts have been prepared by Mr. Christensen.

Work on the revision and amplification of the Gallery’s original
preliminary catalog, published in 1941, has continued. For the re-
vised catalog of paintings, notes have been prepared on more than
three-fourths of the new paintings not previously cataloged. The
sculpture catalog, being prepared by Mr. Seymour, is also moving
rapidly to completion.

Other forthcoming publications by members of the Gallery staff
include an article by Huntington Cairns on Robert Briffault and the
Rehabilitation of the Matriarchal Theory for An Introduction to
the History of Sociology, to be published by the University of Chicago
Press, and also an article on The Future of Musical Patronage, to
appear in the Atlantic Monthly. A second series of short articles
by Mr. Walker, on paintings in the Chester Dale Collection, will ap-
pear in The Ladies’ Home Journal. An article on Houdon by Mr.
Seymour is scheduled for publication in the Gazette des Beaux-Arts,
and an article on American Folk Art as Revealed in the Index of
American Design, by Mr. Christensen, will be published in Art in
America.

Miss Mongan has been made an editor of the Graphic Art section
of a new edition of the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Mr. Christensen
has reassembled and organized unbound copies of the Widener tapestry
catalog into portfolios for sale in the Information Rooms and distri-
bution to colleges.

The Publications Fund has continued to supply color reproductions
of fine quality but moderately priced, and it is rather interesting to
note that in one item—postcards of works of art—nearly 3,000,000
copies have been sold since the Gallery was opened in 1941.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 29

Publishers of large collotype reproductions of paintings in the Na-
tional Gallery have added 14 new titles to their lists during the fiscal
year 1947, and the Publications Fund is now able to offer a total of
52 of these large reproductions to the public.

CUSTCDY OF GERMAN SILV®iR

Under date of February 21, 1947, the Secretary of War requested
the National Gallery of Art to provide space and safe storage for the
Hohenzollern silver service, following a ruling by the War Depart-
ment with the concurrence of the Treasury Department that the silver-
ware 1s the property of the United States. On April 11, 1947, the
Gallery received from the War Department 44 sealed cases, weighing
approximately 7 tons, said to contain silverware and glassware, and
placed the cases in a storage room for indefinite custody and storage.

ACQUISITIONS
GIFTS OF PAINTINGS AND SCULPTURE

On August 8, 1946, the Board of Trustees accepted the following
group of 19 French paintings from Samuel H. Kress and the Samuel
H. Kress Foundation:

Artist Title
Boucher, Francois_____________-____. Allegory of Painting.
Boucher, Francois____________--____. Allegory of Music.
Boucher hrancoises 12 Vee Oye a a Madame Bergeret.
Drouais, Francois-Hubert___________- Group Portrait.
Fragonard, Jean-Honore____________. A Game of Horse and Rider.
Fragonard, Jean-Honore___________ A Game of Hot Cockles.
Fragonard, Jean-Honore____________. The Visit to the Nursery.
Greuze, Jean-Baptiste_______________ Monsieur de la Live de Jully.
Watteau; Antoine.——--.---_ Italian Comedians.
Chardin, Jean-Baptiste Simeon______ Portrait of an Old Woman.
TECHN ICO UTS 20108 ve ie A ae W Landscape with Peasants.
Lorrain, Claude (Gellee, Claude) ____- The Herdsman.
Nattier, Jean-Mare__-_______ Madame de Caumartin as Hebe.
BOUSSIMEENTCOlASM ese oe ear ee The Baptism of Christ.
Rigaud. byacinthe:* 222 kee President Hebert.
Vigee-Lebrun, Hlisabeth_____________ Marquise de Laborde.
Watteaus;Antoine=-s2 252 a “Sylvia” (Jeanne-Rose Guyonne Benozzi).
Ingres, Jean-Auguste-Dominique__-___. Madame Moitessier.
Pater, Jean-Baptiste-Joseph_________- Fete Champetre.

The Board of Trustees on November 25, 1946, accepted from Samuel
H. Kress and the Samuel H. Kress Foundation the painting, “The
Laocoon,” by El Greco, and the portrait of Monsignor Diomede Fal-
conio, by Thomas Eakins, from Stephen C. Clark. On January 7,
1947, the Board of Trustees accepted from an anonymous donor a

30 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

portrait of Gen. Dwight D. Eisenhower, by Thomas E. Stephens, to
be held for a National Portrait Gallery. On May 6, 1947, the Board
of Trustees accepted two paintings, “Love as Conqueror” and “Love as
Folly,” by Jean-Honore Fragonard, from Miss Jean Simpson; a por-
trait of Captain Charles Stewart, by Thomas Sully, from Mrs. Maude
Monell Vetlesen; and also resolved to accept a bust of John Muir, by
Edwin Keith Harkness, from Mrs. Ione Bellamy Harkness, to be
held for a National Portrait Gallery. The Board of Trustees also
on May 6, 1947, recorded their prior acceptance from Mrs. Frederica
R. Giles of a painting entitled “Ships in the Scheldt Estuary,” by
Abraham Storck.

GIFTS OF DECORATIVE ARTS

On November 25, 1946, the Board of Trustees accepted from Mrs.
Lessing J. Rosenwald a miniature painting, on ivory, of Maria Miles
Heyward, by Edward Greene Malbone, which was accompanied by a
pin with a painting of an eye of Maria Miles Heyward, by Malbone.

GIFTS OF PRINTS AND DRAWINGS

The Board of Trustees, on August 8, 1946, accepted a collection of
273 prints and drawings bequeathed by Mrs. Addie Burr Clark, a
further gift of 255 prints and drawings from Lessing J. Rosenwald,
and 3 prints, En Ballade, by Constantine Guys, Head and Bust of a
Woman, by Sir Joshua Reynolds, and Le Stryge, by Meryon, from
Myron A. Hofer. On November 25, 1946, the Board of Trustees ac-
cepted from Myron A. Hofer a print, Morgue, by Meryon. On January
7, 1947, the Board of Trustees accepted a further gift of 399 prints
and drawings from Lessing J. Rosenwald, and an engraved portrait of
Charles I of England, by Vorsterman, from Willis Ruffner. The
Board of 'Trustees on May 6, 1947, accepted from an anonymous donor
a mezzotint entitled “The Mill,” by Charles Turner, after Rembrandt.

GIFTS TO THE INDEX OF AMERICAN DESIGN

The Board of Trustees, on May 6, 1947, accepted from Albert Lewin
40 water-color drawings by Perkins Harnly for the Index of American
Design.

EXCHANGE OF WORKS OF ART

The Board of Trustees during the fiscal year 1947 accepted the offer
of Lessing J. Rosenwald to exchange an engraving by Schongauer en-
titled “Crucifixion,” two lithographs by Whistler entitled “Study” and
“Lady Haden,” and an engraving by Brosamer entitled “Christ on
Cross,” for superior impressions of like engravings and lithographs
now included in the Rosenwald Collection at the National Gallery of
Art.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 31
LOAN OF WORKS OF ART TO THE GALLERY

During the fiscal year 1947 the following works of art were received
on loan:
Particulars Artist
From Mrs. Ailsa M. Bruce, New York, N. Y.:
2 tapestries.
MhevRaising of Tabitha.) eee ee Tournai, c. 1460.
The Conversion of the Centurion Cornelius___ Tournai, c. 1460.
From George Matthew Adams, New York, N. Y.:
124 drawings and etchings.
From Charles B. Harding, Laura Harding, and
Catharine H. Tailer, New York, N. Y.:

Bortirait ot Victor Guyes 2-22 22s eee Goya.
From Mrs. Huttleston Rogers, New York, N. Y.:

EISEN RST 1 Cy CLG A SS YO Monet.
EVO SES peace APE Sh ce Renoir.
Me -Artist-and the Widow 22-2.) .2e6 few Forain.
Chemin dans le Brouillard_____-___________- Monet.
Le Tribunal de Pontoise___________________. Pissarro.
TGS eh JCO RD 6 DS Lh oS as ea 8 a ES Sisley.
Roses in a Chinese Vase and Sculpture by

TANG AEE NTIV Io) eel SS nh SI oe en at Vuillard.
Tere ren ty yes SES he EN Se Gauguin.

LOANED WORKS OF ART RETURNED

During the year the following works of art loaned to the Gallery
were returned to the lenders:

Particulars Artist
To the French Government:
The entire collection of French paintings on
loan, with the exception of Mlle. DuBourg
(Mines Mantin-Latour) 2 oe ae Degas.
To the Belgian Government:
12 of the 14 paintings on loan, leaving 2 pic-
tures belonging to M. Stuyck del Bruyere.
To the J. H. Whittemore Co., Naugatuck, Conn. :

JENSEN OWE MEY COLO} A geyser Per RE Degas.
To Col. Axel H. Oxholm, Washington, D. C.:

MonthalsVWiashins tomas se ee eon ey Attributed to Ralph HE. Harl.
To Mrs. Huttleston Rogers, New York, N. Y.:

CESS Ss I TS SN eT Nie IUD Renoir.

The Artist and the Widow__________________ Forain.

Chemin dans le Brouillard__________________ Monet.

Le Tribunal de Pontoise_____-__________.____ Pissarro.

NGC RTO RO aM CT ee he TENE Le Sisley.

Roses in a Chinese Vase and Sculpture by

IY Toy PSE EY Ge 4 OS Me ee eee ere a nes « ened Sumas Vuillard.

Mittermityee a8 os a a Gauguin.

32. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

LOAN OF WORKS OF ART BY THE GALLERY

During the fiscal year 1947, the Gallery loaned the following works
of art for exhibition purposes:

Particulars Artist
To The Art Institute of Chicago, Chicago, IIl.:
3 rugs.
To M. Knoedler & Co., New York, N. Y.:
Ralph Waldo Wmerson___-_------_-----_--_ Thomas Sully.
To the National Collection of Fine Arts, Washing-
ton, D. C.:
4 miniatures:
Louis de Bourbon, Prince de Conde_______ Petitot.
Henri Jules, Duc d’Albert_______________ Petitot.
Maria Miles Heyward__________________ Malbone.
Pin with painting of an eye of Maria
Miles Hey wand GGu as tS ee Malbone.
To the Wildenstein Galleries, New York, N. Y.:
ST@O ZAM Sail po eee ete eR a Winslow Homer.
To the Society of the Cincinnati, Washington, D. C.:
IN eine lee yrhio John Trumbull.
To the J. B. Speed Memorial Museum, Louisville,
Ky.:
Mlenisy; Gays: 25 ates ita e a RC Ui John James Audubon.
fen ry: Mabe mn ge 2 Sea oe esse eR ay EE se eae John Singleton Copley.
Andrew. Jackson 322 wis Gaps ss 5 ea ae se Ralph EH. Earl.
DOW Gi CULT GOT OO aie Ln Sa a ie RN John Wesley Jarvis.
Jane Cutler! Doanew2 iis 2 Gee ee ue Samuel King.
SWVaT ep AR Se 2 Ea a eter NE aloes aac os John Neagle.
General William Moultrie___________________ Charles Willson Peale.
George Washington_________________________ Rembrandt Peale.
Wbesh, (Cxeroreregs) 12x) Daye tee 8 Gilbert Stuart.
Governor Charles Ridgely____ sia Se NRRL SS, Thomas Sully.

James! MONROE Skee Gn aS ee ha eke John Vanderlyn.
SebiP Ort ait) (acess een ie eA okra anne Ae Benjamin West.
Mary. WialtonvMo ni] Se 22 see 2 ele Oh John Wollaston.
To the Tate Gallery, London, England:
150 examples from the Index of American
Design.
To the U. 8. Department of State, Blair-Lee House,
Washinton, D .C.:

Daniel SW eDSlere ese ee tte cee Ne George P. A. Healy.
To the White House, Washington, D. C.:
Men of Progress) Sn een ______._. Schussele.
George Washington (porthole portrait) ______ Rembrandt Peale.
ANGTeW. JACKSON 22s sere ther arte a ey a Ralph E. Earl.
EXHIBITIONS

The following exhibitions were held at the National Gallery of Art
during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947:

Life of Christ as depicted in the etchings of Rembrandt. Prints from the
Rosenwald Collection and an anonymous lender, from May 14 to September 8, 1946.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 33

Audubon prints, “Birds of America.” Elephant folio set by John James Audu-
bon, from May 26 to July 28, 1946.

Music in prints. Prints from the Rosenwald Collection, from June 18 to Decem-
ber 8, 1946.

Made in America. One hundred and eleven water colors from the Index of
American Design, from August 4 to September 15, 1946.

American etchings, woodcuts, and lithographs. Prints from the collection of
the National Gallery of Art, from September 11 to October 2, 1946.

New acquisitions in the Rosenwald Collection. Additional prints and draw-
ings acquired by Lessing J. Rosenwald, from September 22 to December 1,
1946.

Sculpture, drawings, and prints by Rodin. From the collections of Mrs. John
W. Simpson and Lessing J. Rosenwald, from October 6 to December 12, 1946.

Paintings looted from Holland by the Nazis, returned through the efforts of
the United States Armed Forces. Forty-six paintings circulated under the
supervision of the Albright Art Gallery, Buffalo, N. Y.; scheduled for showing
at various museums throughout the country; shown at National Gallery from
December 7, 1946, to January 1, 1947.

Liber Studiorum, by J. M. W. Turner. Prints from the National Gallery
of Art collections, from December 10, 1946, to April 27, 1947.

The Christmas Story in prints. Prints from the National Gallery of Art
collections, from December 138, 1946, to February 5, 1947.

Prints and drawings by Aiphonse Legros. Prints and drawings from the cel-
lection of George Matthew Adams, of New York, from January 12 to February
16, 1947.

American paintings. Portraits from the collection cf the National Gallery of
Art, from February 23 to March 30, 1947.

Woodcuts, lithographs, and etchings by Paul Gauguin and Edvard Munch.
Prints by Gauguin lent anonymously, prints by Munch from the Rosenwald
Collection, from April 6 to May 30, 1947.

Indigenous Art of the Americas. Pre-Columbian art from the collection of
the Honorable Robert Woods Bliss, of Washington, D. C., from April 18, 1947,
to continue for an indefinite period.

Prints and drawings by William Blake. Prints from the National Gallery of
Art collections and loans, from April 29 to June 8, 1947.

Chiaroscuro woodcuts from the sixteenth through the eighteenth centuries.
Lent anonymously. Opened June 8, 1947.

Prints by James Abbott MeNeill Whistler. Prints from the collection of the
National Gallery of Art, opened June 13, 1947.

TRAVELING EXHIBITIONS

Index of American Design. Exhibitions from this collection of
water colors, drawings, etc., have been shown during the fiscal year
1947 at the following places: Lyman Allyn Museum, New London,
Conn.; Seamen’s Bank for Savings, New York, N. Y.; Hood College,
Frederick, Md.; Dallas Museum of Fine Arts, Dallas, Tex.; North-
western University, Evanston, Hl.; Library of Congress, Washington,
D. C.; Lakeside Press Galleries, Chicago, Ill.; Philadelphia Museum
of Art, Philadelphia, Pa.; Massillon Museum, Massillon, Ohio; Col-
lege of Wooster, Wooster, Ohio; McMurray Cellege for Women, Jack-

34. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

sonville, Ill.; Salt Lake City Junior League, Salt Lake City, Utah;
Palette Club, Ogden, Utah; Rockford Art Association, Rockford, I1.;
Speed Memorial Museum, Louisville, Ky.; N. W. Ayer Gallery, Phila-
delphia, Pa.; and the American Federation of Arts, Washington,
D. C., for circulation throughout the United States.

Rosenwald prints. During the fiscal year 1947 special exhibitions
of prints from the Resenwald Collection were circulated to the follow-
ing places:

The Art Institute of Chicago, Chicago, II1.: (

William Hogarth collection of engravings. October to November, 1946.
Duke University, Durham, N. C.:

Daumier loan exhibition. December 1946.
Philadelphia Museum of Art, Philadelphia, Pa.:

Survey of water color. Nine water colors, four miniatures, including Blake,
Fragonard, Gauguin, Rembrandt, Cameron, and MecBey. February to
March, 1947.

The Mint Museum of Art, Charlotte, N. C.:

Daumier loan exhibition. February 1947.

California Palace of the Legion of Honor, San Francisco, Calif. :

Nineteenth-century French exhibition of drawings by Manet, Delacroix,
Daumier, Degas; from the Rosenwald and Hofer Collections. March 1947.

The University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. ©.:

Daumier loan exhibition. March 1947.

Detroit Institute of Arts, Detroit, Mich.:
Six centuries of prints. May to August, 1947.

.

Four exhibitions of Rosenwald prints were arranged and held at
Alverthorpe Gallery, Jenkintown, Pa.

VARIOUS GALLERY ACTIVITIES

During the period from July 1, 1946, through June 80, 1947, a total
of 52 Sunday evening concerts were given in the East Garden Court
of the Gallery. The concerts were free to the public, and were at-
tended by over 50,000 persons. During March 1947 five concerts were
devoted to American composers, comprising the Gallery’s Fourth
American Music Festival.

A total of 4,056 copies of press releases, 130 special permits to copy
paintings in the Gallery, and 107 special permits to photograph in the
Gallery were issued during the year.

Of the seven 16-mm. sound prints of the film, National Gallery of
Art, originally owned by the Gallery, three have been sent to foreign
countries. The first gift was to the National Gallery of Victoria,
Melbourne, Australia; another print was deposited with the Amer-
ican Embassy in Paris on indefinite loan, and later was given to the
Embassy; a third print was given to the American Embassy in Lis-
bon, Portugal.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 35

The film was made available to 16 institutions and individuals dur-
ing the year. One of the 16-mm. prints was on loan in South Carolina
for several months during the winter, in which time it was viewed
by approximately 3,000 people.

INDEX OF AMERICAN DESIGN

For the period from July 1, 1946, to June 30, 1947, reproductions
of Index material were used in a number of magazines, including
Fortune, Life, Antiques, The American Collector, Architectural Re-
view, and Art in America. There were 118 new users of the Index
this year, and 24 people revisited the collection. The great majority
of them made a special trip to Washington for the purpose of study-
ing Index material. ‘They included a university class in American
art, designers, manufacturers, artists interested in design motifs,
authors, editors, publishers, etc. A total of 1,048 photographs of
Index designs were sold for use in commercial design by individuals
and by firms, for hobbies, for publications, for teaching purposes, for
publicity, and for reference and exhibitions. During the year 449
new slides were made of Index material for use in lectures.

INTER-AMERICAN OFFICE

During the fiscal year 1947 the Inter-American Office of the Na-
tional Gallery of Art has continued to devote its efforts to the circu-
lation of exhibitions in the other American Republics. These exhibi-
tions, two of original works of art and six consisting of photographic
panels, have been very well received in Latin America.

CURATORIAL DEPARTMENT

_ During the past year there were 1,510 new accessions by the Gallery

as gifts, loans, or deposits, including paintings, sculpture, prints, and
the decorative arts. These accessions were registered and the great
majority placed on exhibition, or in the case of prints, placed on file
and available to the public. A total of 161 works of art were brought
to the Gallery for expert opinion, and 92 visits were made to collec-
tions of private individuals in connection with offers of gift or loan,
or possible acquisitions for the Gallery. The curatorial staff made 290
written and 293 verbal replies to questions from the public requiring
research. During the year 17 lectures and 3 lecture courses were
given by members of the curatorial staff.

Other activities of the Curatorial Department: include the follow-
ing: The collections of paintings and drawings belonging to the French
and the Belgian Governments were packed and dispatched to Europe
during this year; the collection of American paintings assembled by

36 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

the Gallery for exhibition at the Tate Gallery in England was re-
ceived, unpacked, inspected, and returned to its original owners; a
collection of 46 paintings from Dutch sources was received, exhibited,
and dispatched on its tour of the United States; and the Bliss Collec-
tion of Pre-Columbian Art was exhibited in a special installation ar-
ranged by the curatorial staff at the entrance of the central gallery.
The cataloging and filing of photographs in the Richter Archive is
now four-fifths finished.

RESTORATION AND REPAIR OF WORKS OF ART

With the authorization of the Board and the approval of the Chief
Curator the necessary restoration and repair of works of art in the
Gallery’s collection were made by Stephen S. Pichetto, Consultant
Restorer to the Gallery. All work was completed in the Restorer’s
studio in the Gallery.

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

The survey tours of the whole collection continue to be a vital part
of the Educational Department’s program, satisfying the demand of
the many sightseers and newcomers to Washington who feel the need
for a general introduction to the Gallery as a whole. More than 10,000
persons attended the General, Congressional, and Wing Tours, while
over 27,000 attended the Gallery Talks and the Picture of the Week.
Approximately 28,000 came to hear the lectures and other programs
in the auditorium. Special appointments, tours, and conferences were
arranged for 2,169 persons. The Educational Department has con-
tinued the publication of a printed monthly announcement of all the
Galiery’s activities. It has a circulation of 5,900 copies.

LIBRARY

A total of 1,076 books, 467 pamphlets, and 596 periodicals were
given to the National Gallery of Art; 20 books were purchased and
27 periodicals were subscribed to. A total of 59 books, 119 pamphlets,
and 893 bulletins were received on exchange from other institutions;
204 photographs and 80 slides were presented as gifts to the library.
Outstanding among the gifts were 75 American history books, par-
ticularly useful as background material for the Index of American
Design. This year, 2,054 books were borrowed and returned, 1,986 of
which were borrowed from the Library of Congress. For the remain-
ing 68, the Gallery is indebted to museum and university libraries and
public libraries.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DEPARTMENT

During the year the photographic laboratory of the Gallery made
17,111 prints, 506 black-and-white slides, and 1,729 color slides, in

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 30

addition to 2,170 negatives, and 87 X-rays, infrared photographs,
ultraviolet photographs, and color separation negatives.

OTHER GIFTS

During the year gifts of books on art and related material were
made to the Gallery Library by Paul Mellon, David K. E. Bruce, the
Victoria and Albert Museum, Chester Dale, Miss Fernande L. Herr-
man, and Dr. Herbert Friedmann. Gifts of money during the fiscal
year 1947 were made by Paul Mellon, Mrs. Maude Monell Vetlesen, and
David E. Finley. A sum of money was anonymously given with the
provision that the income therefrom will be available for the acquisi-
tion of contemporary works of art by American artists, and for prizes
and awards to American artists.

AUDIT OF PRIVATE FUNDS OF THE GALLERY

An audit has been made of the private funds of the Gallery for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, by Price, Waterhouse & Co., public
accountants, and the certificate of that company on its examination of
the accounting records maintained for such funds will be forwarded to
the Gallery.

Respectfully submitted.

Huntineron Cairns,
Secretary.
_ Tue SEcrETarY,
Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 3
REPORT ON THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activities
of the National Collection of Fine Arts for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1947:

THE SMITHSONIAN ART COMMISSION

The twenty-fourth annual meeting of the Smithsonian Art Com-
mission was held on Friday, December 6, 1946, having been postponed
from its regular date, the first Tuesday in December. ‘The members
assembled at 10:30 a. m., in the Smithsonian Building to pass on the
works of art which had been offered during the year. The following
action was taken :

Accepted for the National Collection of Fine Arts

Oil painting, Self Portrait, by G. P. A. Healy (1818-94). Gift of Ruel P. Tolman.

Oil painting, A Morning in Summer, by Leonard Ochtman, N. A. (1854-1934).
Henry Ward Ranger bequest.

Plaster bust of Charles Henry Niehaus, by Adolph Alexander Weinman, N. A.
(1870— ). Gift of Miss Marie J. Niehaus.

Plaster plaque of Joseph Pennell, by John Flanagan (1865- ). Gift of Miss
A. Margaretta Archambault.

Raku tea bowl, made by Yanagisawa Kien (1703-58). Gift of Miss Catharine
McK. Ames.

Miniature, Portrait of a Man, by George Catlin (1796-1872). Gift of Bernard N.
Burnstine:

Twenty-two miniatures and one silver medal. Gift of Mrs. Henry DuPré
Bounetheau:

Mrs. Arthur Middleton (1791-1840) (Alicia Hopton Russell), by Henry B.
Bounetheau (1797-1877), after the original by Andrew Robertson, 1836.
Peter Bounetheau in Magistrate’s Robes (1742-98), father of the artist,
by Henry B. Bounetheau, after head of the Benbridge miniature.

Peter Bounetheau (1742-98), by Henry Benbridge (1744-1812).

Mrs. John Middleton (Mary Burroughs), by Henry B. Bounetheau, after
an HWnglish artist.

Self Portrait, 1867, after picture when 50 years old, by Henry B. Bounetheau.

Mrs. Henry B. Bounetheau (1822-69) (Julia Clarkson DuPré), by Henry
B. Bounetheau.

Henry DuPré Bounetheau, 1849 (1842-1901), by Henry B. Bounetheau.

Mme. Julia DuPré, about 1830, mother of Mrs. Henry B. Bounetheau, by a
French artist.

38

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 39

Henry Gourdin, of Charleston, godfather of the artist’s son, by Henry B.
Bounetheau.

Portrait of an Unknown Man, painted about 1838-42, by Henry B. Bounetheau.

Portrait of an Unknown Woman, painted about 1840-60, by Henry B.
Bounetheau.

Portrait of an Unknown Woman, by an Hnglish artist.

Napoleon as General, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Sully, after Appiani.

' King Lear in the Storm, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Sir Joshua Reynolds.

George Washington, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Gilbert Stuart.

Henry B. Bounetheau’s Aunt, c. 1804, by Edward Greene Malbone (1777-1807).

Portrait of an Unknown Woman, by an unknown artist.

Frances Anne Kemble (1809-93), by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Thomas
Sully.

General George Washington, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after the Trumbull
at Charleston, 8. C.

Napoleon Bonaparte, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after Favre.

Unmasked, by Henry B. Bounetheau, after a colored engraving by W.
Nicholas, after the painting by Mrs. Pierson, published in London, April
1, 1831, by J. Brookes.

Sleeping Beauty, by Henry B. Bounetheau.

Silver medal awarded to Mr. Bounetheau for the best miniatures on ivory,
by The South Carolina Institute, 1849.

Accepted for the Smithsonian Institution

Bronze statue, Ecstasy, by Francisco Albert. Gift of the sculptor.

Celadon vase, made by Makuzu Kozan. Gift of Milo HE. Hmmerson.

The members then met in the Regents Room, adjacent, for further
proceedings of the annual meeting. The meeting was called to order
by the chairman, Mr. Manship, at 11: 25 a. m.

The members present were: Paul Manship, chairman; Dr. Alexander
Wetmore, secretary (member, ex officio) ; and Robert W. Bliss, John
N. Brown, George H. Edgell, David E. Finley, George H. Myers,
Archibald G. Wenley, and James E. Fraser. Ruel P. Tolman, Director
of the National Collection of Fine Arts, also attended.

The resignation of Louis Ayres was submitted and accepted with
regret. The secretary was instructed to write Mr. Ayres expressing
the appreciation of the Commission for his valuable services while
a member.

The resignation of Frank J. Mather, a charter member, was sub-
mitted and accepted with regret. The secretary was instructed to
invite Mr. Mather to all future meetings, and to inform him that the
Commission would consider him a member emeritus.

The Commission recommended to the Board of Regents the name
of William T. Aldrich to succeed Mr. Ayres, and Lloyd Goodrich
to succeed Mr. Mather.

The Commission recommended the re-election of John Taylor Arms,
Gifford Beal, and Gilmore D. Clarke for the usual 4-year period.

764815474

AO ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Paul
Manship, chairman; Robert Woods Bliss, vice chairman; and Dr.
Alexander Wetmore, secretary. i

The following were elected members of the executive committee for
the ensuing year: David E. Finley, chairman, Robert Woods Bliss,
and Gilmore D. Clarke. Paul Manship, as chairman of the Commis-
sion, and Dr. Alexander Wetmore, as secretary of the Commission, are
ex officio members of the executive committee. :

THE CATHERINE WALDEN MYER FUND

Nine miniatures, water color on ivory unless otherwise stated, were
acquired from the fund established through the bequest of the late
Catherine Walden Myer, as follows:

55. Portrait of an Officer, signed “‘Rockstuhl, fec.’; from James W. Lane,
Chevy Chase, Md.

56. Portrait of a Young Man, by unknown artist; from James W. Lane, Chevy
Chase, Md.

57. Portrait of a Gentleman, by Henry Inman, N. A. (1801-46), water color
on paper; from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries,
Ine., New York City.

58. Portrait of a Gentleman, by Thomas Seir Cummings (1804-94); from
Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City.

59. Joseph W. Faber of Charleston, 8. C., by Charles Fraser (1782-1860) ;
from Mrs. Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New
York City.

60. Alexander Rose, by John Ramage (before 1763-1802); from Mrs.
Dorothy Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City.

6i. Harriet Hampton, by Charles Fraser (1782-1860); from Mrs. Dorothy
Draper Hamlen Sale, Parke-Bernet Galleries, Inc., New York City.

62. Roger Brooke Taney (1777-1864), by unknown artist; from Mamie C.
Faulconer, Alexandria, Va.

63. Little Girl with Doll, by John Carlin (1813-91); from Edmund Bury,
Philadelphia, Pa.

LOANS ACCEPTED

Two enamel miniature portraits of Louis de Bourbon, Prince de
Conde, and Henri Jules, Duc d’Albret, by Jean Petitot, the Younger
(b. 1653), with frames by Gilles Legare de Chaumont (1610-c1653),
and two miniatures on ivory, a Portrait of Maria Miles Heyward
(Mrs. William Drayton), and her “Eye,’ by Edward Greene
Malbone, about 1803, were lent by the National Gallery of Art, with
the permission of the donor, Lessing J. Rosenwald, on March 6, 1947.

One miniature on ivory, Portrait of Robert Goodloe Harper (1765—
1825), by Benjamin Trott, was lent by the family of Robert Goodloe
Harper Speed, on June 27, 1947.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 41

WITHDRAWALS BY OWNERS

Two Bohemian glass vases, lent in 1928, were withdrawn by the
owner, Mrs. Robert Lee Preston, on August 2, 1946.

A collection of 22 pieces of porcelain and bronzes, lent in 1918, was
withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. Geraldine L. Hitchcock, on April 3,
1947.

An oil painting, Portrait of Mrs. Stephen Decatur (Susan
Wheeler), by Gilbert Stuart, and four crayon drawings on paper, by
Saint Memin, of Ann Decatur Pine, Capt. James McKnight, Capt.
Stephen Decatur, Sr., and Ann Pine McKnight Decatur, lent in 1943,
were withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. William F. Machold, on April 15,
1947.

An oil painting, Portrait of Hon. Charles Evans Hughes, by
George Burroughs Torrey, lent in 1936, and a marble bust of Hon.
Charles Evans Hughes, by Bryant Baker, lent in 1948, were with-
drawn by the owner, Mr. Hughes, on May 21, 1947.

Five oil paintings, Hildegarde, Poinsettia, Maternity, The Old
Miniature, and Study of a Young Woman, by Wallace Bryant, and a
photomechanical reproduction of The Age of Innocence, lent in 1916,
were withdrawn by the owner, Wallace Bryant, on June 6, 1947.

An oil painting, Portrait of Lt. Gen. Mark W. Clark, by M. Arnold
Nash, lent in 1944, was withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. Mark W. Clark,
on June 9, 1947.

LOANS TO OTHER MUSEUMS AND ORGANIZATIONS

An oil painting, Portrait of Stephen Decatur, by Gilbert Stuart,
was lent to M. Knoedler & Co., Inc., New York City, for their Wash-
ington Irving Exhibition, October 8 to 26, 1946. (Returned October
29, 1946.)

Two oil paintings, Old Church at Giverny, and La Vachere, by
Theodore Robinson, were lent to the Brooklyn Museum, Brooklyn,
N. Y., to be included in an exhibition of the work of the artist, Novem-
ber 12, 1946, to January 5, 1947.

Two plaster busts (bronzed), George Washington, and Thomas
Jefferson, by Houdon, and four vases, were lent to The White House
December 3, 1946, for an indefinite period.

An oil painting, Portrait of Herbert Hoover, by Edmund C. Tar-
bell, was lent to The Century Association for an exhibition of portraits
of members who were Presidents of the United States, January 9 to
February 16,1947. (Returned February 27, 1947.)

Two oil paintings, Entrance to the Harbor, and Groton Long Point
Dunes, by Henry Ward Ranger, and four miniatures, Mrs. Putnam

42 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Catlin and Portrait of a Man, by George Catlin, and John Trumbull
Ray and Portrait of a Gentleman, by Thomas S. Cummings, were lent
to the Lyman Allyn Museum, New London, Conn., to be included in
their Fifteenth Anniversary Exhibition, Eighty Eminent Painters of
Connecticut, March 9 to April 20, 1947. (Returned April 28, 1947.)

An oil painting, The Signing of the Treaty of Ghent, 1814, by Sir
Amedee Forestier, was lent April 3, 1947, to the Committee on Un-
American Activities, to be hung in its committee room for an indefinite

‘period.

Two oil paintings, At Nature’s Mirror, and Sunset, Navarro Ridge,
California Coast, by Ralph Albert Blakelock, were lent to the Whitney
Museum of American Art, New York City, to be included in an ex-
hibition of paintings by the artist, April 21 through May 29, 1947.
(Returned June 6, 1947.)

LOANS RETURNED

An oil painting, Fired On, by Frederic Remington, lent to The White
House, June 7, 1945, was returned July 17, 1946.

THE HENRY WARD RANGER FUND

No. 69. South Dakota Evening, by Jes W. Schlaikjer, A. N. A.
(1897- __), previously assigned to Vassar College, Poughkeepsie, N. Y..,
was reassigned November 21, 1946, to San Joaquin Pioneer and His-
torical Society, Stockton, Calif.

The following two paintings were recalled for action on the part
of the Smithsonian Art Commission, in accordance with the provision
in the Ranger bequest. The Smithsonian Art Commission decided not
to accept the paintings and they were returned to the museums to
which they were originally assigned:

No. 7. The Shrine of the Rain Gods, by E. Irving Couse, N. A. (1866-1936) ,
assigned to the Toledo Museum of Art, Toledo, Ohio.

No. 112. Medieval Art, by Edwin H. Blashfield, N. A. (1848-1986), assigned
to the William Rockhill Nelson Gallery of Art, Kansas City, Mo.

THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS REFERENCE LIBRARY

A total of 405 publications (255 volumes and 150 pamphlets) were
accessioned, ‘This number includes 162 volumes and 41 pamphlets
purchased, the priced auction catalogs of the Parke-Bernet Galleries
accounting for 44 volumes and 82 pamphlets. The other accessions
were publications received by exchange, gift, or transfer. The year’s
additions brought the total library accessions to 10,540, plus the vol-
umes of serials formerly accessioned by the Museum Library for the
National Gallery of Art, now the National Collection of Fine Arts.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 43
SPECIAL EXHIBITIONS

June 28 through July 21, 1946.—Exhibition of 33 pieces of sculpture
in bronze, marble, obsidian, wood, and stone, by Francisco Albert, of
Mexico, held under the patronage of His Excellency, Sefor Dr. Don.
Antonio de los Monteros, the Mexican Ambassador to the United
States. A catalog was privately printed.

July 3 through 21, 1946—Exhibition of 72 Swedish wartime car-
toons, sponsored by the American Scandinavian Foundation and the
Sverige-Amerika Stiftelsen.

August 10 through September 25, 1946.—Smithsonian Centennial
Exhibition. The National Collection of Fine Arts endeavored to
honor those who had contributed to its collections, with examples of
their gifts. About 50 specimens, covering 100 years, were shown.

October 3 through November 3, 1946—An oil painting, Portrait of
President Harry S. Truman, by John Slavin, of Richmond, Va., was
shown in Gallery 2.

October 9 through 29, 1946.—The Fitty-sixth Annual Exhibition of
the Society of Washington Artists, consisting of 103 specimens of
paintings and sculpture.

November 6 through 29, 1946.—The Ninth Metropolitan State Art
- Contest, held under the auspices of the District of Columbia Chapter,
American Artist’s Professional League, assisted by the Entre Nous
Club, consisting of 299 specimens of paintings, sculpture, prints,
ceramics, and metalcraft.

December 12, 1946, through January 12, 1947—The Forty-fifth An-
nual Exhibition of Miniatures by The Pennsylvania Society of Minia-
ture Painters, consisting of 73 miniatures. Reprint of catalog used in
Philadelphia.

March 7 through 30, 1947.—The Fifty-first Annual Exhibition of
the Washington Water Color Club, consisting of 258 paintings and
prints. A catalog was privately printed.

March 7 through 30, 1947 —The Fourteenth Annual Exhibition of
The Miniature Painters, Sculptors and Gravers Society of Washington,
D. C., consisting of 144 examples. A catalog was privately printed.

April 10 through 30, 1947.—Exhibition of 18 paintings, 4 pieces of
sculpture, and photographs, by Hugh Almaraz, of Bolivia, was held
under the patronage of His Excellency, the Ambassador of Bolivia and
Sefiora de Martinez Vargas, and the Pan American Union. A catalog
was printed by the Pan American Union.

June 4 through 29, 1947 —Exhibition of 29 Hawaiian Flower Panels
in pastel, by Maurice Kidjel, was held under the patronage of the Dele-
gate to Congress from Hawaii and Mrs. Joseph R. Farrington. A
catalog was privately printed.

44 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

The writer, who for some years had been Acting Director, was ap-
pointed Director of the National Collection of Fine Arts on J uly 28,
1946.

Respectfully submitted.

R. P. Totman, Director.
Dr. A. Wermore,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 4
REPORT ON THE FREER GALLERY OF ART

Sir: I have the honor to submit the twenty-seventh annual report
on the Freer Gallery of Art for the year ended June 30, 194°.

THE COLLECTIONS
Additions to the collections by purchase were as follows:

BRONZE

46.18. Chinese (Ordos) , Han dynasty (207 B. C.—-A. D. 220). Hemispherical bowl
with slightly everted lip; brown patina with areas of malachite and
earthy encrustation; welded to one side is a flat horizontal handle on
which stands the figure of a mule cast in the round. 0.106 x 0.182 x
0.128.

46.31. Chinese, Shang dynasty (1766-1122 B. C.). Ceremonial vessel of the type
ting, light grayish-green patina with some encrustation; areas of mata-
chite, azurite, and cuprite inside; decorated with casting in intaglio and
relief; inscription of three characters. (Illustrated.) 0.854 x 0.282.

47.1. Chinese, 4th-3d century B. C. Folding bronze tripodal stand in three
parts; decorated with gold and silver inlay. 0.574 (over all, folded).

GLASS

46.29. Chinese, T’ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Oblate bowl with broad base
smaller mouth, thickened lip, and deeply concave base; thick green glass,
surface ground on outside except for small transparent area in center
of base; inside roughened and iridescent with deterioration; rust stain
on base. 0.080 x 0.147.

GOLD

46.20— Chinese, T‘ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Pair of Apsarases modeled in

46.21. the round in flying position with flowing robes; scarves and jeweled
streamers in filigree work around bodies; crowns and floral necklaces;
extended hands hold lotus flowers; ears pierced for earrings; each on
an intricate filigree cloud pattern support. 0.087 x 0.088 x 0.027; 0.037
x 0.081 x 0.024.

46.22. Chinese, Six dynasties period (A. D. 265-589). Pair of plaques, each a
thin sheet of gold with a winged horse in repoussé relief; vine patterns
in background and double border of V pattern; fragments of plaster
adhering to reverse side of each. 0.075 x 0.120 x 0.019; 0.075 x 0.120 x
0.016.

JADE
47.10. Chinese, 5th-3d century B. C. Cylindrical covered cup of Kotan nephrite;
supported on three small feet; annular handle on one side; decoration

carved in relief and intaglio; three small coiled dragons on cover.
(Illustrated.) 0.170 x 0.098.

45

46

46.12.

47.2.

47.3.

47.4

47.6

40.7

46.13.

46.14

46.16

46.17.

46.26

ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

MANUSCRIPT

Persian, A. D. 1556-1565. Haft Awrang (“Seven Thrones’), the seven
mathnavi poems of Jami; book of 303 folios plus 1 added folio; 28 minia-
ture paintings in gold and color; illuminated headpieces, tailpieces, and
space fillers; margins of various colors with bird and flower patterns
in red and gold; repairs on some pages; lacquered binding 19th century.
0.342 x 0.232 (page size).

Armenian, A. D. 10th century. Page from a Gospel manuscript on parch-
ment; canon tables on both sides; brown-black writing and decorations
in red, yellow, and purple; torn and stained on edges. 0.328 x 0.246.

Armenian, A. D. 10th century. Page from a Gospel manuscript on parch-
ment; on reverse: canon table; on obverse: the four evangelists standing
in arches; brown-black writing and decorations in red, yellow, and
purple; torn and stained on edges. 0.334 x 0.251.

Armenian, A. D. 10th century. Page from a Gospel manuscript on parch-
ment; canon tables ‘on both sides; brown-black writing and decoration in
red, yellow, and purple; torn and stained on edges. 0.3829 x 0.248.

Persian, A. D. 1557. Leaf from Yusuf u-Zulaikha by Jami; Persian text in
small nasta‘lig script; manuscript leaf inlaid in larger leaf of red-brown
paper with border designs in gold; recto: horses in rock landscape;
verso: floral scrolls with feline heads devouring antelopes; wormholes
and small tears along two edges. 0.251 x 0.248.

Persian, A. D. 1557. Leaf from Yusuf u-Zulaikha by Jami; Persian text in
small nasta‘lig script; manuscript leaf inlaid in larger leaf of grayish-
brown paper with border designs in gold; recto: floral scrolls and
arabesques; verso: lions, foxes, and birds in landscape; wormbholes.
0.252 x 0.149.

PAINTING

Persian, A. D. middle 16th century. Winter scene: Safi and courtier
conversing at a shrine; color; three lines of nasta‘liq script in upper left
corner ; set in an old album mount with floral designs and writing in red
nasta‘liq script. 0.3828 x 0.226.

Persian, A. D. 1841, Mongol (1l-Khan) period, Inji school. Leaf from a
manuscript of Mu’nis al-Ahradr ft Daqd’iq al-Ash‘ar: The Moon and
Fish ; 12 different kinds of birds in two registers; text in black naskhi
script; paper torn and colors rubbed in places; old repairs and modern
margin. 0.195 x 0.134.

Persian, A. D. middle 14th century, Mongol (Il-Khin) period, Inji school.
Leaf from a Shanadmah: Arzu, the jeweler’s daughter plays before Bah-
ram Gur; colors and gold; paint on three faces rubbed off; text in black

naskht script; red rulings; marginal additions in nasta‘liq. 0.290 x
0.209.

Indian, Akbar period (A. D. 1556-1605), Mughal. Lion hunt in a moun-
tainous landscape; colors and gold; cut-out passages in nasta‘liq script
around painting; on reverse: four lines of Persian poetry in nasta‘liq
script ; Slightly torn ; bits of paint chipped off. 0.186 x 0.106.

Persian, Timtrid period (A. D. ca. 1425-1450), Samarquand school,
Ulugh Beg with ladies of his harem and retainers; colors and gold; six
lines of Persian poetry in nasta‘lig script in lower left corner; cuts and
breaks in paper. (Illustrated.) 0.317 x 0.241.

Secretary's Report, 1947.—Appendix 4 PLATE

46.30

RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART

’

Secretary's Report, 1947.—Appendix 4 PLATE 2

46.31

RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 47

46.27. Indian, Rajput period (A. D. 17th century), Rajasthani, probably Jaipur
school. Woman holding a vind and flower under a tree with a deer,
attracted by the music, in front of her; drawing in black on yellowish
paper ; on reverse: Small drawing of bust of a woman in black and gold;
small stains, tears, and some flaking. 0.166 x 0.113.

46.28 Indian, Mughal period (A. D. ca. 1619), school of Jahangir. Durbar scene

of Jahangir ; colors and gold ; mounted on an album leaf; two inscriptions
and identification notes; slight flaking. 0.169 x 0.123.

47.5. Arabic (Mesopotamia), A. D. 1224. Baghdad school. Illustration from
an Arabie manuscript of the Materia Medica of Dioscorides; the Greek
physician Erasistratos lying on a low bench with an assistant standing
in front of him; opaque colors and gold; text on both sides in naskhi
script; a few wormholes and tears. 0.322 x 0.248.

PAINTING AND MANUSCRIPT

46.15. Persian, A. D. 16th-17th century. Composite leaf consisting of a drawing of
Dancing Sifis by Ustad Muhammadi of Herat, a painting of A Cluster of
Primroses by Murad, a page of prose in nasia‘liq script, and a page of
poetry in nasta‘liq by Shah Mahmid; old album mounting with floral
decoration in gold. 0.450 x 0.303.

POTTERY

46.24, Chinese, Ch‘ing dynasty, Yung-chéng period (A. D. 1723-1736). Small
bottle-shaped vase with tall neck and flaring lip; white porcelain covered
with pale opaque blue-gray glaze called “claire de lune”; brown dressing
on raw footrim; four-character mark in underglaze blue on base.
0.101 x 0.070.

46.25. Chinese, Ytian dynasty (A. D. 1279-1368), Lung-ch‘tian. Vase with oc-
tagonal body, spreading foot, swelling body, and short tapering neck;
grayish-white porcelain covered with thick opaque gray-green crackled
glaze inset with 24 panels of reddish-brown biscuit showing human figures
and floral patterns molded in relief. 0.275 x 0.175.

46.30. Egyptian, Fatimid period (A. D. 11th-12th century). Bowl on low foot rim;
soft, fine-grained reddish clay covered with white tin glaze; decorated,
inside: a dancing girl in yellow gold luster ; outside: irregular circles and
markings in reddish luster now partly rubbed off; repairs, five missing
sherds replaced by painted plaster. (Illustrated.) 0.067 x 0.261.

47.8. Mesopotamian, A. D. 12th century, Rakka. Bowl with wide everted rim
and low foot; coarse whitish clay covered with transparent green glaze;
decorations under glaze painted in black on white slip showing a heron ;
repairs, two pieces of rim missing. 0.076 x 0.266.

47.9. Persian, Mongol period (about A. D. 1800), Sultanabad. Deep bowl with
wide horizontal rim flange and foot rim; grayish medium-grained clay
covered with clear transparent glaze over decoration in black outline and
brown slip showing a running gazelle; lower body and foot unglazed ;
two small repairs on rim flange. 0.148 x 0.270.

SILVER

46.19. Chinese, Han dynasty (207 B. C—A. D. 220). Plaque of solid, low-grade
silver ; rough and tarnished; obverse shows a leaping wolflike dog cast
in relief; reverse is rough and pitted with bits of earth and malachite in
some cavities. 0.099 x 0.157 x 0.018.

48 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

The work of the staff members has been devoted to the study of new
accessions, of objects submitted for purchase, and to general research
work within the collections of Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Persian,
and Indian materials. The preparation of materials for publication
has continued. Reports, oral or written, were made upon 3,679 ob-
jects and 1,511 reproductions of objects submitted for examination;
and 858 Oriental language inscriptions were translated.

REPAIRS TO THE COLLECTIONS

A total of 27 objects were remounted or repaired as follows:

Chinese: calligraphy, remounted 4) ae a ee 1
Chinese paintings remounted_______________________-_ 1
Japanese paintings remounted_________________..______ 12
East Christian painting remounted___________________________ 1
Eersiany miniature +remounte dss stsleuss ke ee 1
Greek manuscript pages repaired_________________-___ 2
Indian: painting repaired]... 2 Gian A ober 1
Japanese painting) repaired.) ee ee Ee eee 1
Persian painting repaired 085 es ese ee ee 1

CHANGES IN EXHIBITIONS

Eight hundred forty-four changes in exhibitions were made as
follows:

American arts:

BS) aCe ef sa ea OI ae es ML Ce Bea ad TE Nal EO A We 15
HUF fet aYoy 4 ere 6) opus alge eel EN SAU Sc a ae A 15
Byzantine arts:
C0) Fy ieee Bs La as Ne 24
FRO CH Cre Vis Genesee Be he Al RN ER I Se er 3
Bactriancants Metalwork 225s Se Oe ae eee we ee 4
Chinese arts:
Barb OO W.0.0 Gy Corey iy ese RN eR ae 6
MB Po) VAs aioe NAN AN SL AE ea ea Se an RN 101
NA IRIS SIA TO TN AI 11
ee B iho a Mets BOY 6 Ware 05 fc OAT SRE A ee ETE 2
LE: oI pe US SU A A gr NS 49
BEST G0 0 KS) abe sMea 8.0 A SAU NS A IE A LV 3
pE-Fz 05 ot 10 damp te NM ey 0 RL eee eee ie eG 124
NGA 29 hy eal LR NE A Ne 230
SUD Vere soo aie NEO IA AA SRA LL NR a eS Pe
SEOUL, SUM Ur aE Ll AL 4
TR ease MT es a8 US EIR Da SSE I VS oS 2
Christian arts: :
Armenian) MANUSCLIPtS 2 see Ne a ee a ee 25
ANGINE OVE H I TONE WTNH OE j of eCels | 8:
Copticamanuscript, pages. 2 eee a ee eee 6
Greek’ Manuscripts s {oles Sey Fb AREA VBE SSUES, ERAS ee eee 10
Greek Manuscript PAGES 2 We MAT ES ANON) SD lan Aen ee 18

Greek painting.) 3 OA) TORO NOOK) | BOUT ae ae 13%

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY _ 49

Indian arts:

BY OS OV AS re UL ase A It EU “Er UN OO pe TO aL

IMANUSCEND EA ae eC Sure et Late se) ea ee Na 2

TEER Gf oh Bik a al gph lh ed es Ba MB dk cd 101

StOMEMISCULP CUT eRe CE Re RE ea a ee 2 a 3
dapanese arts wPaimiimg se als oie PP ee 6
IROTEATIS ALCS ek OLLET Yeast ee Ce ee oe ETE Os ae 23
Persian arts:

CE Ch ae ti IE ARRAY ENE NAD oe IN La SMa eee Rie ile Mn 2

AVEC Gelli rr es oii ie abst ia ee NOU et nme ee UNS OS NUN ia LE SS 14
Syrian arts:

FES ASS ete ee citer n aimee NOMRE i BAM PNNN Ui) ROLL ANON! Jeeeeey ed BYP 2A Sens NNER 5

CUS Spe aig Cd Ma le LE eM CS 2 I ap ey eh 13

In connection with the Centennial celebration of the Smithsonian
Institution a special exhibition showing representative examples of
Chinese art from the Neolithic age to the eighteenth century was
assembled in Gallery XIII from the material in the collections. A
special Gallery Book accompanied this exhibition.

In connection with the Symposium on Byzantine Studies held at the
Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Collection a special exhibition
of late classical and early Christian art was assembled in Gallery VI
from materials in the collections.

STUDY COLLECTIONS

A notable addition to the study collections of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution was the material given by Dr. Ernst Herzfeld, of Princeton,
_N. J. This gift, known as the Herzfeld Archive, was made to the
Smithsonian Institution with proviso that it be deposited in, and held
under the direction of, the Freer Gallery of Art, but not to be consid-
ered a part of the Freer Collection. Dr. Herzfeld’s letter of trans-
mittal to Dr. Wetmore was dated April 24, 1946, and the material
reached the Gallery on June 6; but the time required to unpack the
cases and make a preliminary check of the contents prevented its inclu-
sion in the annual report dated July 1, 1946.

The material was collected by Dr. Herzfeld between the years
1903 and 1936 in the course of archeological expeditions to the Near
East which included excavations at Samarra, Sistan, Pasargadae, and
Persepolis. While a detailed catalog has yet to be completed, the
following brief list suggests the scope and nature of the Archive:

1. 80 wooden boxes containing 50 negatives each. Catalog of the nega-
tives. 16 files of blueprints.

2. Several hundred large drawings, water colors, plans and maps of Oriental
buildings, sculpture, objects of art, ete. A number of squeezes of
inscriptions.

3. 45 sketchbooks of original surveys made in the field. A number of box

files with notes, texts of inscriptions, inventories, dummies for publica-
tions, ete.

50 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

4. 95 objects including pottery and metalwork of no special material value,
- but of some scientific interest.

It is the donor’s wish that these materials be used for study and
publication by members of the Institution staff and other qualified
scholars, and that the objects be available for exhibition in the Institu-
tion at the discretion of the Director of the Freer Gallery of Art.

ATTENDANCE

The Gallery was open to the public from 9 to 4:30 every day
except Christmas Day. The total number of visitors to come in
the main entrance was 107,237. The weekday total was 80,031, and
the Sunday total was 27,206. The average weekday attendance was
256, the average Sunday attendance, 523. The highest monthly at-
tendance was in April with 15,794 visitors; the lowest, in February
with 4,053 visitors.

There were 1,915 visitors to the main office during the year; the
purposes of their visits were as follows:

MOL FZEMELAL UNL 119 VET O ne ee a 1, 559
Tosee State members se CE eI 1 EY Ae Ag 96
TO RPCAGA: CHO Di ry 2s ee iy eee ie IO eNO 250
To make sketches and tracings from library books____________ 9
To see building and installations______-__________________-____ 18
To make photographs in Court and sketches in the exhibition
POTTEPLES sate Meee oe LE eS eee 27
To examine, borrow, or purchase photographs and slides______ 389
To submit objects for examination___________________________ 471
To see objects in storage:
Washington*Manuseriptss 2 2 ee oS ree 49
Far Hastern paintings and textiles___________________ 74
Near Hastern paintings and manuscripts_____________ 28
Tibetanapalntin gs te eh ee a ee 5
Indian paintings and manuscripts___________________ 9
American paintings scene eS ee a 28
AMELICAM CO OUEOTY isso COL OIA Liana Jee ese eto CE Ne 33
WiIstler” prints ee ae En he 19
Oriental pottery, jade, bronze, lacquer, and bamboo_____ 83
Gold treasure and Byzantine objects____-____________ 15
Allyise@ulptures 2ehes sr it ieee u aera eee Ge ee ee 10
Sytianvand othenelasse es ses ee a ee oan 4
—— 327

DOCENT SERVICE, LECTURES, MEETINGS

By request, 10 groups met in the exhibition galleries for instruction
by staff members. Total attendance was 183.

%

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY ~ 51

On invitation, the following lectures were given outside the Gallery
by staff members:

ITI AS ea aa Mr. Pope read a paper on A Chinese Lacquer Statue in the
Nepalese Style (45.4) before the Far Hastern Section
of the College Art Association at the Metropolitan
Museum of Art, New York. Attendance: 100.

Mar tO see Dr. Ettinghausen lectured on Basic Facts about Oriental
Rugs at the Women’s Community Club, Kensington, Md.
Attendance: 121.

TGA igi 7 (iS a Dr. Ettinghausen lectured on Persian Miniature Painting
at the Foxcroft School, Middleburg, Va. Attendance:
115.

TT I Dr. Ettinghausen lectured on Islamic Art: New Ap-

proaches in Research at the Princeton University Bi-
centennial Conference on Near Hastern Culture and
Society, Princeton, N. J. Attendance: 65.

PANT () Se Mr. Pope lectured on The Freer Gallery of Art and its
Collections at the American Association of University
Women, Washington, D. C. Attendance: 30.

The Auditorium was used for meetings as follows:

1946
» OYE Cae re eT Bureau of Economics, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Attendance: 250.
Ochi Ossi ee Bureau of Economics, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture.
Attendance: 275.
(OYG Eo it Se a eee ene Bureau of Economics, U. S. Department of Agriculture.
r Attendance: 260.
INO FAL ees eee Office of the Attorney General, Conference on the Control
: of Juvenile Delinquency. Attendance: 63.
INO FA Office of the Attorney General, Conference on the Control
of Juvenile Delinquency. Attendance: 50.
DEC PORE ae SLES Dr. John L. Keddy, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian
Institution. Attendance: 28.
1947
NSO id US a American Oriental Society, Annual Meeting. Attendance:
106. ;
Apr GS se so a American Oriental Society, Annual Meeting. Attendance:
83.
FAG Cy 7 (ee ees American Oriental Society, Annual Meeting. Attendance:
46.

Members of the staff traveled outside of Washington for professional
purposes as follows:

1946
Sept. 30—Oct. 23__--_ Mr. Pope in Chicago, Kansas City, Minneapolis, Ann Arbor,
Boston, Cambridge, and New York to examine objects
belonging to museums, private collections, and dealers.
Novi 4132.2 se Mr. Wenley in Chicago, Kansas City, Minneapolis, and
Ann Arbor to examine objects belonging to museums,
private collections, and dealers.

52 ANNUAL

REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

1947
Jan. 28-Feb. 9__-___- Dr. Httinghausen in New York and Boston to examine
objects belonging to museums and dealers.
Maria 2 ieee eee Mr. Wenley in New York to examine objects belonging to
dealers.
Mar. 24-28-00 Dr. Httinghausen attended Near Hastern Conference of the

Mar. 31—-Apr. 3_--__-
U/ANY Re ipo use cg
PN g epi Al bias

CATT 2 pe ee se

June 25—-July 4___-

John A. Pope,

University Bicentennial Celebration at Princeton Uni-
versity.

_ Mr. Wenley attended the Conference on Far Hastern Art
and Culture at the Bicentennial Celebration of Princeton
University where he served as Chairman of the Con-
ference on Chinese Painting.

_ Mr. Pope attended the Conference on Far Hastern Art and
Culture at Princeton.

_ Mr. Acker attended the Conference on Far Eastern Art
and Culture at Princeton.

_ Dr. Ettinghausen in New York to examine objects belong-
ing to dealers.

_ Dr. Hitinghausen in Princeton, N. J., to attend conference
on Research in Fine Arts.

— Dr. Ettinghausen in Baltimore to attend opening of exhibi-
tion of Byzantine Art at Baltimore Museum.

_ Dr. Ettinghausen at Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore, to
examine objects in the collection.

_.. Mr. Pope in Philadelphia to examine objects in the Phila-
delphia Museum of Art.

_. Mrs. Usilton, Librarian, attended annual convention of

Special Libraries Association, Chicago, Ill.

_. Mr. Pope at Fogg Museum of Art, Cambridge, Mass., to

study bronze forgeries and examine objects in the collec-
tion.

_._ Mrs. Usilton attended annual convention of American

Library Association, San Francisco, Calif.

Associate in Research, was appointed Assistant Di-

rector, July 1, 1946.
Respectfully submitted.

A. G. Wenuey, Director.

Dr. A. Wermors,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 5
REPORT ON THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Amevi-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, conducted
in accordance with the Act of Congress of June 27, 1944, which
provides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among
the American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation
and preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

Dr. M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, spent the greater part
of the fiscal year in Washington, attending to administrative duties
and completing for publication reports on archeological field work
in southern Mexico. Two papers were completed entitled “An
Archeological Reconnaissance of the State of Tabasco, Mexico,” and
“Piedra Parada, a Chiapas Highland Site.” Considerable progress
was also made on a paper entitled “Additional Stone Monuments
of Southern Mexico.”

Several lectures were given during the year on anthropological
subjects. In April 1947 Dr. Stirling went to Houston, Tex., as
representative of the Smithsonian Institution at the Inauguration of
Dr. Wm. Vermillion Houston as President of Rice Institute.

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Chief of the Bureau and
Director of the River Basin Surveys, devoted the major part of his
time during the fiscal year to directing the program of the River
Basin Surveys. The latter is a cooperative project between the
Smithsonian Institution, the National Park Service, the Bureau of
Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers, United States Army. Its
purpose is the recovery of such archeological and paleontological
information and materials as will be lost through the construction
of dams and the creation of large reservoirs in many of the river
valleys of the United States.

In directing the survey work Dr. Roberts recruited personnel,
arranged for supplies and equipment, established cooperation with
local institutions in various parts of the country, prepared over-all
plans for a Nation-wide archeological program, wrote progress re-
ports for the cooperating agencies, and aided in the preparation of
preliminary reports on the results of surveys in various reservoir

52

54 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

areas. He went to Atlanta, Ga., July 23-25, 1946, to confer with
representatives of the National Park Service and engineers in the
office of the Division Engineer for the South Atlantic Division, Corps
of Engineers, about the problems in that area. He went to Lincoln,
Nebr., September 24 to October 4, to meet the incoming field parties
from the Missouri Basin. At that time he received reports on the
explorations, discussed plans for future investigations, and assisted
in making arrangements for carrying on the work at the field head-
quarters during the fall and winter months. While at Lincoln he
made two trips to Omaha to confer with officials of the National
Park Service, Region 2, and engineers from the office of the Division
Engineer, Missouri River Division, Corps of Engineers. From De-
cember 26 to 81, he was in Chicago, IIl., to take part in a symposium
on river valley archeology in which there were representatives from
the National Park Service, the American Anthropological Associa-
tion, the Society for American Archeology, the Committee for the
Recovery of Archeological Remains, and several universities. Dr.
Roberts’ report on the activities of the River Basin Surveys appears
In subsequent pages.

During the course of the year Dr. Roberts wrote several book
reviews for anthropological journals, annotated four books for the
United States Quarterly Book List, prepared a number of popular
articles on the work of the River Basin Surveys, and served as a con-
sultant on manuscripts on anthropology and archeology for several
encyclopedias.

Dr. Roberts was the General Department Representative on the
Efficiency Rating Board of Review for the Smithsonian Institution.
In this connection he attended the Civil Service Commission Institute
of Efficiency Rating Boards of Review. He represented the Smith-
sonian Institution at a meeting held in Washington, D. C., April 15,
1947, for the purpose of organizing a National Council for Historic
Sites and Buildings.

From July 1, 1946, to June 30, 1947, Dr. Roberts served as a member
of the executive committee of the Division of Anthropology and
Psychology, National Research Council.

During the absences of the Chief, Dr. Roberts was Acting Chief of
the Bureau.

The beginning of the fiscal year found Dr. John P. Harrington,
ethnologist, at Searchlight, Nev., from which point he traveled with
Murl Emery to a point above Cottonwood Island in one of the wildest
portions of the Colorado River where, according to Indian tradition, is
the house of Matavilya, principal deity of the lower Colorado region.
The house of Matavilya was discovered to be a natural formation con-
sisting of a butte about 200 feet high on the western side of the river,
and opposite this butte another, perhaps 500 feet in height, on the

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 55

eastern side of the river. These two buttes are interpreted by the
ancient Indians of the region as being what remains of the doorposts
of the house of Matavilya, and Indian tradition has evidently attached
itself to this place for many generations, probably for many centuries.

The interesting myth was obtained which recounts the destruction
of the house at the time of the cremation of Matavilya. Consider-
able time was spent in checking with surviving ancient Indians in
regard to the discovery of this important site, Dr. Harrington going as
far as Tehachapi, Calif., for this purpose.

On November 6, 1946, Dr. Harrington returned to Washington,
D. C., and the entire remainder of the fiscal year was spent in sorting
over and preparing various articles for publication.

The first of these undertakings was the preparation of an article on
the State Names of Mexico. This paper covers not only the state
and territory names of Mexico, but also the country names of Central
America and South America. Several of the etymologies are new,
notably that of the name of the Mexican State of Yucatan, which
is here seen to be derived perhaps from a hypothetical form Yucahtan.

The next item completed was an article on the Tewa language of
New Mexico. A paper on the Province Names of Canada was next
finished. Compilation for this work had long been in progress, part
- of it done in Canada.

An extensive paper on the Aleutian language was next written,
embodying the results of previous field work in Alaska. Another
paper was prepared consisting of a detailed ethnogeographic descrip-
tion of the projecting rocks and islands off the coast of California.

A manuscript was completed with the title “Quirix is the Native
Name of San Felipe Pueblo.” This paper sets forth the unique thesis
that Bandelier is wrong in assuming that Quirix, which gives its name _
to the Keresan linguistic stock, is Bernalillo, or any site in the vicinity
of Bernalillo, but that the recorded form is a Spanish spelling of the
Indian name of San Felipe. The Tewa of the Castafieda account of
the Coronado Expedition would then be Isleta, and Isleta is still called
Tewa in Keresan.

A number of short papers were also written, the titles being as
follows:

The Name Yucatan.

The Name Colorado.

The Three Earliest Mentions of the Turquoise Mines of New Mexico.
The Name Chuckwalla.

Rita, a Short-Cut for Saying Riito.

De Alarcon has the Name of Zunyi Salt Lake.

Olivella River, the Old Name of Santa Fe Creek.

Trail Holder.

H’aak’o, Original Keresan Name of Acoma.

764815—47——5

56 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Dr. Henry B. Collins, ethnologist, continued his investigations in
Eskimo anthropology. During the winter he completed the number-
ing and cataloging of his collection of some 7,000 archeological speci-
mens excavated at Cape Prince of Wales and other prehistoric Eskimo
village sites around Bering Strait.

At the February meeting of the Board of Governors of the Arctic
Institute of North America, Dr. Collins was elected vice chairman of
the Institute. His article, The Origin and Antiquity of the Eskimo,
tracing the Old World affiliations of the Eskimo culture and race type,
will appear as one of the chapters of a general book on the Arctic to be
published by the Arctic Institute.

In May Dr. Collins was appointed Chairman of the Directing Com-
mittee for the Arctic Bibliography and Roster, two separate projects
which the Arctic Institute of North America is carrying out under
contract for the Office of Naval Research of the Navy Department.
In these projects the Arctic Institute is receiving active cooperation
and assistance from the Library of Congress and the National Re-
search Council. Officials of the latter organizations, and representa-
tives of the Navy, Army, and Board of Governors of the Arctic Insti-
tute comprise the directing committee, which serves as a policy and
advisory body with the responsibility of organizing and supervising
the work on the two projects. The bibliography project will be con-
ducted by four experienced bibliographers, with clerical assistants,
working in the principal libraries in the United States and Canada.
It will have as its objective the compilation of an annotated, fully
indexed bibliography covering the descriptive, geographical, and
other scientific literature on the Arctic from the earliest historical
writings to those of the present time. It is estimated that the bibli-
ography project will require at least 3 years for completion. The
Roster of Arctic Specialists, a 2-year project, is to be conducted by a
staff of three workers, headed by a former official of the National
Roster of Scientific and Specialized Personnel. The roster will be
patterned after the National Roster and the World Roster of Area
and Language Specialists compiled by the Ethnogeographic Board
during the war. Its purpose will be to assemble a comprehensive
record of the experience and specialized knowledge of scientists, ex-
plorers, writers, and Arctic residents who possess first-hand informa-
tion of value concerning the Arctic and sub-Arctic regions.

Dr. Collins wrote the article Anthropology for the 1947 Encyclo-
paedia Britannica Book of the Year. He also served as anthro-
pological consultant for the Encyclopedia Arctica, which is being edited
by Dr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson for the Navy Department. In this
capacity he organized the anthropological sections of the Encyclo-
pedia and contributed several articles on archeological subjects.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 57

In June Dr. Collins left Washington for Martha’s Vineyard, Mass.,
_ to conduct a 6 weeks’ archeological survey of the island.

Returning to a study of the social organization and ceremonial life
of the Seneca Nation commenced before the war, Dr. William N. Fen-
ton, ethnologist, established field quarters on the Allegany Reserva-
tion between July 1 and September 18, when he returned to Washing-
‘ton. Observations made 10 years ago were repeated at meetings of
two orders of the Medicine Society, and observing the Green Corn
Festival for the fifth time afforded information on social and cultural
change. At the behest of one of the chiefs, Dr. Fenton recorded from
Fannie Stevens, matron of the Heron clan, several hundred personal
names belonging to the eight Seneca clans. Recordings made in 1945
for a forthcoming album of Seneca music were played repeatedly to
the singers and interpreters to assure accuracy of texts. With a
possible documentary film in mind, 700 feet of 16-mm. Kodachrome
moving pictures were taken of various activities in the Coldspring
community. An additional week of field work from October 7 to 12
permitted verifying some of the personal names in genealogies taken
in 1933.

Cultural affinities between the northern Iroquoians and their
southern cousins, the Cherokee of the Great Smoky Mountains, have
- occupied the attention of Bureau ethnologists since Mooney’s time.
At the invitation of Lester M. Hargrett, of Washington, the bibli-
ographer of Indian Laws, Dr. Fenton motored to Cherokee, N. C., in
early December. We owe a brief and intensive introduction to
Cherokee ethnology to Will West Long, who was 17 when James
Mooney came to Cherokee and whose name is associated with the work
_ of every field ethnologist who ventured into Big Cove settlement from

1887 until March 14, 1947, when Will passed away.

Dr. Fenton obtained information for contrasting the Boogah Dance
of the Cherokee with masked performances of the Iroquois False-face
Society, and some additional details were collected on the Eagle Dance,
a variant of the calumet ritual, which reached the Iroquois during the
eighteenth century by one documented line of diffusion from the
Catawba and Cherokee of the Southeast. When recordings of Cherokee
and Seneca Eagle Dance songs are compared, it will develop that
they are derived from a common source. Photographs were made of
the Cherokee mask-making process, and some portraits of Mr. Long in
characteristic Eagle Dance postures. A report of these findings has
been prepared for publication.

Two collections of Americana seen on this trip deserve mention. The
MacGregor Collection in the Library of the University of Virginia
contains some notable early items on American Indians. Dr. T. H.
Spence, Librarian of the Historical Foundation of the Presbyterian

58 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Reformed Church, Montreat, N. C., called attention to an extremely
rare pamplet which describes Chickasaw and Choctaw towns, locates
certain mounds, and contains notes on pigeon roosts (A Brief History
of the Mississippi Territory ; to Which is Prefixed a Summary View of —
the Country between the Settlements on Cumberland River, and the
Territory, by Rev. James Hall, A. M., Salisbury (N. C.) : 12 mo., pp.
(2) 70, printed by Francis Coupée, 1801).

The second conference on Iroquois research, which Dr. Fenton
organized in 1945, was again the outstanding event in Iroquois studies.
The conference, held October 4, 5, and 6, in cooperation with the Al-
legany State Park Commission at Red House, N. Y., brought together
anthropologists and historians interested in the Iroquois from the
Northeastern States, Canada, and the Middle West. Charles E. Cong-
don of Salamanca, N. Y., and Merle H. Deardorff of Warren, Pa., were
cohosts to the conference.

Dr. Fenton gave several lectures during the year on topics related
to his work; on September 10 to the L. H. Morgan Chapter, New
York State Archaeological Association, Rochester; October 15 to the
Anthropological Society of Washington; December 12 to the Arts
Club of Washington.

A chapter was completed for a forthcoming report of the American
Folklore Society: “Research in American Folklore: Plains, Eastern
Woodlands, and Contact Folklore between Indians and Colonial
Settlers.” Seneca Songs from Coldspring Longhouse was prepared
as program notes to an album of records which the Library of Congress
is publishing. Work was continued on a final draft of a report for
the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, A Cayuga Condolence
Cane with Pictographs Denominating the Founders of the Iroquois
League, a study which Dr. Fenton commenced several years ago at
the request of the Cranbrook Institute of Science.

As a member of the Committee on International Cooperation in
Anthropology, National Research Council, Dr. Fenton attended two
meetings in Washington, and prepared a report on Anthropology
during the War, VII: The Arab World (American Anthropologist,
1947, pp. 342-843). He relinquished secretaryship of the Anthropo-
logical Society of Washington, becoming vice president, and continued
to give considerable time to the Journal of the Washington Academy
of Sciences, as senior editor during 1947.

Publications—Place names and related activities of the Cornplanter
Senecas, V : The path to Conewango (Pennsylvania Archaeologist, vol.
16, pp. 42-56, April 1946).

Twi-yendagon (Woodeater) takes the heavenly path; on the death
of Henry Redeye (18642-1946), Speaker of the Coldspring Seneca

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 59

Longhouse (American Indian, American Association on Indian
_ Affairs, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 11-15, 1946).

Integration of Geography and Anthropology in Army Area Study
Curricula (Bulletin American Association of University Professors,
vol. 82, No. 4, pp. 696-706, winter, 1946).

Area studies in American universities (Commission on Implica-
tions, Armed Services Educational Programs, American Council on
_ Education, xi+ 89 pp., Washington, 1947).

In addition, several reviews were prepared and published in the
United States Quarterly Book List, and in other journals.

Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist, returned to his official station
at Washington from Mexico at the beginning of the fiscal year. While
awaiting the arrival of the collections from San Lorenzo Tenochtitlan,
he began a study of the La Venta ceramic collections, excavated by
the National Geographic Society-Smithsonian Institution expedition
in the spring of 1942.

During the ensuing months he classified some 24,000 sherds from
the site of La Venta, recording descriptive data and stratigraphic dis-
tributions which will be embodied in the final report on the culture
represented at this key site of Olmec culture. At the conclusion of
_ his study of these materials he prepared a brief paper entitled “Some
Implications of La Venta Ceramics,” for the Smithsonian Miscellane-
ous Collections.

On February 8, 1947, he proceeded from Washington to Mexico on a
joint expedition of the National Geographic Society and the Smith-
sonian Institution. The purpose of this expedition was to make an
archeological survey of the Pacific coast of the state of Chiapas,
Mexico. From the time of his arrival in Tapachula, Chiapas, on
February 16, until his departure from Tonala, Chiapas, on May 24,
he tested 15 archeological sites, obtaining from each collections of
sherds ranging from 2,000 to 4,000 pieces on the average. Among
these sites were several whose ceramics indicated a relationship with
the Mixteca-Puebla area of the Highland, and which are probably to
be attributed to the late pre-Conquest intrusions of the Nahuatl-speak-
ing Pipil, colonies of whom penetrated as far southeastward as Nica-
ragua. Other sites yielded wares that indicate affiliation with more
ancient horizons, one such linking very definitely with the oldest ce-
ramic complex yet known from Guatemala Highland and coast: the
Miraflores horizon. One of the outstanding finds of the survey was the
discovery of a midden deposit over 3 meters in depth, containing pot-
tery in the upper 1.2 m., and no trace of ceramics below this point. This
site requires more extensive excavation than was possible during the
survey, but it is quite possible that it may contain the earliest remains
yet Inown from southern Mexico and Central America—perhaps pre-

60 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

ceramic and early ceramic horizons whose existence up to now has
only been suspected but never demonstrated.

In the month of March, during the survey work, Dr. Drucker made
a brief visit to Guatemala City where, through the courtesy of Drs.
R. E. Smith and Edwin Shook of the Carnegie Institution, he was
permitted to study pottery collections from the Guatemala Highlands
and coast, in the Carnegie Institution Laboratory.

From Tonala, Dr. Drucker proceeded to Mexico City to arrange for

the exportation of the collections.
~ On June 9 Dr. Drucker arrived in Washington, D. C., where he
was detailed to the River Basin Surveys project, under the direction
of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Chief of the Bureau of
American Ethnology. After a series of conferences with Dr. Roberts,
Dr. Drucker proceeded on June 16 to the Pacific coast to take charge of
archeological work in areas to be inundated by Bureau of Reclamation
and Corps of Engineers dams in that area.

From July 1 through September 1 Dr. Gordon R. Willey, anthro-
pologist, continued his field investigations, begun in March of 1946,
as a member of the Vir Valley Expedition to northern Peru. The
Virti program was a cooperative attempt, on the part of a group of
anthropologists and a geographer, to study thoroughly a single valley
of the Peruvian coast as a living unit through some 3,000 years of time.
Archeological, geographical, and modern community studies were
embraced in the project, which was under the direction of a steering
committee of the Institute of Andean Research. As one of the major
participants, Dr. Willey represented the Bureau on the steering com-
mittee. His own share of the research consisted of a survey of the
prehistoric settlement patterns of the valley.

At the close of field operations in August over 300 sites had been
studied from the point of view of community plan or settlement
pattern. These sites were selected from all sections of the valley, and
it is estimated that they represent a 25-percent sample of the total
sites in the valley. All types of sites were included in the sample—
cemeteries, dwelling units, fortifications, temples, and palaces. In
addition particular attention was paid to prehistoric irrigation canals,
evidences of past land utilization, and ancient roads. Preliminary
analysis shows eight cultural periods to be represented. The survey
was accomplished with the aid of jeep transportation and large-scale
air photo-maps. A technique of site mapping, involving the use of
an epidiascopic projector, was worked out with the air photos. The
final report on this survey is now in preparation.

In addition to the settlement survey Willey also excavated at two
burial sites, one in the upper and one in the lower valley. A report —
on the first of these sites has recently been published.

Early in August Willey took part in the Conference on Peruvian

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY ~ 61

Archeology held at Hacienda Chiclin. At this time he presented a
preliminary summary of his field results.

After the work in Virti was terminated, Dr. Willey made a brief
visit to the Lambayeque Valley, north of the city of Trujillo, and
examined collections in the important but little-known Bruning
Museum. Returning south to Lima, he began a protracted trip by
automobile, going from Lima to Caamana and from there inland to the
Lake Titicaca region. From Puno, on the lake, he proceeded north to
Cuzco, Ayacucho, Huancayo, and returned to Lima. During this
trip, which consumed some 2 to 3 weeks during the month of Septem-
ber, he visited numerous archeological sites. The most significant of
these was the great architectural cluster at Huari near Ayacucho, the
presumed center for the Middle Period Tiahuanacoid diffusion
throughout Peru.

Upon his return to the United States in October Dr. Willey pre-
pared several short papers and began the initial work of organizing
notes, maps, and photographs on the Vird settlement-pattern study.
He was engaged in this until April of 1947. For the last 3 months of
the fiscal year he transferred his research interests toward the com-
pletion of a large monograph on the archeology of the Florida Gulf
coast. This latter work, which embraces earlier field work of the

author, as well as past field studies made by the Bureau in the Florida
Gulf area, is intended as an over-all archeological summary of the
region.

During the year Dr. Willey also served as assistant editor to the
professional journal, American Antiquity, and submitted various news
items on recent researches in archeology in South America. He held
a similar position with the Handbook of Latin American Studies for
which he prepared bibliographic extracts on some 50 titles dealing
with South American archeology and wrote a general summary of
recent archeological activities for the South American Continent dur-
ing the year 1945.

In April Dr. Willey visited the Public Museum at Rochester, N. Y.,
where he delivered a lecture on the Virti work before the annual meet-
ing of the New York State Archeological Society. .

The following articles were written by Dr. Willey during the fiscal
year 1946-47:

1. The Virii Valley Program in Northern Peru. Acta Americana, vol. 4, No. 4,
1946.

2. A Middle Period Cemetery in the Virii Valley, Northern Peru. oun Wash-
ington Acad. Sci., vol. 37, No. 2, 1947.

3. Ecuadorean Figurines and the Ceramic Mold in the New World. (In press.)

4. Growth Trends in New World Cultures. (In press.)

5. An Interpretative Analysis of Horizon Styles in Peruvian Archeology. (In
press. )

In addition, one book review was prepared for Science.

62 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY

The Institute of Social Anthropology was created in 1948 as an
autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology to carry out
cooperative training in anthropological teaching and research with
the other American Republics. During the past year it was financed
by transfers from the State Department, totaling $113,150, from the
appropriation “Cooperation with the American Republics, 1947.” The
major activities of the Institute of Social Anthropology during the
fiscal year 1947 are as follows:

Washington office-—The Institute of Social Anthropology main-
tains headquarters in Washington for general planning, direction, and
servicing of field projects. Dr. Julian H. Steward, founder and first
Director of the Institute, resigned in September 1946 to accept a pro-
fessorship at Columbia University. He was succeeded by Dr. George
M. Foster, previously stationed in Mexico as social anthropologist of
the Institute of Social Anthropology.

Brazil.—Cooperation with the Escola Livre de Sociologia e Politica
began October 1, 1945, when Dr, Donald Pierson was assigned as rep-
resentative of the Institute of Social Anthropology to Brazil. In
February 1946 Dr. Kalervo Oberg was assigned as cultural anthropolo-
gist to cooperate with the Escola Livre.

In effect, the Institute has taken over and expanded a program which
was begun under Dr. Pierson in 1940 and which has helped make the
Escola Livre one of the most important social-science centers in South
America.

During the fiscal year 1947 Institute of Social Anthropology scien-
tists have given seven courses in sociology and anthropology, to sup-
plement other courses given by local professors in the general field
of the humanities. Advanced students have been given field training
both in Mato Grosso among Indian groups, and among the rural
peoples in the State of Sao Paulo, some distance from the city. This
represents a very considerable educational advance, since for the first
time advanced Brazilian students in anthropology and sociology, as
a part of their regular courses, have been required to supplement
theoretical classroom training with actual field experience. A number
of papers by Smithsonian personnel and local students have been
published in scientific series or journals other than Smithsonian vol-
umes. Two monographs based on field work in 1947 are being pre-
pared for publication by Smithsonian personnel in Smithsonian series,
and Brazilian students also are preparing field notes for publication
in Portuguese.

Smithsonian staff members have continued to guide the program of
translating 200 articles and 13 books from English into Portuguese,

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 63

mentioned in last year’s report. ‘This work, financed by outside funds,
- is of great importance as an aid to teaching.

Colombia.—Cooperation with the Instituto Etnolégico of the Uni-
versity of Cauca in Popayan began December 1,1946. The Institute of
Social Anthropology is represented by Dr. John H. Rowe who is en-
gaged in cooperating with local personnel in the organization of this
new institution and in giving three courses in anthropology to stu-
dents. A short survey of the habitat of the Guambiano Indians has
indicated that this is a satisfactory region for field work, which begins
on a cooperative basis during the summer of 1947, with the participa-
tion of Colombian professors and students.

Mexico.—Cooperation with the Escuela Nacional de Antropologia,
a dependency of the Ministry of Education, began June 1, 1944. Dr.
George M. Foster, social anthropologist, was replaced by Dr. Isabel
Kelly, when the former was transferred to Washington. Dr. Stanley
S. Newman, linguist, and Dr. Robert C. West, cultural geographer,
are the other two Institute of Social Anthropology representatives in
Mexico.

During the fiscal year 1947 these scientists have given five courses in
social anthropology, linguistics, and cultural geography. The scene
of field research was shifted in January 1947 from the Tarascan area,
described in last year’s report, to the Totonac Indian area east of
Mexico City. Two monograph-length papers dealing with the Taras-
cans have been submitted by Smithsonian personnel for publication
in the series of the Institute of Social Anthropology. A number of
student papers have appeared in Mexican sources, and longer mono-
graphs in Spanish are ready for publication.

Peru.—W ork began in Peru in January 1944, when that country had
no institution devoted essentially to social science teaching and re-
search. Subsequently a national center of social science, the Instituto
de Estudios Etnologicos, of the Ministry of Education, has been es-
tablished. Institute of Social Anthropology personnel cooperate with
this Institute. During 1947 the Institute of Social Anthropology was
represented in Peru by F. Webster McBryde, cultural geographer,
and Dr. Allan Holmberg, social anthropologist, who arrived in July
1946 to succeed Dr. Harry Tschopik, Jr.

A party of six students and one professor accompanied Institute of
Social Anthropology personnel to the Virtii Valley in northern Peru
for ethnographical and geographical field work during the months
January to April 1947. Under the guidance of the Smithsonian scien-
tists this material is now being prepared for publication. Courses
also are being given in the Instituto de Estudios Etnolégicos. In ad-
dition, the cultural geographer has aided in the reorganization of the

64 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Geographical Society of the University of San Marcos in Lima, and
in establishing the teaching curriculum of this department.

Publications—One monograph of the series Publications of the
Institute of Social Anthropology appeared in June 1947—Publication
No. 3, Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Community, by John Gillin. Publi-
cation No. 4, Cultural and Historical Geography of Southwest Guate-
mala, by Felix Webster McBryde, Publication No. 5, Highland Com-
munities of Central Peru: A Regional Survey, by Harry Tschopik,
Jr., and Publication No. 6, Empire’s Children: the People of Tzin-
tzuntzan, by George M. Foster, were in proof. Publication No. 7, Cul-
tural Geography of the Modern Tarascan Area, by Robert C. West,
and Publication No. 8, Sierra Popoluca Speech, Mary L. Foster and
George M. Foster, were edited and sent to the printer. Mrs. Eloise
B. Edelen of the editorial staff of the Bureau of American Ethnology,
did the editorial work on these publications.

RIVER BASIN SURVEYS

The River Basin Surveys were instituted in the fall of 1945 as a unit
of the Bureau of American Ethnology. They were organized to carry
into effect a memorandum of understanding between the National
Park Service and the Smithsonian Institution. This memorandum
provided for surveys to determine the extent and nature of archeolog-
ical and paleontological remains occurring in areas to be flooded by
the construction of dams by the Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps
of Engineers, United States Army. The memorandum was signed
on August 7, 1945, by Newton B. Drury, Director of the National Park
Service, and on September 8, 1945, by Alexander Wetmore, Secretary
of the Smithsonian Institution, and was approved by Harold L. Ickes,
Secretary of the Interior, on October 9, 1945.

The first actual field work got under way in July 1946. A transfer
of $20,000 at the end of May 1946, by the Bureau of Reclamation
through the National Park Service, provided the necessary funds for
starting survey parties in the Missouri Basin. An additional $40,000
subsequently was made available by the Bureau of Reclamation for
work in this area during fiscal 1947. In September 1946 $27,000
was transferred by the Corps of Engineers, through the National
Park Service, for surveys outside of the Missouri Basin, and in March
1947 $4,500 was transferred by the Bureau of Reclamation for surveys
in the Columbia-Snake Basin. The Missouri Basin funds were for
use in both Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of Engineers projects.
The money provided by the Corps of Engineers was for Corps of
Engineers projects only, while the Columbia-Snake Basin money was
for use only in Bureau of Reclamation projects.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY . 65

The first survey parties were started in the Missouri Basin. These

_ were followed by investigations in Georgia, Virginia-North Carolina,
Texas, California, and the Columbia-Snake Basin. Supervision and
direction of the surveys in Georgia, Virginia-North Carolina, Texas,
and California were carried on from the main office in Washington.
Direction of the work in the Missouri Basin was from a field office
located at Lincoln, Nebr., and the Columbia-Snake Basin investiga-
tions were based on a field office established at Eugene, Oreg.

The Bureau of Reclamation and the Corps of Engineers made the
entire salvage program possible through the transfer of funds, but
in addition both agencies contributed in no small degree to the suc-
cessful inception of the surveys through their cooperation in other
ways. Division and District Engineers and Bureau of Reclamation
personnel did much to facilitate the work of the survey men in the
field. In some areas transportation was provided, in others, neces-
sary labor was furnished to aid in emergency excavations, and else-
where temporary office space and storage facilities were made avail-
able at project headquarters. The genuine interest and desire to assist
on the part of all with whom the members of the River Basin Surveys
staff were associated in the various reservoir areas greatly aided the
progress of the investigations. The planning of a Nation-wide arche-
ological survey on a scale hitherto not believed possible became feasible
with the transfer of funds. The cooperation of the National Park
Service has been of marked benefit to the program and much credit
is due to its officials for the obtaining of the the necessary funds and
for the pleasant relationship existing between all the agencies involved
in the program. |

Washington office —Throughout the fiscal year the main office of the
River Basin Surveys continued under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H.
Roberts, Jr. Carl F. Miller, archeologist, joined the staff on Novem-
ber 6, 1946. Miss Madeleine A. Bachand was appointed clerk-stenog-

-rapher on March 3, 1947, and continued to serve throughout the year.

Mr. Miller was preparing to leave for the Pearl River project at
Bogalusa, La., on November 13, 1946, when a request was received
from the district engineer to postpone this work indefinitely because
the project had been stopped. Mr. Miller was then assigned to the
study of proposed projects in the Middle Atlantic Division of the Corps
of Engineers. He devoted his time to searching the literature for
information about sites which might be involved by construction pro-
grams in Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina, and West Virginia.
During this period he also assisted the director in obtaining informa-
tion about proposed projects of the Bureau of Reclamation in various
parts of the country outside the Missouri Basin. On February 11,

66 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

1947, he left Washington for Richmond, Va., to confer with the offi-
cials at the Region 1 office of the National Park Service. From Rich-
mond he proceeded to Norfolk, Va., on February 13, to confer with the
district engineer, Corps of Engineers, about a survey of the Buggs
Island project on the Roanoke River. He left Norfolk on February
14 and went to South Hill, Va., where he established headquarters.
From that date until May 4 he surveyed all the Virginia and part of
the North Carolina portion of the reservoir basin. He then returned
to Washington and devoted the remainder of the fiscal year to pre-
paring a preliminary report on the results of the survey and making
recommendations and estimates for an excavation program in that
area.

Missouri Basin—The first steps in initiating investigations in the
Missouri Basin were the establishment of field headquarters at Lincoln,
Nebr., and the assembling of personnel to undertake the field sur-
veys. Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, associate curator of archeology, United
States National Museum, who had been detailed to the River Basin
Surveys for that purpose, left Washington for Lincoln, Nebr., on
July 8, 1946, and upon his arrival there began instructing the person-
nel recruited for the project and assembling equipment needed in the
field. Through the courtesy of the University of Nebraska, office space
was provided at the University’s Laboratory of Anthropology. Later,
additional space was made available for a laboratory. This arrange-
ment continued throughout the year, and on June 30, 1947, both the
field office and the project laboratory were housed in the basement of
the Love Memorial Library on the university campus.

Actual reconnaissance started on August 3, 1946, and continued for
a period of 7 weeks, at the end of which weather conditions made it
necessary for the men to return to field headquarters. During this
time, 3 parties of 2 men each, limited because of inadequate transporta-
tion, covered more than 13,000 miles and made preliminary investiga-
tions at 28 top priority Bureau of Reclamation projects and at 5 Corps
of Engineers reservoirs. Since complete coverage of each reservoir
basin was in no case possible, additional surveys were recommended for
most of the units visited. One field party returned to the Harlan
County Reservoir, Nebr., for a period of 5 weeks, October 16 to Novem-
ber 28, 1946, and with the aid of local labor tested a number of sites
and removed material which was being damaged by erosion or being
excavated by unauthorized collectors.

Dr. Waldo R. Wedel returned to Washington and to his regular
duties at the National Museum on October 18, 1946. At this time
Paul L. Cooper was designated as acting director for the Lincoln of-
fice and continued to serve in that capacity until May 21, 1947, when
Dr. Wedel, who had again been detailed to the Surveys, returned to
Lincoln and resumed his supervision of the Missouri Basin program.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 67

During the fall and winter months at Lincoln the staff members
_ prepared and completed preliminary appraisal reports covering 25 of
the projects visited during the 1946 field season. By June 30 most
of these reports had been distributed to the National Park Service, the
Bureau of Reclamation, and the Corps of Engineers, or were ready to
be mailed. A general paper entitled “Prehistory and the Missouri
Valley Development Program: Summary Report on the Missouri
River Basin Archeological Survey in 1946,” written by Dr. Wedel, was
published in April in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,
volume 107, No. 6. Throughout this period the field laboratory
cleaned and cataloged more than 10,000 archeological specimens
gathered from 208 different sites, and in addition processed 426 photo-
graphic negatives and prepared approximately 2,200 prints for use in
the reports. Maps were drawn showing the location of sites in each
reservoir area, and the reports were mimeographed, assembled, and
made ready for distribution.

Field work was resumed in the latter part of April when three
archeological parties consisting of four men each and one paleontologi-
cal party consisting of one man, started for various reservoir projects.
The paleontologist subsequently was joined by a student assistant. In
addition to further investigations in reservoir areas visited during
the 1946 field season, other projects were added to the list, and by
the end of the fiscal year a total of 44 Bureau of Reclamation and
6 Corps of Engineers projects had been surveyed. They are located
in the States of Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota,
Wyoming, and Montana. All parties were in the field on June 30
and expected to continue throughout the summer. During this
period Dr. Wedel directed operations in the Lincoln office and made
several visits to the field parties at the locations where they were
working. He also attended conferences between the regional officers
of the National Park Service and Bureau of Reclamation and Corps of
Engineers representatives.

The survey findings to date indicate that the Wyoming-Montana
area contains few pottery-bearing sites. There, as in the western
Dakotas, stone circles or “tipi-rings” are to be found in great num-
bers. Numerous outcrops of artifacts in strata exposed by stream
cuttings are plentiful and occur at varying depths below the surface.
Some of them give promise of containing material belonging to
early occupations, possibly even those of the Paleo-Indian, and they
may supply much needed data on that phase of Plains prehistory.
Throughout northern Kansas and northwestern Nebraska pithouse
villages attributed to semisedentary peoples predominate. Pottery-
bearing sites as well as “tipi-rings” occur on the tributaries of the
Missouri in North and South Dakota. Groups of mounds, village
remains, and former camp sites suggesting a more sedentary type of

68 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

occupation than that west of the Missouri occur in the Jamestown-
Devils Lake-Sheyenne area. Along the main stream of the Missouri
in the Dakotas are some of the largest and best preserved and most
impressive fortified Indian village sites in the United States. They
contain much of the story of the development of Arikara, Mandan,
and other upper Missouri cultures.

In many of the sites there is evidence of stratification and a se-
quence of cultures or a series of stages in cultural development.
Others contain the record of prehistoric floods, of silting and soil
erosion, of recurrent droughts, and fluctuation in climate. The ex-
cavation and the interpretation of the data contained in such sites-
will contribute greatly, not only to the story of the growth and
development of the Plains Indians, but to our understanding of
conditions similar to those met and overcome by the aboriginal peoples.
For this reason the excavation and testing of several sites in three
Bureau of Reclamation reservoirs was recommended for the fiscal
year 1948, and for two important sites at one Corps of Engineers
project.

J. Joseph Bauxar, archeologist, joined the Missouri Basin staff
on July 15, 1946. From that date until August 3 he devoted his time
to obtaining information on archeological remains in the Dakotas,
from reports on previous excavations and surveys in that area, and
in making preparations for work in the field. From August 3 until
September 22, in company with Paul L. Cooper, he engaged in a
preliminary reconnaissance of reservoir projects in Nebraska, South
Dakota, North Dakota, and Montana. In these reservoir basins a
total of 68 sites were examined, site locations and descriptions being
recorded and surface collections made. During the laboratory period, ©
from September 22 until April 24, 1947, Mr. Bauxar prepared pre-
liminary reports for seven of the reservoirs, Angostura, Box Butte,
Bronco, Crosby, Deslacs, Fort Randall, and Jamestown, and pre-
pared a technical report entitled “Notes on the Archeology of the
Upper James and Sheyenne River Valleys and the Devils Lake
Area.” From April 24 until May 7 he joined Wesley L. Bliss in
preliminary surveys of three reservoirs in Kansas, one in Colorado,
and five in Nebraska. During this period 25 sites, none of which had
been recorded previously, were visited. From May 7 to June 2 the
time was spent in collaborating with Wesley L. Bliss and Theodore
E. White on a report entitled “Preliminary Appraisal of Archeologi-
cal and Paleontological Resources of the Proposed Reservoirs in the
Republican River Basin.” On June 2 Mr. Bauxar left Lincoln, as
a member of the field party under the direction of Paul L. Cooper, to
make a reconnaissance of the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Da-
kota. This work was still in progress at the end of the fiscal year.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 69

Wesley L. Bliss was appointed to the Missouri Basin staff as an

i archeologist on July 17, 1946. From July 17 to August 4 he was

occupied in making preparations for field reconnaissance in Wyoming
and Montana. He left Lincoln on August 4 and returned on Septem-
ber 22. In this period his party made preliminary surveys in six
reservoir areas in Wyoming, one which lies both in Wyoming and
Montana, and three in Montana. A total of 74 archeological and pale-
cntological sites were found and recorded, and surface collections were
made from each. The fall and winter months, September 22, 1946,
until April 24, 1947, were spent at the Lincoln headquarters doing lab-
oratory and library research and in writing preliminary reports.
Reports were prepared for the Boysen, Tiber, and Medicine Lake Res-
ervoirs. In addition, Mr. Bliss prepared a draft of a paper entitled
“A Preliminary Appraisal of the Historic and Prehistoric Occupa-
tion of the Western Plains.” Some revision and the checking of some
material were needed to complete the paper. In the early spring of
1947 Bliss made several unofficial week-end visits with other members
of the staff to archeological sites along the Missouri, north of Kansas
City, and on the Big Blue River in Nebraska. These were for the
purpose of obtaining a wider knowledge of archeological manifesta-
tions in the area. In one case the trip was instrumental in stopping
_ the destruction of a group of mounds in the path of a real-estate sub-
division. From April 24 to May 7, 1947, Mr. Bliss, in association with
J. Joseph Bauxar, as previously noted, made a reconnaissance of nine
proposed reservoirs in Kansas, Colorado, and Montana. He assisted
in the preparation of the report on the Smokey Hill Sub-basin. On
June 10 Mr. Bliss left Lincoln in charge of a field party and proceeded
to the Glendo Reservoir in Wyoming where the remainder of the
month was devoted to an intensive survey. At the end of the fiscal
year, 30 sites had been located in addition to the ones noted during
the preliminary reconnaissance in the summer of 1946.

Paul L. Cooper, archeologist, became a member of the Missouri
Basin staff on July 15, 1946. Between that time and August 8 he as-
sisted in the preparations for work in the field and made two trips to
~ Omaha with Dr. Wedel for the purpose of consultation with members

of the National Park Service and the Corps of Engineers. On August
3 he left Lincoln with J. Joseph Bauxar to make preliminary surveys
at reservoir sites in Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, and Mon-
tana. As previously noted, .68 archeological and paleontological sites
were located during the course of this survey. Mr. Cooper returned
to the Lincoln headquarters on September 22, and from October 7,
1946, to May 21, 1947, was in charge of the operation of the office and
laboratory. During this period he planned and supervised the work
of the project personnel, compiled monthly progress reports for the

10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

National Park Service and the Bureau of Reclamation, assisted in the
setting up of record systems in the laboratory and in establishing
methods for issuing the reports based on the field work and laboratory
studies. Owing to a shortage of personnel, it was necessary for Mr.
Cooper to devote much of his time to direct supervision and to many
of the actual operations involved in mimeographing and distributing
the preliminary appraisals of the archeological and paleontological
resources of the various reservoirs. In May Mr. Cooper represented
the River Basin Surveys at a symposium on the River Valley program
conducted by the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. During the period
May 21 to June 2, 1947, Mr. Cooper prepared reports on Heart Butte,
Dickenson, Deerfield, Shadehill, Blue Horse, Sheyenne, and Garrison
Reservoirs, and on the Devils Lake area. Mr. Cooper left Lincoln on
June 8, 1947, in charge of a field party which was to undertake a pre-
liminary reconnaissance of the Fort Randall Reservoir on the Missouri
River in South Dakota. This reconnaissance was still in progress on
June 30, at which time 60 archeological sites had been located and
recorded.

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, was added to the staff as
laboratory supervisor at the Lincoln headquarters on October 1, 1946.
Since the laboratory was then being moved to new quarters in the
basement of the Love Memorial Library building, Mr. Cumming began
work by assisting in the formulation of the laboratory plan and plac-
ing the equipment in order so that routine work could proceed. Dur-
ing the fall and winter months he assisted in planning and initiating
basic laboratory methods. A triplicate filing system was devised in
which information covering approximately 175 sites was filed in a site
file, a reservoir file, and a reserve file. A photographic file system
was organized wherein prints were mounted on 5- by 8-inch cards bear-
ing descriptive information and were filed in accordance with a stand-
ard trinomial system consisting of symbols for the State, county, and
site. The negatives were filed in a separate cabinet using the same
system for identification. Mr. Cumming also formulated the system
for cleaning, cataloging, and storing the specimens and assisted in
initiating an inventory procedure for equipment and supplies which
he maintained throughout the year. In addition, he assisted in super-
vising the maintenance of equipment. He also assisted in the work
and supervision of the preparation of illustrations, drafting of site
maps, typing, mimeographing, proofreading, and assembling of the
preliminary reports. During such times as the field directors were
absent from the headquarters office, he handled the business routine
in the office. At the close of the fiscal year Mr. Cumming was engaged
in processing the records sent in from the field for 50 sites located after
resumption of the survey work. Because the laboratory was under-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 71

staffed during much of the year, it was necessary for Mr. Cumming
_ to perform tasks which should have been done by laboratory workers.
This condition was relieved somewhat during the last few weeks of
the fiscal year when several part-time workers were added to the staff.
This enabled Mr. Cumming to devote more time to the technical
aspects of the laboratory problem.

Jack T. Hughes, archeologist, was appointed to the Missouri Basin
staff on July 15, 1946. From then until August 4 he assisted in the
preparations for field work and received instructions as to the manner
in which the surveys were to be conducted. On August 4 he left
Lincoln with Wesley L. Bliss for a preliminary reconnaissance of
Bureau of Reclamation reservoir sites in Wyoming and Montana. He
returned to Lincoln on September 22 after having assisted in the ex-
amination of the 10 reservoirs previously mentioned in the discussion
of the work of Mr. Bliss. During the period from September 22,
1946, to May 3, 1947, Mr. Hughes engaged in library research, labora-
tory analysis of specimens, and the preparation of reports. Prelimi-
nary appraisals were written for the Glendo, Kortes, Boysen, Anchor,
Lake Solitude, and Oregon Basin Reservoirs in Wyoming, the Yellow-
tail Reservoir in Wyoming and Montana, and the Canyon Ferry Res-
ervoir in Montana. Technical reports were also written for Glendo,
Kortes, Boysen, Anchor, Oregon Basin, and Yellowtail. From May
3 to May 12, 1947, Mr. Hughes participated with Marvin F. Kivett,
in a brief reconnaissance of seven proposed reservoir sites in the Lower
Platte Basin of Nebraska. After his return to Lincoln, he assisted
in the preparation of the preliminary appraisal of the archeological
resources of this group of reservoirs in the Lower Platte Basin of
Nebraska. On June 10 he left Lincoln with the field party under Wes-
ley L. Bliss and spent the remainder of the month at the Glendo
Reservoir in eastern Wyoming.

Marvin F. Kivett joined the Surveys staff on July 15, 1946, as arche-
ologist. On August 2 he left Lincoln to make a reconnaissance of eight
reservoir areas in Kansas, Nebraska, and Colorado. This work con-
tinued until September 20, 1946, when he returned to Lincoln. In the
course of 7 weeks spent in the field, a total of 75 archeological sites were
recorded in the 8 reservoir areas; 60 of these sites were unreported
prior to the reconnaissance. On October 16 Mr. Kivett went to the
Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., where he carried on an extensive
survey until November 23. This included excavation in a prehistoric
ossuary and limited test excavations in four occupational areas. This
work produced much information on the nature of the archeological
remains in the area. From November 24, 1946, to May 2, 1947, Mr.
Kivett worked at headquarters in Lincoln writing preliminary ap-
praisals of the resources of the eight reservoirs visited during the

764815476

72 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

summer field season and in analyzing the data and specimens collected
and in preparing technical reports. The preliminary reports com-
pleted and mimeographed for distribution were on the Kirwin, Cedar
Bluff, and Kanopolis Reservoirs in Kansas; the Enders, Harlan
County, and Medicine Creek Reservoirs in Nebraska; and the Cherry
Creek and Wray Reservoirs in Colorado. Mr. Kivett left Lincoln on
May 3, 1947, in company with Jack T. Hughes. From then until May
19 they made a preliminary reconnaissance of six reservoirs in the
Lower Platte River Sub-basin. A total of 19 previously unreported
archeological sites were located during this period. After his return
to Lincoln, Mr. Kivett prepared preliminary reports on the Lower
Platte River Basin including all the information obtained from the
six reservoirs visited. The period from June 1 to June 9 was spent in
preparing for a preliminary reconnaissance of the Garrison Reservoir
in North Dakota. Mr. Kivett and his party left Lincoln for North
Dakota on June 9, and at the end of the year they were engaged in a
survey of the Garrison Reservoir.

Theodore EK. White, paleontologist, was appointed to the general
River Basin Surveys staff on April 15, 1947. From that date until
April 26 he devoted his time to studying collections of fossil material
trom the Missouri Basin in the United States National Museum. On
April 27 he left Washington for Lincoln, Nebr., and on April 29 joined
the Missouri Basin staff. He left Lincoln on May 2 and spent 6 days
in a reconnaissance of proposed reservoir areas in the Lower Platte
Sub-basin in north central Nebraska. During this time he visited
seven reservoir basins finding fossil remains in only one. These were
reworked material of little scientific value. Dr. White returned to
the Lincoln headquarters on May 9 and left on May 13 to make a recon-
naissance of the Republican and Smokey Hill Sub-basins in south-
western Nebraska, Kansas, and Colorado. This work continued until
June 6, during which time he visited nine reservoirs in Nebraska, eight
in Kansas, and two in Colorado. Seven of these sites were recom-
mended for a more detailed survey on the basis of material found
and the extent of the exposures. From June 6 to June 13 Dr. White
worked at the Lincoln headquarters preparing reports and recom-
mendations for the various reservoirs which he had examined. On
June 13 he left Lincoln to examine proposed reservoir areas in the
North Platte Sub-basin in Wyoming, the Cheyenne River Sub-basin
in Wyoming and South Dakota, and smaller sub-basins in North and
South Dakota. This reconnaissance lasted until June 28, and during
the period three reservoirs were visited in Wyoming, six in South
Dakota and four in North Dakota. Three of the reservoirs were rec-
ommended for more detailed investigation. White returned to Lin-
coln on June 28 and at the end of the fiscal year was preparing to
start for further survey work in Wyoming and Montana.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 73

Several students were employed as members of the various field
parties for the Surveys beginning in June 1947. Robert L. Hall and
Warren L. Wittry left Lincoln on June 2 with the Cooper party for
the Fort Randall Reservoir in South Dakota, and at the end of the
fiscal year were occupied in the survey of that area. John L. Essex,
Gordon F. McKenzie, and Leo L. Stewart left Lincoln on June 9 as
members of the Kivett party to make a reconnaissance of the Garrison
Reservoir area in North Dakota. Mr. Essex had previously assisted
Mr. Kivett in the work at the Harlan County Reservoir, Nebr., in
November 1946. H.G. Pierce joined the Bliss party and left Lincoln
on June 10 to assist in the survey at the Glendo Reservoir in Wyoming.
He was still with the party at the end of the fiscal year. John C.
Donohoe was employed on June 27 to assist the paleontologist, Dr.
Theodore E. White.

Georgia.—Intensive survey of the Allatoona Reservoir area on the
Etowah River in Georgia was carried on during the period Novem-
ber 12, 1946, to April 1, 1947. This survey was made by Joseph R.
Caldwell, of the Division of Archeology, United States National Mu-
seum, who was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for that purpose.
Caldwell located 206 archeological sites representing a record of thou-
sands of years of diverse human cultures. Information obtained from
this survey has added materially to the aboriginal history of that part
of Georgia. Full knowledge, however, cannot be gained without ex-
cavation of some of the sites and the testing of others. In view of
this the preliminary report, prepared by Mr. Caldwell and distributed
to the National Park Service and the Corps of Engineers, recom-
mends the excavation of 10 sites and the testing of 33 others. A re-
quest for further funds for this purpose has been made by the National
Park Service to the Corps of Engineers, but at the end of the fiscal
year no response had been received to the request. The specimens col-
lected from the sites examined during the course of this survey were
transferred to the National Museum on A pril 17, 1947.

Virginia-North Carolina—The archeological reconnaissance of the
Buggs Island project on the Roanoke River was carried on during the
period of February 14 to May 1, 1947. This work was under the super-
vision of Carl F. Miller of the River Basin Surveys staff. During the
course of the investigations, 94 archeological sites were located, 2 of
which are extremely important as they appear to represent an eastern
phase of the so-called Folsom culture which flourished in the western
plains during the closing days of the last Ice Age. Other sites are pre-
Colonial and some date from the early Colonial period. The latter
are significant as they contain material characteristic of the late seven-
teenth-century contact with European culture and their investigation
would throw considerable light on this little-known era. Excavation
of 14 sites including the 2 eastern Folsom examples and the testing of

14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

5 others has been recommended. A preliminary report on the Buggs
Island Reservoir was completed but had not been processed for dis-
tribution at the end of the fiscal year.

Texas.—River Basin Surveys were started in Texas in March 1947
when, through the kindness and cooperation of the authorities, a field
base and headquarters were established at the Department of Anthro-
pology of the University of Texas at Austin. A survey of the Addicks
Reservoir on South Mayde Creek, a tributary of Buffalo Bayou,
near Houston, got under way March 27 and was still in progress at the
close of the fiscal year. The Addicks project is not a reservoir in the
true sense of the word, but a flood-prevention dam which will not
retain water in its basin for more than 2 or 38 weeks at a time. AS
a consequence, most of the sites located in the basin will be available
for study or excavation during most of the year. A series of nine
sites were found, however, which were being destroyed by stream ac-
tion, by construction work on the dam, or by indiscriminate and unau-
thorized digging. As a consequence, it was necessary to shift from a
reconnaissance type of survey to an intensive testing procedure to
salvage as much information as possible. Six of them were examined
by digging a number of test pits in various portions of the areas which
they covered, and subsequently two of the six were extensively excava-
ted. The cooperation of the district engineer, Col. D. W. Griffiths, in
supplying a crew of 10 men and a foreman for a period of several
weeks made these excavations possible. One of the excavated sites
consisted of a stratified midden containing a sequence of several cul-
tural horizons. Work on the site was started on May 29 and completed
on June 13. ‘The second was started on June 16 and was still being
dug at the end of the fiscal year. ‘The information and material from
these two sites will provide a fairly complete sequence showing the
development of aboriginal culture in this area over a comparatively
long period of time. During this period, the Indians progressed from
a simple hunting group to a sedentary agricultural and pottery-
making people. The data obtained are a significant contribution to the
hitherto little-known pre-Columbian history of this part of Texas.

The Hords Creek Reservoir on Hords Creek, near Coleman, was sur-
veyed during the period May 6 to May 17, 1947. Only eight sites
were found in the reservoir basin. Six of them were burned rock
middens and two were open camp sites. None gave indication of
being of sufficient importance to warrant further investigation. Com- —
parable material is available elsewhere in locations which will not be
inundated. Unless construction work should reveal subsurface de-
posits of archeological material, no additional work will be required
in this reservoir.

The Whitney Dam area on the Brazos River north of Waco was
started on May 20 and was still in progress at the end of the fiscal

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 75

year. By June 30 a little over half of the basin had been covered.
Numerous sites had been located and recorded, and a number had
been trenched for additional information. Several small rock shel-
ters were excavated to salvage material which was being disturbed by
unauthorized collectors. Two laborers for digging test trenches and
for excavating in the shelters were supplied by the resident engineer.
The Brazos flows through an important archeological and paleon-
tological area in Texas and much information is contained in the sites
which will be flooded by the Whitney Dam. On the basis of data
already obtained by the survey, a number of key sites will be recom-
mended for excavation.

Joe Ben Wheat, archeologist, was appointed to the Surveys in Texas
on March 20, 1947. He left Austin on March 25 for Galveston where
he conferred with the district engineer and obtained information
about the priority of various Corps of Engineer projects in Texas.
From Galveston he proceeded to the Barker Reservoir near Houston.
He found that the project was so near completion that there was no
possibility of salvaging archeological information from that area.
Construction on the Barker Dam had completely destroyed one large
mound and obliterated any evidence of occupation areas. As a con-
sequence he proceeded to the nearby Addicks Dam and began a sur-
vey of that area. After learning that much of the reservoir basin
would be under water only at rare intervals, Mr. Wheat turned his
attention to six sites in the immediate vicinity of the dam which
_ would be destroyed either as a result of construction or by erosion
from stream action. All these were tested, and from the information
thus obtained he concluded that two of them should be excavated as
they contained a sequence of materials showing a number of cultural
changes. In this connection he went to Galveston on May 20 and con-
ferred with Colonel Griffiths, the district engineer. As a result of
this conference, Mr. Wheat was furnished an excavation crew, trans-
portation, and the equipment necessary for conducting the excava-
tions. He returned to Addicks on May 22, and was able to begin
actual excavations on May 29. Digging was still in progress on
June 30.

Robert L. Stephenson, archeologist, joined the Surveys in Texas on
April 28. From that date until May 5 he worked at Austin, conferring
with members of the Museum staff at the University, studying collec-
tions of archeological material, and making preparations for field
reconnaissance. He left Austin on May 6 for the Hords Creek Reser-
voir. From May 7 through May 17 he examined the Hords Creek
Reservoir Basin, locating and recording eight archeological sites. On
May 18 he left Coleman for Waco where he conferred with Frank
H. Watt, of the Central Texas Archeological Association, obtaining
information about archeological sites along the Brazos River, and

76 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

particularly in the area to be flooded by the Whitney Dam. On May
19 he went to Whitney and conferred with the Resident Engineer.
On May 20 he began the actual survey of the Whitney Dam area and
continued with that work to the end of the fiscal year. During the
course of his investigations he interviewed numerous local residents,
obtaining all the information possible pertaining to the occurrence of
archeological sites, and studied collections of artifacts which had been
gathered from sites in the area. In addition he made note of various
historic remains and obtained such data as were available about them.
This information was forwarded to the regional office of the National
Park Service at Santa Fe, N. Mex., for the benefit of the Park Service
historians. :

California—Archeological surveys were started in California in
May 1947. Through the cooperation of the Department of Anthro-
pology of the University of California, at Berkeley, headquarters for
the Surveys were made available. During the period from March 21
through June 28, 1947, six Corps of Engineers proposed reservoir
basins were surveyed. They were Pine Flat on King’s River, Terminus
on Kaweah River, Success on Tule River, Isabella on Kern River,
Folsom on American River, and Coyote Valley on the east fork of
the Russian River. A total of 59 sites were located, and of this number
8 have been recommended for excavation or partial excavation.

Some immediate contributions to the archeological knowledge of
California were derived from the surveys. Two aboriginal soapstone
quarries and three pictograph sites, none of which had been described
previously in archeological literature, were located. Surface collec-
tions of sherds of the unique and little-known Yokuts-Mona pottery
will permit a more extensive description of the type from archeological
sources than has previously been possible.

Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, was appointed to the California
surveys on March 21. He made all the surveys in the six reservoirs
listed above, prepared the preliminary reports on their archeological
resources, and made recommendations for further work. On June
28 Mr. Fenenga left Berkeley, Calif., for Eugene, Oreg., and at the
end of the fiscal year was starting a survey of the Detroit Reservoir
in the Willamette Valley.

During the course of the surveys in California Mr. Fenenga em-
ployed several student assistants. Stephen C. Cappannari served in
that capacity from May 8 to 11 inclusive; Francis A. Riddell, May
29-June 1, and June 12-15; Harry S. Riddell, Jr., April 17-20; and
Clarence E. Smith, April 1--6, May 1-4 and 19-25.

Columbia-Snake Basin——The program for surveys in the Columbia-
Snake Basin was just getting under way at the close of the fiscal year.
Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropologist on the regular staff of the Bureau

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > Ta

of American Ethnology, was detailed to the River Basin Surveys for

the purpose of directing the work in this area. On June 30 he had
established field headquarters at Eugene, where the Department of
Anthropology of the University of Oregon provided office and labora-
tory space. Two field parties left Eugene on the morning of June 30,
one to make a reconnaissance of the Detroit Reservoir, a Corps of
Engineers project on the North Santiam River, in the Willamette
Valley, Oreg., and the other to make investigations at the Cascade
Reservoir on the North Fork Payette River in Idaho. Plans for the
summer called for the survey of 4 Corps of Engineers and 12 Bureau
of Reclamation projects.

Dr. Drucker left Washington on June 17, 1947, for San Francisco,
Calif. He spent the day of June 18 at Lincoln, Nebr., studying the
operational procedure being used in the Missouri Basin surveys and
the laboratory arrangements for processing and cataloging specimens
received from the field. He arrived in San Francisco on the 19th and
spent the following 2 days in conference with the regional officers of
Region 4 of the National Park Service and members of the Department
of Anthropology at the University of California in Berkeley. On
June 22 he left San Francisco for Portland, Oreg., arriving on the

23d. At Portland he spent 2 days discussing plans for the surveys
with Regional Archeologist Louis R. Caywood of the National Park
Service, regional officials of the Bureau of Reclamation, and repre-
sentatives of the district engineer of the Corps of Engineers. At this
time he also made arrangements for the field headquarters at Eugene.
He returned to San Francisco on June 24 and reported the results
of his trip to Portland to the regional office of the National Park
Service. He also recruited personnel for the field parties and made
arrangements for the shipment of equipment from Berkeley to Eu-
gene. He left Berkeley on June 28, arriving at Eugene, Oreg., on the
29th. He left Eugene on June 30 with the field party proceeding to
the Cascade Reservoir.

Clarence E. Smith, archeologist, was appointed to the Columbia-
Snake Basin surveys on June 25. He spent the following 2 days
assisting Dr. Drucker and Franklin Fenenga in making preparations
for the summer’s field work. On June 28 he left Berkeley in company
with Fenenga for Eugene, Oreg. They arrived at Eugene on the
29th and on the morning of the 30th left for the Detroit Reservoir.

Richard D. Daugherty, archeologist, was appointed to the
Columbia-Snake Basin staff on June 30, and left the same day for the
Cascade Reservoir in Idaho.

Francis A. Riddell joined the Surveys staff on June 26, as field
assistant. He left Berkeley, Calif., on June 28 and arrived at Eugene,
Oreg., on June 29. On June 30 he left Eugene in company with Mr.
Daugherty and Mr. Drucker for the Cascade Reservoir.

78 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Cooperating institutions—The River Basin Surveys have been for-
tunate in receiving wholehearted cooperation from local institutions
in many portions of the country. Not only has space for field offices
and laboratories been provided together with the assistance and advice
of members of the various staffs, as at the University of Nebraska, the
University of Texas, the University of California, and the University
of Oregon, but in a number of cases units in the survey program have
been taken over and are being worked by universities and local organ-
izations. ‘This active cooperation has relieved the River Basin Sur-
veys of a considerable burden and has made for more rapid progress
throughout the country as a whole.

In Pennsylvania the Pennsylvania Historical and Museum Com-
mission helped with the program. The University of Kentucky as-
sumed responsibility for investigations at the Wolf Creek and Dewey
Reservoir projects in that State. The Alabama Museum of Natural
History conducted surveys along the lower Chattahoochee River Basin
in Alabama in areas which will be inundated. The Ohio State Mu-
seum at Columbus investigated Corps of Engineers projects in that
State. The University of Missouri, in cooperation with the Missouri
Resources Museum and the Missouri Archeological Society, started
surveys and excavations in that portion of the Bull Shoals Reservoir,
on the White River, which lies in Missouri and at several Corps of
Engineers projects on the Osage River. The Department of An-
thropology of the University of Chicago and the Illinois State Mu-
seum at Springfield agreed to cooperate in a survey of the Illinois
River Basin where 17 Corps of Engineers projects are proposed. The
University of Oklahoma examined and reported on two reservoirs,
one of which, the Wister, will inundate extensive and important
archeological material. The University of Nebraska cooperated both
in the search for and the excavation of paleontological material and
in archeological reconnaissance. The Nebraska State Historical So-
ciety assisted in the survey work and also did some digging in sites
which will be destroyed by construction work. The South Dakota
Historical Society did some survey work and also some excavation.
The University of North Dakota and the North Dakota Historical
Society cooperated in making a survey at the Heart Butte Reservoir
and in testing a number of sites in that area. The University of Colo-
rado assumed responsibility for a survey of eight reservoir basins in
the Colorado-Big Thompson project and for more intensive investi-
gation at the Wray Reservoir in eastern Colorado. The University
of Denver planned surveys of a number of reservoirs in the Blue
River-South Platte project and of two in the Arkansas River Basin
south of Pueblo. Western State College took over the examination
of a group of reservoirs along the Gunnison River in western Colorado.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 79

The Archeological Survey Association of Southern California, spon-
sored by a number of museums in that area, started the investigation
of a number of Corps of Engineers projects in southern California.
The University of Washington surveyed a number of proposed reser-
voir basins in that State and made all the information available to
the Columbia-Snake Basin group at Eugene. It also did some exca-
vation work.

The Reports of Progress prepared by the cooperating organizations
are sent to the River Basin Surveys for coordination and are then for-
warded to the National Park Service. All the information obtained
thus becomes a part of the record of the River Basin Surveys in
general.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau continued during the year under
the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There were
issued one Annual Report and one Publication of the Institute of
Social Anthropology, as listed below.

Sixty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1945-46.
12 pp.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 3. Moche, a Peruvian Coastal Com-
munity, by John Gillin. 166 pp., 26 pls., 8 figs., 1 map.

The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal
year:

Bulletin 148. Handbook of South American Indians. Julian H. Steward,
editor. Volume 3: The Tropical Forest Tribes. Volume 4: The Circum-Caribbean
Tribes. Volume 5: The Comparative Ethnology of the South American Indians.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 4. Cultural and Historical Geogra-
phy of Southwest Guatemala, by Felix Webster McBryde.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No.5. Highland Communities of Central
Peru: A Regional Survey, by Harry Tschopik, Jr.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 6. Hmpire’s Children: the People of
Tzintzuntzan, by George M. Foster.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 7. Cultural Geography of the Mod-
ern Tarascan Area, by Robert C. West.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 8. Sierra Popoluca Speech, by Mary
L. Foster and George M. Foster.

Publications distributed totaled 7,948, as compared with 12,730 for
the fiscal year 1945-46.

LIBRARY

The Library of the Bureau has continued in charge of the librarian,
Miss Miriam B. Ketchum, assisted by M. L. Fiester, who was appointed
March 17, 1947.

The total accessions in the library as of June 30, 1947, were 34,462.
There were 148 new accessions during the fiscal year, by purchase, gift,

80 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

and exchange. Many of the foreign exchanges which lapsed during
the war have again resumed, and good progress has been made-in filling
the gaps, brought about by the war, in periodical sets.

_ Cards on hand for domestic periodicals have been typed, and the
shelf list for this classification is now complete. A beginning has been
made on typing the cards for serial publications of domestic societies
and institutions, and this will soon be finished.

The labeling of sets of publications of domestic societies and institu-
tions and all the domestic periodicals has been completed, and the
labeling of the foreign serial publications has begun.

ILLUSTRATIONS

From late fall of 1946 up to June 30, 1947, E. G. Cassedy, illustrator,
spent most of the time, with the exception of time taken out to prepare
weather graphs, work for the Editorial Division, and miscellaneous
maps and plates, on the restoration of the old Indian negatives of the
Bureau of American Ethnology. With the help of Mr. Brostrup this
work has been progressing very satisfactorily and many negatives
which were important historically and which were about to be lost,
have been preserved for coming generations.

ARCHIVES

Miss Mae W. Tucker continued the work of operating and cataloging
the manuscript and photographic archives of the Bureau. In addi-
tion to furnishing material for routine requests, some special requests
for photographic prints requiring urgent attention have been filled.
Visitors desiring to consult material in the archives have been given the
required assistance.

The greater part of the time has been given to work on the manu-
script catalog which is being prepared for publication, to include al}
the unpublished manuscript material in the Bureau archives. The
data for this catalog has been typed on individual cards for each item
and is ready for final assembling.

A new file-print collection consisting of prints made from the re-
photographed and retouched negatives in the Bureau collection has
been started and will continue as the new prints are made. On Mr.
Cassedy’s recommendation, an extra set of prints is being made along
with the file prints, this set to be preserved for possible emergency use.

Some time is necessarily required for research work in connection
with both the manuscript material and the photographs.

SPECIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC RESTORATION PROJECT

The Bureau of American Ethnology ever since its inception in 1879
has maintained a collection of photographic negatives of North Ameri-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 81

can Indians. The file had its origin with the famous “Jackson” col-
lection of over 1,000 negatives which was brought to the Bureau by
Major Powell from the directorship of the United States Geological
Survey. This unique and valuable group has been supplemented by
about 11,000 additional negatives obtained from various sources in-
cluding the field trips of the first 40 years, the exposures made in
Washington of the visiting Indian delegations, gifts, and purchases.
Nowhere else in this country is there a more complete photographic
record of the Indians who figured prominently in peace and war
during the important opening of the West in the nineteenth century.
In several instances the only known photographs of important char-
acters of this period are in this collection.

The great bulk of this collection was made before 1900 in the early
days of photography, and often under extremely adverse field condi-
tions of heat and bulky weight. These factors have contributed toward
a deterioration of the negative image. This deterioration fortunately
has started around the edges of the negative and is progressing toward
the center, still leaving the figure and facial characteristics quite legi-
ble. However, if allowed to go on unchecked this collection will have
disintegrated unto uselessness.

During this fiscal year it was determined to inaugurate a systematic
program of restoration and preservation of this unique collection. The
continuous demand for reprints from these negatives, especially those
being used for publication, made this restoration imperative.

In February 1947 the services of a photographer, John O. Brostrup,
were obtained. The photographer and the scientific illustrator have
begun the program of restoration and preservation of these negatives.
The following system was devised and is being used in this work:

(1) Chemical improvement and cleaning of the original negative.
(2) Making a uniform enlarged print from the original negative,
cropping out destroyed and objectionable background areas. (3) Res-
toration of missing areas, and improvement of backgrounds by the
scientific illustrator with the minimum alteration necessary to pre-
serve faithfully the original negative. (4) Copying the restored en-
largement to uniform 8 by 10 inch size. (5) Printing of permanent
file prints.

All the processing is being carried out with the intent of insuring as
great a degree of permanence as possible.

First priority is being given those negatives which are needed to
supply prints for pay orders, i. e., those for which there is an imme-
diate demand. Second priority are those negatives which are in the
most advanced stages of deterioration.

At the beginning of the work in February an inspection was made
of each negative, and those requiring early restoration were listed.

82 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

A file of restored prints is being built up, and inspection in the
offices of the Bureau of American Ethnology is invited.

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to the
Department of Anthropology, United States National Museen dur-
ing the fiscal year were as follows:

Accession No. Collection

176066. 65 ethnological specimens from the Rio Vaupés in Colombia and Brazil.
Collected by Paul H. Allen.

176157. 3 ethnological specimens from the Navaho Indians. Collected by Dr.
John P. Harrington, at Fort Defiance, Ariz., in 1939.

176347. 1 ceremonial cane from the Iroquois Indians of Six Nations Reserve,
Canada. Collected by J. N. B. Hewitt, June 1916.

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the
American Indians, both past and present, of both continents. Vari-
ous specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them
furnished for their owners.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Stiruine, Chief.

Dr. A. Wrermorr,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 6
REPORT ON THE INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi-
ties of the International Exchange Service for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1947.

Although shipping was suspended during September, October, and
November because of shipping and trucking strikes, the allotment for
transportation was practically exhausted by the end of March. There-
fore it was necessary to curtail sharply shipping during the last 3
months of the fiscal year.

The number of packages received for transmission during the year
was 703,798, an increase over the previous year of 163,296. The
weight of these packages was 773,975 pounds, an increase of 301,676
pounds. The average weight of the individual packages is approxi-
mately 1 pound, 2 ounces, as compared to the average of the previous
year of approximately 14 ounces—an indication that the institutions
are still shipping material held during the war. The material re-
ceived from both foreign and domestic sources for distribution is
classified as shown in the following table:

Packages Weight
Received Received
Sent Sent
from from
abroad abroad. abroad abroad
Pounds | Pounds
United States parliamentary documents sent abroad -_______-_-- SY (Gy iO oe WT Gg22 |e oe
Publications received in return for parliamentary documents_-__|__._______ Qh7544 | Rane a 6, 421
United States departmental documents sent abroad__-_--------- 1295075) | eee eee es AQOE S15) | eee ee
Publications received in return for departmental documents-_-_-_]_______-_- 6.573) | saseee ee 13, 996
Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications sent abroad_-_-| 166,009 |--.--.---- 2925492) eae sees
Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications received from
abroad for distribution in the United States____....._.....---]_-_-----_- PAY fete 00) (eS 84, 029
FTO Lal ee ta ena Rare oe Ce A oe AA 670, 585 33, 213 669, 529 104, 446
Grandi totale eee es ee NN uae bak he 703, 798 773, 975

The packages are forwarded partly by mail direct to the addressees
and partly by freight to the exchange bureaus. The number of boxes
shipped was 2,578, a decrease of 539. Of the boxes shipped 638 were
for depositories of full sets of the United States Government docu-
ments furnished in exchange for the official publications of foreign
governments for deposit in the Library of Congress. The number of
packages forwarded by mail was 164,305.

83

84 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Of the material accumulated at the Institution during the war, there
remained at the beginning of the fiscal year 196,082 pounds. This war
backlog was reduced to 69,020 but owing to enforced decrease in
shipments during the last quarter of the year the actual backlog at the
end of the year was 110,998 pounds.

Consignments are now forwarded to all countries except Rumania
and Yugoslavia. Shipments to these countries will probably be re-
sumed during the coming year. The notable resumptions of exchange
are with Germany and Japan, which were effected with the cooperation
of the Civil Affairs Division of he War Department.

FOREIGN DEPOSITORIES OF GOVERNMENTAL DOCUMENTS

The number of sets of United States official publications received
to be sent in return for the official publications sent by foreign govern-
ments for deposit in the Library of Congress is 98 (56 full and 37
partial sets). The depository for Germany has been changed as
indicated in the list and the set formerly sent to the League of Nations
is now sent to the United Nations.

DEPOSITORIES OF FULL SETS

ARGENTINA: Direccién de Investigaciones, Archivo, Biblioteca y Legislacion Ex-
tranjero, Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriories y Culto, Buenos Aires.
AUSTRALIA: Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra.
New Souts WALES: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney.

QUEENSLAND: Parliamentary Library, Brisbane.

SoutH AUSTRALIA: Public Library of South Australia, Adelaide.

TASMANIA: Parliamentary Library, Hobart.

Victror1A: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth.
AustTrRIA;: National Library of Austria, Vienna.*
BELGIUM: Bibliothéque Royale, Bruxelles.
Brazit: Instituto Nacional do Livro, Rio de Janeiro.
CANADA: Library of Parliament, Ottawa.

MAniTosa: Provincial Library, Winnipeg.

OnrarlIo: Legislative Library, Toronto.

QuEBEC: Library of the Legislature of the Province of Quebec.
CHILE: Biblioteca Nacional, Santiago.
CHINA: Ministry of Education, National Library, Nanking, China.

Prrpine: National Library of Peiping.
CoLOMBIA: Biblioteca Nacional, Bogota.
Costa Rica: Oficina de Depésito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, San José.
CuBsA: Ministerio de Estado, Canje Internacional, Habana.
CZECHOSLOVAKIA : Bibliothéque de 1l’Assemblée Nationale, Prague.
DENMARK: Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen.
Heyret: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo.
EstToniA : Riigiraamatukogu (State Library), Tallinn.
FINLAND: Parliamentary Library, Helsinki.

*Added during the year.

tsar

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 85

FRANCE: Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris.
GERMANY: Offentliche Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek, Berlin.*?
GREAT BRITAIN:
ENGLAND: British Museum, London.
Lonpon : London School of Economics and Political Science. (Depository of
the London County Council.)
Houneary: Library, Hungarian House of Delegates, Budapest.
Inpia: Imperial Library, Calcutta.
TrELAND: National Library of Ireland, Dublin.
Ivaty: Ministerio della Publica Istruxione, Rome.
JAPAN: Imperial Library of Japan, Tokyo.’
Mexico: Secretaria de Relaciones Exteriores, Departamento de Informacién para
el Extranjero, Mexico, D. F.
NETHERLANDS: Royal Library, The Hague.
NEw ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington.
NORTHERN JRELAND: H. M. Stationery Office, Belfast.
Norway: Universitets-Bibliothek, Oslo. (Depository of the Government of
Norway.)
Peru: Seccion de Propaganda y Publicaciones, Ministerio de Relaciones Ex-
teriores, Lima.
PHILIPPINES: National Library, Manila.*
PoLaAND: Bibliothéque Nationale, Warsaw.
PortucAL: Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon.
RuMAnrIA: Academia Romana, Bucharest.
Spain: Cambio Internacional de Publicaciones, Avenida Calvo Sotelo 20, Madrid.
Swepen : Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm.
SWITZERLAND: Bibliothéque Centrale Fédérale, Berne.
TURKEY : Department of Printing and Engraving, Ministry of Education, Istanbul.
UNION oF SoutH Arrica;: State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal.
UNION oF Soviet ScociALisr REpustics: All-Union Lenin Library, Moscow 115.
UKRAINE: Ukrainian Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries,
Kiev.
UNITED NATIONS: Library of the United Nations, Geneva, Switzerland.
Urnucuay: Oficina de Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, Montevideo.
VENEZUELA : Biblioteca Nacional, Caracas.
YUGOSLAVIA ; Ministére de Education, Belgrade.

DEPOSITORIES OF PARTIAL SETS

AFGHANISTAN: Library of the Afghan Academy, Kabul.
Botivia: Biblioteca del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores y Culto, La Paz.
BRAZIL:

Minas Gerars: Directoria Geral e Estatistica em Minas, Bello Horizonte.
BriTIsH GUIANA: Government Secretary’s Office, Georgetown, Demerara.
CANADA:

ALBERTA: Provincial Library, Edmonton.

BritisH CoLUMBIA: Provincial Library, Victoria.

New Brunswick: Legislative Library, Fredericton.

Nova Scotia; Provincial Secretary of Nova Scotia, Halifax.

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Legislative and Public Library, Charlottetown.

SASKATCHEWAN: Legislative Library, Regina.

* Added during the year.
1 Temporarily suspended.

86 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

CrYLon: Chief Secretary’s Office, Record Department of the Library, Colombo.
Dominican REPUBLIC: Biblioteca de la Universidad de Santo Domingo, Ciudad
Trujillo.
Ecuador: Biblioteca Nacional, Quito.
GUATEMALA; Biblioteca Nacional, Guatemala.
Halt1: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince.
HONDURAS:
Biblioteca y Archivo Nacionales, Tegucigalpa.
Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Tegucigalpa.
IceELAND: National Library, Reykjavik.
INDIA:
BENGAL: Library, Bengal Legislature, Assembly House, Calcutta.
BIHAR AND ORISSA: Revenue Department, Patna.
Bombay: Undersecretary to the Government of Bombay, General Depart-
ment, Bombay.
BurMa: Secretary to the Government of Burma, Education Department,
Rangoon.
PunJaB: Chief Secretary to the Government of the Punjab, Lahore.
UNITED PROVINCES OF AGRA AND OUDH: University of Allahabad, Allahabad.
Iran: Imperial Ministry of Education, Tehran.
Iraq: Public Library, Baghdad.
JAMAICA: Colonial Secretary, Kingston.
LiserIa;: Department of State, Monrovia.
Matra: Minister for the Treasury, Valleta.
NEWFOUNDLAND: Department of Home Affairs, St. John’s.
NiIcARAGUA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Managua.
PANAMA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Panama.
PARAGUAY: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Seccién Biblioteca, Asuncién.
SALVADOR:
Biblioteca Nacional, San Salvador.
Ministerio de Relaciones Hxteriores, San Salvador.
Sram: Department of Foreign Affairs, Bangkok.
VATICAN City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vatican City, Italy.

INTERPARLIAMENTARY EXCHANGE OF THE OFFICIAL JOURNAL

There are now being sent abroad 71 copies of the Federal Register
and 65 copies of the Congressional Record. The countries to which
these journals are being forwarded are given in the following list:

DEPOSITORIES OF CONGRESSIONAL RECORD AND FEDERAL REGISTER

ARGENTINA ;
Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Buenos Aires.
Biblioteca del Poder Judicial, Mendoza.”
Camara de Diputados, Oficina de Informacion Parlamentaria, Buenos Aires.
Boletin Oficial de la Republica Argentina, Ministerio de Justica e Instruccién
Ptblica, Buenos Aires.
AUSTRALIA :
Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra. 3
NEw SourH WaLgs: Library of Parliament of New South Wales, Sydney.
QUEENSLAND: Chief Secretary’s Office, Brisbane.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Library of Parliament of Western Australia.

3 Federal Register only.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 87

BRAZIL:
Biblioteca do Congresso Nacional, Rio de Janeiro.
Imprensa Nacional, Rio de Janeiro.’
Amazonas: Archivo, Biblioteca e Imprensa Publica, Manéos.
Banta: Governador do Estado da Bahia, Sao Salvador.
Espirito SANTO: Presidencia do Estado do Espirito Santo, Victoria.
Rio GRANDE Do Sut: “A Wederacio,”’ Porto Alegre.
SerGiIrE: Biblioteca Publica do Estado de Sergipe, Aracaji.
SAo PavuLo: Imprensa Oficial do Estado, So Paulo.
British Honpuras: Colonial Secretary, Belize.
CANADA :
Library of Parliament, Ottawa.
Clerk of the Senate, Houses of Parliament, Ottawa.
CUBA:
Biblioteca del Capitolio, Habana.
Biblioteca Publica Panamericana, Habana.’
Eeypt: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Egyptian Government, Cairo.®
FRANCE:
Bibliothéque, Chambre des Députés, Paris.
Bibliothéque, Conséil de la Republique.*
Publiques de 1’Institute de Droit Compare, University de Paris, Paris.? *
Great Britain: Printed Library of the Foreign Office, London.
GREECE: Library, Greek Parliament, Athens.
GUATEMALA: Biblioteca de la Asamblea Legislativa, Guatemala.
Hartt: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince.
HonpDuRAS: Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Tegucigalpa.
INDIA :
Civil Secretariat Library, Lucknow, United Provinces.’ *
Legislative Assembly Library, Lucknow, United Provinces.*
Legislative Department, Simla.
IRELAND: Dail Eireann, Dublin.
ITaty: International Institute for the Unification of Private Law, Rome.’
Mexico:
Direccioén General de Informacidén, Secretaria de Gobernacién, Mexico, D. F.
Biblioteca Benjamin Franklin, Mexico, D. F.
AGUASCALIENTES: Gobernador del Estado de Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes,
CAMPECHE: Gobernador del Hstado de Campeche, Campeche.
CHIAPAS: Gobernador del Estado de Chiapas, Tuxtla Gutierrez,
CurnuAaHuA: Gobernador del Estado de Chihuahua, Chihuahua.
CoAHUILA: Periddico Oficial del Estado de Coahuila, Palacio de Gobierno,
Saltillo. —
CoLimA: Gobernador del Estado de Colima, Colima.
Durango: Gobernador Constitucional del Estado de Durango, Durango.
GUANAJUATO: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Hstado, Guanajuato.
GUERRERO: Gobernador del Estado de Guerrero, Chilpancingo.
JALISCO: Biblioteca del Estado, Guadalajara.
LOWER CALIFORNIA: Gobernador del Distrito Norte, Mexicali.
México: Gaceta del Gobierno, Toluca.
MicHoacAn: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Hstado de Michoacan,
Morelia.

2 Federal Register only.
3 Congressional Record only.
* Added during the year.

764815—47-—_7

88 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Moretos: Palacio de Gobierno, Cuernavaca.
Nayarit: Gobernador de Nayarit, Tepic.
NvuEvo LEON: Biblioteca del Estado, Monterrey.
OAXACA: Periodico Oficial, Palacio de Gobierno, Oaxaca.
PuEBLA : Secretaria General de Gobierno, Puebla.
QuERETARO: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién de Archivo, Querétaro.
San Luis Porosf: Congreso del Estado, San Luis Potosi.
SrnaLoa: Gobernador del Estado, de Sinaloa, Culiacan.
Sonora: Gobernador del Estado de Sonora, Hermosillo.
Tapasco: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién 3a, Ramo de Prensa,
Villahermosa.
TAMAULIPAS: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Victoria.
TLAxCALA: Secretaria de Gobierno del Estado, Tlaxcala.
VeERACRUz: Gobernador del Estado de Veracruz, Departmento de Gobernacién
y Justicia, Jalapa.
YuoaTAN: Gobernador del Estado de Yucatan, Mérida.
NEw ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington.
Peru: Camara de Diputados, Lima.
PoLaNnD: Ministry of Justice, Warsaw.
Spain: Diputacion de Navarra, San Sebastian.
SWITZERLAND: Bibliotéque, Bureau International du Travail, Geneva.’
UNION oF SOUTH AFRICA:
CaPrE oF Goop Hore: Library of Parliament, Cape Town.
TRANSVAAL: State Library, Pretoria.
Urnueuay: Diario Oficial, Calle Florida 1178, Montevideo.
VENEZUELA: Biblioteca del Congreso, Caracas.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE AGENCIES

Exchanges are sent to all countries except Rumania and Yugoslavia.
The countries listed are those to which shipments are forwarded by
freight. To other countries not eppenring on the list, packages are
forwarded by mail.

LIST OF AGENCIES

Austria: Austrian National Library, Vienna.

BEeLe@tuM: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale de
Belgique, Bruxelles.

CHINA: Bureau of International Exchange, National Central Library, Nanking.

CZECHOSLOVAKIA: Bureau des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque de l’Assem-
blée Nationale, Prague 1-100.

DrenMakK: Institut des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale, Copen-
hagen K.

Eerypr: Government Press, Publications Office, Bulaq, Cairo.

FINLAND: Delegation of the Scientific Societies of Finland, Kasdrangatan 24,
Helsinki.

FRANCE: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale, 58 Rue
de Richelieu, Paris.

GERMANY: Offentliche Wissenschaftliche Bibliothek, Berlin.‘

2 Federal Register only.
‘ Distribution under supervision of War Department.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY > 89

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND: Wheldon & Wesley, 721 North Circular Road,
Willesden, London, N. W. 2.

Huncary: Hungarian Libraries Board, Ferenciektere 5, Budapest, IV.

Inp1IA: Superintendent of Government Printing and Stationery, Bombay.

ITALY:

Ufficio degli Scambi Internzionali, Ministero della Publica Istruxione, Rome.

JAPAN:

International Exchange Service, Imperial Library of Japan, Uyeno Park,
Tokyo.*

NETHERLANDS: International Exchange Bureau of the Netherlands, Royal Library,
The Hague.

New SoutH WALES: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney.

New ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington.

Norway: Service Norvégien des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque de l’Uni-
versité Royale, Oslo.

PALESTINE: Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem.

Potanp: Service Polonais des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale,
Warsaw.

PortuGaL: Seccio de Trocas Internacionais, Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon.

QUEENSLAND: Bureau of Exchanges of International Publications, Chief Secre-
tary’s Office, Brisbane.

RuMAnNIA: Ministére de la Propagande Nationale, Service des Echanges Inter-
nationaux, Bucharest.

SoutH AustTRALIA: South Australian Government Exchanges Bureau, Govern-
ment Printing and Stationery Office, Adelaide.

Spain: Junta de Intercambio y Adquisicién de Libros y Revistas para Biblote-
cas Publicas, Ministerio de Educacién Nacional, Avenida Calvo Sotelo 20,
Macrid.

SWEDEN : Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm.

SwiTzeRLanp: Service Suisse des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Centrale
Fédérale, Palais Fédérale, Berne.

TasMANIA: Secretary to the Premier, Hobart.

TURKEY: Ministry of Education, Department of Printing and Engraving, Istanbul.

Union oF SoutH Arrica: Government Printing and Stationery Office, Cape Town,
Cape of Good Hope.

UNION OF SOVIET SocraList REPUBLICS: International Book Exchange Depart-
ment, Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries, Moscow, 56.

VictTor1IA: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth.

Yueostavia: Section des Echanges Internationaux, Ministére des Affaires
Ktrangéres, Belgrade.

Respectfully submitted.
H. W. Dorsey, Acting Chief.
Dr. A. Wrrmorn,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

4 Distribution under supervision of War Department.

APPENDIX 7
ANNUAL REPORT ON THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera-
tions of the National Zoological Park for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1947.

The regular appropriation for the operations of the Zoo. was
$393,420. A supplemental appropriation of $39,100 for salary in-
creases authorized by Congress was also available, making a total of
$432,500. Subject to minor changes in final bills, a total of $425,748
was expended for all purposes and an unexpended balance of $6,752
remains. Inability to fill many of the positions for considerable
periods resulted in salary savings which were available to apply on
salary increases that had been authorized by Congress, thereby reduc-
ing the amount that was needed in the supplemental appropriation.

During the war equipment had deteriorated and stocks of materials
and supplies had become seriously depleted in many instances. , By
diligent search the Zoo has been able to replace or repair some of the
equipment and replenish some of the supplies and materials. The
close of the fiscal year finds the Zoo short as to many items, but as a
whole in a definitely better condition than prevailed a year ago as to
exhibition animals, personnel, equipment, materials, supplies, and
general condition of structures and grounds.

During the past year a slight improvement in the supply of animals
for exhibition has enabled the Zoo partially to replenish the stock.

Physical improvements included the completion of 370 square yards
of sidewalk; surface treatment of nearly all the main roads, a small
parking area opposite the large-mammal house, the road back of the
bird house, and the service road from the silver-gull cage to the bird
house. Excellent progress has been made in painting, which is a con-
tinuous operation in an establishment of the size and type of the.
National Zoological Park. The general appearance of the grounds
has been very materially improved by pruning, clearing of under-
brush, cutting down weeds, and renewing and mowing lawns, all of
which had been seriously neglected during the war period. During
the summer of 1946 excellent progress was made in fighting poison ivy
by spraying with ammonium sulfamate. This procedure was con-
tinued during the summer of 1947, and already a great reduction in
this pest is noticeable. The fight against poison ivy was greatly

90

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 91

facilitated by the cooperation of the Department of Agriculture,
Bureau of Plant Industry, in lending a power spray. Before 1947
the Zoo has each year received numerous reports of ivy poisoning in
the Park, but up to midsummer of 1947 no cases have been reported.

NEEDS OF THE ZOO

A small addition to the personnel is needed to enable the Zoo to
carry on the work in an efficient manner and permit employees to take
the leave to which they are legally entitled. The Zoo has been under-
manned throughout the entire period of its existence, and with the
adoption of the 40-hour week, the situation has become particularly
acute.

As the years go by the need becomes more pressing for new buildings
to replace antiquated, dilapidated structures that are still used to
house animals. Preliminary planning has been taken up with the
Public Works Administration for construction of these buildings
when economic conditions justify.

The condition of the Administration Building, which is now about
142 years old and has had no major improvements or rehabilitation
for many years, is such that it cannot be kept in presentable condition,
and the excessive dampness is injurious to equipment, records, photo-
graphs, negatives, and books, as well as to the health of the employees
who work in the building.

VISITORS

Before the war the attendance at the Park was much greater on
Saturdays and Sundays than on the earlier days of the week. Since
the war there has been a surprisingly uniform attendance throughout
the week, even Monday and Tuesday consistently showing good
attendance. ‘Throughout the year it was noticeable that there was a
consistent increased attendance of visitors over the previous year, the
final tabulation showing an increase for the year of 358,341.

ESTIMATED NUMBER OF VISITORS FOR FISCAL YEAR 1947

July (L946) Se Sil OOM hebruatys 222 east 64, 100
ATIOMISE DRS oh de a et 246 280) O0Ob March: 5 chr sie sve ed ba 203, 225
September________- ZIG COOMA Aprile. ee Bee Vaeeie _.._ 874, 058
OCHO Ee ga EN 189° 200. Maye. oe hed _ 3438, 800
INO MORI CEeE ee i HD SsresU)) aIIELTIG ieee vaes what SN anes oe 356, 400
WCCempe res ease REY) 93, 950 —_—__—
January (1947)____________ 84, 950 Po talses! Vee es wens 2, 730, 678

Groups came to the Zoo from schools in 22 States, some as far away
as Wisconsin, Indiana, and Louisiana.

92 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

NUMBER OF GROUPS FROM SCHOOLS

—$—$—_$__ $$ ——$_—_—_—————_——— ee NET nny NIUUDI Drv UTDD EI UNULINIT IUD UD Inne

Num- | Num- Num- | Num-
ber of | ber in ber of | ber in
groups | groups groups | groups
MVabamavese sae es 1 18)]| WNew: Jerseys 22a eee 24 1, 847
Connecticut aes 8 290 Wl WNews\Onk: 20 ess i ee 28 2, 580
Delaware: eso eee eee eo eee 8 324 || North Carolina---.--.-.-----.--- 67 2, 676
District of Columbia__..__-------- 202 6)01L7:| |: Ohio-2-- Sea ee 36 981
Toridataeicc hae ee ee ae 1 13 |} Pennsylvania----.-.-_.---------- 151 8, 109
Georeiaees eee er eee ees 28 1,154 |) South Carolina__-----_-_-_------- 32 1,079
Indiana sic so ea Cure 4 152 || Tennessee_--..-.----------------- 15 682
Monisiania 2. se Se 1 844) (Virginias 22 Oa ee a ee 282 | 14,647
IMINO Dee ee ORT eS SIN 4 314 || West Virginia______.-_---.--_-_.- 17 659
Maryland a s2e2 2) Soak eas Shen 369 | 22,179 || Wisconsin_-_..--_.-.---- LESS eam 1 85
Massachusetts_.------------------ 16 885
IMA Chi pane ts) 44 tar eis ees ee 8 376 Total: 2224. Wak Se eee 1,303 | 65, 081

About 2 p. m. each day the cars then parked in the Zoo are counted
by the Zoo police and listed according to the State, Territroy, or coun-
try from which they came. This is, of course, not a census of the
cars coming to the Zoo but is valuable in showing the percentage of
attendance by States of people in private automobiles. The tabula-
tion for the fiscal year 1947 is as follows:

Percent Percent
Washington, D. C.__-_____ 30.6 | North Carolina-________-______ 1.8
Maryland: ) 22a iGO Ge BGs 21.09 | West Virginia________-_______- 12
Virginia 20 ese brine iiee eal 20. 04 | Californiaoi-. 2. oe 1.1
Pennsylvania -_-_____________ 4,2:+| New. Jersey! 2. 3 eee 1.1
ING WwW: WOR Kee ei eS 2.5 ol Maine 822 ei) ee eee ree 9
OHI 2 ea ER 1.9. |) Morida: 2 2 ee 9

The cars that made up the remaining 12.67 percent came from
every one of the remaining States, as well as from Alaska, Alberta,
Argentina, Australia, British Columbia, Canal Zone, Cuba, Hawaii,
Manitoba, Mexico, New Brunswick, Nicaragua, Nova Scotia, Ontario,
Panama, Quebec, Saskatchewan, and Sweden.

It is well known that District of Columbia, Maryland, and Vir-
ginia cars bring to the Zoo many people from other parts of the
United States and of the world, but no figures are available on which
to base percentages.

THE EXHIBITS

The quality of specimens on exhibition has been fairly satisfactory
during the year. The total number of specimens on hand June 380,
1947, was 454 more than on the corresponding date in 1946, the prin-
cipal increase being in the number of birds and amphibians.

The outstanding exhibits during the year were penguins. Four
species, the emperor, macaroni, rock-hopper, and adelie, were brought
from the Antarctic by the United States Naval Antarctic Expedi-
tion through the interest of Rear Adm. Richard EK. Byrd and Ad-
miral Richard H. Cruzen. Two other species, the Humboldt and jack-
ass, were already in the Zoo or were obtained from other sources.

“IONTVM ‘d ioury Aq ydvasojoyg ‘Moseoeul T ‘SULA T ‘sseyoel g ‘Tuoteoem Z ‘BuUIy T ‘10dod Ma T 244911 0 4Jo"T
“yUuVd AVDIDOIOOZ IVNOILYN NI WOOY 3DVYHOLS-G10D GALNOYA-SSV15D NI SNINONAd

€ 3LV1d L xtpuaddy—/p6| ‘quoday s£1e}9199G

IIYIVM ‘d ysoury Aq ydviz0j0y qd
“HMaVd IWOIDSOTOCOZ IWNOILVYN LY 100d YOCAGLNO NI SNINDN3d LOTIOSEWNH OML GNV INOYVSVW SAIS

py 3ALV 1d _xipueddy—/p6| ‘woday s Arejes29G

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 93

Thirty-four ocellated turkeys were brought to the Zoo by Dr. D. S.
- Newill; who had obtained them in Guatemala. These turkeys have
been very rare in collections and make an interesting exhibit. Five
were retained and the rest distributed by Dr. Newill to other zoos.

Other interesting birds were two gray hornbills from India, the
first of the species to be exhibited in the United States.

Three specimens of Troost’s turtle, two albino and one normally
colored, were deposited by James Nelson Gowanloch. All were
young, only about 2 inches in diameter, but were outstanding be-
cause of the extreme rarity of albino turtles. These are a beautiful
light cream color through which shows the pattern of the normal
coloration. They have pink eyes and a bright red spot on the neck
that is characteristic of the species.

Exhibits of very small creatures of more than ordinary interest
were three different species of tiny frogs: the green and black arrow-
poison frogs, red and black frogs, and yellow and black atelopus.

Other additions to the collection that were of unusual interest were:
A young great gray kangaroo, which was a gift from the people of
Australia to the people of the United States and was flown to Wash-
ington on a nonstop flight September 30—October 1, 1946, from Perth,
Australia, to Washington, D. C., by the United States Navy plane
Truculent Turtle; a young Alaska brown bear received through the
interest of members of the force of the Alaska Game Commission and
the Fish and Wildlife Service; an Arabian gazelle presented to
the Zoo by W. W. Shaffer; a spectacled bear from the Andes region,
obtained by purchase; a baby potto born to a pair that had been
brought to the Zoo by the Smithsonian-Firestone Expedition to Li-
beria in 1940; pigmy green cardinals; the short-legged lizard from
Cuba; five young specimens of the giant salamander of Japan, which
were received by the United States Army as a gift from the school chil-
dren of Japan to the school children of the United States, particularly
through the interest of Brig. Gen. John W. O’Brien, Chief, Scien-
tific and Technical Division, GHQ, SCAP, and Dr. Austin Brues
and Lieutenant Kelly. These were collected through Dr. Tadamichi
Koga, Director, Uyeno Zoological Garden, Tokyo, Japan.

ACQUISITION OF SPECIMENS

Specimens for the Zoo collection are acquired by gift, deposit, pur-
chase, and births or hatchings. While depositors are at liberty to
remove the specimens that they deposit with the Zoo, many leave
the specimens for the rest of their lives.

During the year the Zoo received a number of shipments of live
specimens by air without a single loss. Some of these animals were
rare or delicate, and had they been transported by the usual means,

94 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

might have died en route. The experiences of other zoos and animal
dealers have been similarly successful, suggesting that shipment of
live animals by air may be the most satisfactory method.

DEPOSITORS AND DONORS AND THEIR GIFTS

Abrahamian, S. M., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Acorn Pet and Gift Shop, Washington, D. C., 2 canary X siskin hybrids, 2 cockatiels.

Alaska Game Commission and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Alaska brown
bear.

Allison, Mrs. E. K., Washington, D. C., ring-necked dove.

Alston, Herbert, Washington, D. C., woodcock.

Australia, People of, through U. S. Navy, great gray kangaroo.

Bader, J., Washington, D. C., 2 domestic rabbits.

Baum, Louis, Alexandria, Va., 2 doves.

Beale, Mrs. S. H., Washington, D. C., 2 snapping turtles.

Benedict, Mrs. Jeanne, Washington, D. C., box turtle.

Berry, Lewis, Detective Bureau, Metropolitan Police Department, Washington,
D. C., 4 horned lizards.

Best, Mrs. Richard, Washington, D. C., sulphur-crested cockatoo.

Billoch, J., Washington, D. C., double yellow-headed parrot.

Blanchette, Richard, Takoma Park, Md., snapping turtle.

Boldridge, Dr. F. M., Chester, S. C., chain king snake.

Brady, Morris K., Washington, D. C., 13 red and black. frogs.

Brewster, Kingman, Washington, D. C., 2 wild turkeys.

Brown, Rev. Dillard, Washington, D. C., 5 ring-necked doves.

Brown, Robert Y., Department of State, Washington, D. C., 46 little spotted
tinamou,* 5 great tinamou.*

Burr, Donald H., Washington, D. C., pine or fence lizard.

Calvin, Mrs. E. F., Daniels Park, Md., 2 Pekin ducks.

Campbell, George R., Detroit, Mich., corn snake, chicken snake.

Carey, Maj. T. J., % Postmaster, New Orleans, La., douroucouli or ow] monkey.

Carlson, R. 8., Edgewater, Md., Pekin duck.

Carson, James, Alexandria, Va., mole.

Cedar Hill Bird Farm, Landover, Md., screech owl, robin.

Chappell, Richard H., Chief, Probation Court, Washington, D. C., domestic
rabbit.

Clow, Jakie, Chevy Chase, Md., Pekin duck.

Coker, James L., Arlington, Va., horned lizard.

Cook, Jay E., Baltimore, Md., 32 African clawed frogs.*

Coolidge, Belle, Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit.

Cowell, Jerry, Greenbelt, Md., spectacled caiman.

Cox, T. S., Arlington, Va., alligator.

Cullen, Rev. U. G., Woodstock College, Woodstock, Md., copperhead snake.

Deese, Joe, Bethesda, Md., rhesus monkey,* woodchuck or ground hog.*

Dunitum, Gratz D., Alexandria, Va., American coot.

Dunlap, Capt. S. A., U. S. Embassy, Buenos Aires, Argentina, Argentine tree frog,
18 grass paroquets.

Duryel, Dr. William R., Washington, D. C., 75 red salamanders.*

Hiler, A., Falls Church, Va., Pekin duck.

Fleming, A. L., Falls Church, Va., Mississippi mud turtle, pilot snake.

Foellmer, John and Richard, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

* Deposits.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 95

Fohel, Arthur, Williamstown, N. J., green grass snake.

Ford, B. F., Aspin Hill, Md., 2 sparrow hawks.

Fowler, James H., Chevy Chase, Md., Texas diamond-backed rattlesnake.

Freeman, Mrs. J. W., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Gala, Mrs. M., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck Xmallard duck hybrid.

Garrett, William S., Richmond, Va., double yellow-headed parrot.

Gazin, Max, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

George, Miss Jean, Washington, D. C., red fox.

Gildea, Mrs. James H., Arlington, Va., 2 Pekin ducks.

Glover, R. L., Washington, D. C., American bittern.*

Goddard, Don, Wilson Teachers College, Washington, D. C., 2 golden hamsters.*

Goeller, John, Washington, D. C., golden hamster.

Gowanloch, James Nelson, Louisiana Department of Wildlife and Fisheries, New
Orleans, La., 3 Troost’s turtles (including 2 albinos) .*

Greenberg, Albert, Tampa, Fla., 6 climbing perch, 12 blind cave fish.

Guliek, Mrs. Dorothy, Silver Spring, Md., 8 Pekin ducks.

Haggenmaker, Charles, Suitland, Md., barn owl.

Hanwood, Mrs. Virginia, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Harper, Donald W., Kensington, Md., pilot snake.

Harrell, R. O., South Boston, Va., rhesus monkey.

Hart, Joseph F., Washington, D. C., sparrow hawk.

Hartgroves, Bill, Kensington, Md., painted turtle.

Hayes, Mrs. William J., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Hegener Research, Sarasota, Fla., 6 hutias.

Heinz, J. H., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Hersey, Lt. J., Arlington, Va., yellow-headed parrot.

Hines, Mrs. M., Hyattsville, Md., diamond dove, Cuban ground dove, Cuban
tanager.

Hubbs, C. L., La Jolla, Calif., 3 horned lizards.

Hughes, Charles, Silver Spring, Md., pilot snake.

Hughes, Thomas, Middletown, Del., sharp-shinned hawk.

Hummel, David, Arlington, Va., titi monkey.*

Ingham, Rex, Ruffin, N. C., Eastern chipmunk,* raccoon,* Swainson’s hawk.*

Jackley, A. M., Director, Reptile Control, Department of Agriculture, Pierre,
S. Dak., 2 northern horned lizards.

Jessup, Gordon L., Washington, D. C., pilot snake.

Johnson, Cleris, Washington, D. C., barn owl.

Jones, Mrs. R., Arlington, Va., weasel.

Kelley, Miss Karen, Alexandria, Va., opossum.

Kennard, Fred E., Hyattsville, Md., 2 muscovy ducks.

Kimbell, Charles Lee, Hyattsville, Md., 2 horned lizards.

Kincannon, W. Oliver, Chevy Chase, Md., 5 game fowl.*

Klemetsen, P. N., Washington, D. C., alligator.

Knop, P. T., Washington, D. C., 5 box turtles.

Koerdel, Dr. Manuel-Malduado, Mexico, 5 axolotls.

Kramer, Miss G. A., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Latona, Richard J., Washington, D. C., painted turtle, Cumberland terrapin.

Lee, Jimmie, Washington, D. C., alligator.

Leibel, Mrs. Leroy, Washington, D. C., grass paroquet.

Leibold, Gordon M., Chevy Chase, Md., Florida king snake.

Lemieux, Jerry, Washington, D. C., muscovy duck.

Lund, Ruth and Diane, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

*Deposits.

96 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Mackey, Helen N., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Majawer, Mrs. Lilly, Washington, D. C., cardinal.

Markwith, Carl, Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit.

Mattingly, W. E., Washington, D. C., 4 bantam fowl.

Maurer, Misses Nan and Patsy Lou, Arlington, Va., 2 domestic rabbits.

Mayer, J. D., Silver Spring, Md., 2 Pekin ducks.

McCrassin, Broderick, Rockville, Md., 2 ring-necked pheasants.

McDonald, Erling, Takoma Park, Md., muscovy ducks, screech owl.

McKay, Raymond J., Washington, D. C., white-throated capuchin.

Melville, E., Falls Church, Va., 3 Pekin ducks.

Meyer, J. L., Silver Spring, Md., 2 Pekin ducks.

Michel, Mr., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Miller, W. C., Front Royal, Va., 2 great horned owls.

Miller, William H., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Miller, William W., Washington, Va., barn owl.

Milne, A. M., Bethesda, Md., Pekin duck.

Mitchell, Shirley J., Washington, D. C., rhesus monkey.

Moise, Lawrence L., Washington, D. C., screech owl.

Montague, Mrs. Claude, Washington, D. C., 2 grass paroquets.

Moore, C. C., Washington, D. C., 14 grass paroquets.

Naval Research Center, Bethesda, Md., rhesus monkey.*

Nelson, Mrs. R. W., Coolidge High School, Washington, D. C., green tree frog.

Newill, Dr. D. S., Connellsville, Pa., 34 ocellated turkeys,* Reeves’ pheasant, red
jungle fowl, Swinhoe’s pheasant, Nepal kaleege.

Old, W. E., Jr., Norfolk, Va., 9 water moccasins.

Orndorff, Mrs. B. F., Berwyn, Md., 3 Pekin ducks.

Perkins, J. E.; Back Bay National Wildlife Refuge, Pungo, Va., snow goose.

Perry, Mrs., Washington, D. C., loggerhead turtle.

Poe, Mrs. H. C., Washington, D. C., domestic rabbit.

Poiley, S. M., National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md., 20 golden hamsters,
cotton rat.

Potter, Lincoln, Chevy Chase, Md., opossum.

Prestor, Mrs. P. D., Gage School, Washington, D. C., 3 golden hamsters.*

Pupils of the Okayama-Ken Grammar Schools, through Brig. Gen. John W.
O’Brien, Chief, Scientific and Technical Division, GHQ, SCAP, and Dr. Austin
Brues and Lieutenant Kelly, collected through Dr. Tadamichi Kogo, Director
of the Uyeno Zoological Garden, Tokyo, Japan, 5 giant Japanese salamanders.

Quinter, M. G., Chevy Chase, Md., Pekin duck.

Raccie, Eugene J., Washington, D. C., golden pheasant.

Reed, Vernon, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Remsen, Mrs. D., 2 skunks.

Riédel, Mrs. W. E., Hyattsville, Md., sparrow hawk.

Robert, Miss Alice B., water snake.*

Rowe, Mr. and Mrs. R. F., Washington, D. C., 2 ringed warbling finches.

Roys, Harold, Sheffield, Mass., 2 timber rattlesnakes.

Ruhe, Louis, New York, N. Y., rat snake, frog, eyra or yaguarondi.*

Ruhel, Miss Mary L., Washington, D. C., queen or moon snake.

Sakell, Ronald, Washington, D. C., 2 white mice.

Sardo, Mrs. William, Silver Spring, Md., Pekin duck.

Sawyer, T. R., Alexandria, Va., crab-eating macaque.

Scaramuzza, L. C., Habana, Cuba, short-legged lizard.

Schaefer, Ronald L., Washington, D. C., box turtle.

*Deposits.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 97

Schaub, Mrs. Anna E., Washington, D. C., double yellow-headed parrot.

Shaffer, W. W., Hobbs, Md., Arabian gazelle.

Shannon, Mrs. Frank, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Shields ,William S., Greenbelt, Md., blue jay.

Shostick, Robert, Washington, D. C., green snake.

Silverman, Marion and Marlene, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Simpson, Mrs. Lillie W., Washington, D. C., domestic guinea pig.

Slagle, Bobby, Lubbuck, Tex., 6 horned lizards.

Smith, Mrs. H., Washington, D. C., blue jay.

Smith, Margaret C., Washington, D. C., 11 hooded laboratory rats.

Snider, Mrs. George P., Silver Spring, Md., Pekin duck.

Snyder, Freeman W., Washington, D. C., 3 red foxes.

Spates, W. E., Jr., Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Spiney, Mr., Washington, D. C., tarantula.

Springer, Harriet R., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Stone, Carl G., Silver Spring, Md., red-bellied woodpecker, 2 painted turtles, spot-
ted turtle, box turtle.

Stroman, H. R., Jr., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Stultz, Robert, Falls Church, Va., pilot snake.

Taurman, Bert, Richmond, Va., 2 red-shouldered hawks.

Taylor, L. S., Bethesda, Md., 2 Pekin ducks.

Thirteenth Police Precinct, Washington, D. C., 2 chain king snakes.

Thomas, J., Washington, D. C., canary.

Thomas, Jeanette, Washington, D. C., 2 domestic rabbits.

Thomas, Dr. W. B. 8., Dover-Foxcroft, Maine, 2 garter snakes, 2 green frogs.

Three Oaks Bird Farm, Hyattsville, Md., 10 domestic pigeons.

Tinsman, lL. T., Washington, D. C., white-tufted marmoset.*

Trible, W. E., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Tureman, Dr. G. R., Sandston, Va., gray fox.

Turner, William, Westwood, Md., duck hawk.*

U. S. Antarctic Expedition 1946-1947, through Admiral Richard BH. Byrd, 2 emperor
penguins, 18 macaroni penguins, 6 rock-hopper penguins, 2 black swans.

U.S. S. Mount Olympus, through courtesy of Admiral Richard E. Byrd and careful
eare of Mr. Jack Perkins, collected by crew members of the U. S. S. Currituck,
under command of Capt. J. H. Clark, 2 adelie penguins.

Walker, Mrs. C. G., Clifton, Va., pilot snake.

Wells, Mrs. Charles, Washington, D. C., oppossum.

Western, Lt. Comdr. O. C., U. S. N., Naval Medical School, Bethesda, Md., 2
horned lizards.

White House, Washington, D. C., domestic lamb.*

Widman, R. D., Washington, D. C., Cumberland terrapin, painted turtle.

Wilkins, O. L., Washington, D. C., black snake.

Williamson, C., Washington, D. C., hog-nosed snake, pilot snake, pigmy rattle-
snake.

Witt, Benton, Cabin John, Md., gray fox.

Wood, J. S., Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Young, Mrs. W., Takoma Park, Md., Pekin duck.

Zardus, Maurice, Riverdale, Md., eastern diamond-backed rattlesnake, 2 copper-
head snakes, cottonmouth moccasin, coral snake, 2 water snakes, 4 pigmy rat-
tlesnakes.

Zetek, James, Balbea, C. Z., 53 yellow atelopus, 100 arrow-poison frogs, 10 basilisks.

Zinkham, Dr. and Mrs. A. M., Washington, D. C., horned lizard.

*Deposits.

98 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

BIRTHS AND HATCHINGS

MAMMALS

Scientific name Common name ’ Number
Ammotragus lervia 2222. 2" Saas ee Aotidadt seb aoe: shee 3
ATI3 az18 2 SHO SE: Biglalh= Cau er eee Axisideers. fuie Anish Rae 2
Bibos gaurus. =. Siw page wed OTE Gauries@. Fi alle sor ees 1
Bison OtSON So. SoU Nk So yaya: Be American bison__.---------- 3
ESOS EU T ALS Se pe os IRE SS a Ape eae British Park cattle__._-_______ 1
Gapromys piloridesst sxesesest al Seeeee EP Hutiatecitsay 3 tesset aie a 4
@ebusicapucinuss 2225 22. Sas eet Eee White-throated capuchin_ -_-- 1

-Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus X C. a. Hybrid green guenon X vervet
pygerythrus. @uenone Lise she ee ee 1
Cervus canadensis. oe eke Se ee American elk.o202-2L-s12_22 1
Cervus nippon. == 2 2222 Sesh eee y= Japanese! deer.._2 15522254 seen 1
Cheropsis-laberiens?s=_ 3-2 82s Be Gk Pigmy hippopotamus- - -----_- 1
Cynomiys TudoureranuUss == 5 5e S52 ee eae Plains prairie dog_=----.----. 8
Dama dame 22 55 2 2 S82 ee Sei Ree wee Fallowcdeers:2_ <8 _ 15 3 pes 2
DG, COMO = Re 0 AOE Se Se ak pa Es White fallow deer_ + --_---_-- 2
Dasyprocta prymnolopha_-_--------------=- Agoutiz 545522051 big pam it
MCUSHCONCOLO TE Ser Tos URia Ses eh DENG) pet Ree Pumai: 522 2 shea UY ee 3
Giraja camelopardalis=." 4 2h Bs ey ae Nubian giraffe. 420) gseer age 1
Hippopotamus amphibius__-_-------------- Hippopotamus. 42245 Sea it
Lama glama guanico. <= 22a ye2 eet ee Guanaco<2 dee! aisenet pee 1
Odocoileusyoinginianus soe Se eek Virginia deer. =) "ar aie ans 2
Ovis europaea ©. 322 See ee nS a Mouflons¢2_ s2.08 ie ete 1
Pertodicivcus potto. 2-2 Wyo e i ee ee st PottoOt coco ee ee 1
Poephaqus grunniens2 2 s- 2. 322 eee ee Pa kes cy. cal, oye ne ae cae ps 1
PPFOCY ON ILOLON = es Sa Ce Seeley Raccoons-5 <8 2634 2
Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus middendorfi_ Hybrid bear_-_------------- 2

BIRDS
Anas platyrhynchos=- oe sep = ee ee Malland,.duck.i 228-8545" 45
Chenopisratnatas 2255s Sa es a eas Black swans: 3222226 3223555 4
El vCayG@ mentee nG = anes ees as es American coot.------------- 2
Gallas: Spies Sa cas sola ee ee ae aE Righting fowl 22-22-4322 ee Ses 16
Gallus galls sas eas cs i he SS ae ee Red jungle fowl___-_--------- 8
Pavocristatuse ei Fea Sa a eae Peafow] s-_4 s452 4-2 oes 7
LAT LUTEUS ONGUS =.) is acon aaa) pc kare eyes a Ring-necked dove-_---_------ 18
REPTILES
Agkistrodon bilineatus_.._.____._----------- Mexican moccasin_---------- 17
IB NIGROES. COUT soc eae OE Rainbow boa. -..--------- 12
IN GET UCL SP oe ts IS RS LR see Water snake-) i 22. 25-232. 22 20
Sceloporuscundulatis® eae ei Gleaner Pine or fence lizard__-_-__-_--- 6
MOLLUSKS

AChating, GChalinas ee We en yeas Giant land snaile- 2222-2 =e) 5

The birth of the rainbow boas makes the third generation in the
fy thet grandparents having been brought from British Guiana
in i

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

99

ANIMALS IN THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK, JUNE 30, 1947

MAMMALS
MARSUPIALIA
Scientific name Common name Number
Didelphiidae:
Didelohis virginiana 2 OST Oe ae oe See OpOssuni se: /e ee eee 3
Phalangeridae:
IPChENTUSOUPEVICED Sette ee eee aoe Bae Lesser flying phalanger____-_- 2
Macropodidae:
Dendrotagus: inustuses eae eee aoe New Guinea tree kangaroo... 2
Phascolomyidae:
Womvavus UrsiiUses ne 2 ee ete eso Flinder$ Island wombat _---- 1
INSECTIVORA
Hrinaceidae:
Erinaceus europaeus._...-222 02.----=-- European hedgehog.-.-.-.--- 4
CARNIVORA
Felidae:
Pelisychauss. iinet goaysplC eos Jungle catee=cestent Ualans oaks 1
EISHCON COLO To es ha eT Ce PUN os ie ye eyeeentied wn ee a
Felis concolor patagonica__-------------- Patagonian puma_-_---------- 1
Felis concolor X F.c. patagonica___.------ Hybrid North American X
South American puma-_-_-_-.. 4
LGIES 0 SER aE ang fb gee a Ae Lionas) sc owenelipned _wereeayel pent 3
A Jaguare. -c cleeng ome dk he 3
ena ae Jao uare hiss oe aes 1
Helsimordalignectudi. oes aba wSER Ocelot. 3% s-everten eens a pans 2
4 Indian leopardase=3228- 25255 1
ees a as SALERE 1 ibe Indian leopard -- --_--- 2
Relsstemminchit,<... . spad.sbyokee i cs © Golden: cat: = 2ssarear su seek 1
IRIS TAT Tene eg, ss ae Bengal tigers sueteias s5b5u_ 2
Melsiegrs LONgUpilts — =. 2282 22 Lee Siberian tiger__-_---- jateqn ly 1
Felis tigris sumatrae_-._----------------- Sumatran tiger.__....---3-=- 3
Herpailurus yaguarondi_.-.------------- Eyra or yaguarondi_____------ 1
ono rusus- spel nuras! epoeh hoo Bayly 2 ee Ti ee eee 1
Oncifelis-ceotroyie so25 Bes aenss 2 ok Geoffroy’s cat.22 20 = ake See 3
Oncula pardmtordesiy tt eaaea ee Lesser tiger cat___.-_-------- 1
Viverridae: i
B Areincizs binturong... $348 debe Binturong *_ 2 Spewhagh hie se 1
Ometizetys-civettay sa src pa ee African civet:-_-_ 2 5222222 ase 1
MORO SONGULNEMS es eye Be ee Dwarf-civeto22 3252 ss se ae 1
Paradoxurus hermaphroditus__----------- Small-toothed palm civet - - --- 3
Hyaenidae:
Crocuta crocuta germinans_..------------- East African spotted hyena_-- 1
Canidae:
COREA GOS Soe ere ee ea ee ee Da) S¥2x 0 pinata tht aa radua bil git 2
GCONTSIIOU TOTS reese etn Wha Nt VE Coyote 6 cae 2 aia ee ns 1
Canis lairans X familiaris_.._- 2 _---- Coyote and dog hybrid__----- 1
CaniULDUSUDTUSS eae ee eS as Plains, wolf co eee se See 2
AOE OCT ACT ES PG INE te Texas red wolf_.___--.---__- 1
Cuon javanicus sumatrensis__-.---------- Sumatran wild dog_--------- 1

100 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number
Canidae—Continued
Dusicyon (Cerdocyon) thous __----------- South American fox__________ 1
Nyctereutes procyonoides_.-_------------ Raceoon dog. =) 2. - Sees 2
Urocyon cinereoargenteus__-------------- Gray fox ss. 2.2 ee 10
Vaslpessfilva 25525) cpp eee ee Red' fox... 2252... eae 11
Procyonidae:
UN SAUER ACO oe ie Nia a a Coatimundi-... = ee 9
UNTO THEMIS UEC ae | ice ae sn he phen lian Red coatimundi-_-_--_--__-_--- 1
IN GSiia Elson ts 0s fi ee ee he Nelson’s coatimundi- --_-_-__- 1
HZOLDSHALQUUS Ser os ee se hayes Dic ae nie Kinkajou 222.5 4 eee 5
Raccoon. 22224 a ae 3
IProcyonsloton= sie. Osh Ue Ee ek ek ac raccoon). 2222 sen ok ie
Raccoon (albino)______-_._.- 1
Bassariscidae:
Bassariscus astutus___-----------.------ Ring-tail or cacomistle______- 2
Mustelidae:
Grisonella huronaz..-_----------------- Grison? |. 0 2 ee 1
Lutra canadensis vaga_.---------------- Florida otter_____ are ef 1
Lutra (Micraonyx) cinerea__------.----- Small-clawed otter___.______- 1
Martes (Lamprogale) flavigula henricii____ Asiatic marten__.____-___-_- 1
Meles meles leptorynchus_-_-------------- Chinese badger_.__-________- 1
Mellwvora capensisao = 258 a Ratelicus2 2. ose a 1
Mephitis mephitis nigra ____------------ Skunks. Sone lone 7
Musielaseversmannts 08 Msn ak Ferret itwiioct 140. ean 1
Mustela frenata noveboracensis __-_------- Weasel S20 u cc). eee 1
Tayra barbara barbara___--------------- White tayrasos..6.2 ee 4
Tayra barbara senilis._._.-------------- Gray-headed tayra___-_-__.- 1
Ursidae:
Euarctos americanus_...---------------- Black bear..2222255 22a 4
Euarctos thibetanus eoun! pet see. Himalayan bear_-__-__-_------- 1
Helarctos malayanus_._.__-_------------ Malay or sun bear__________- 1
Melursus ursinuss> J. 380 Uisiy Ons) 2 Cat Sloth: bear... 2. -. =oosaneeiee 1
Thalarctos:mariimus soo 22 os ae Polar bear. 220225555220 3
Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus midden-

DOT TESS I sy OIE a eS a Hybrid: bear. 220sum: 22 4
Tremarctos ornatuste ee See Spectacled bear___----__---- 1
PSUS SP eS) 9 SR EER ET eo ea Alaska brown bear-_-_-_------_- 1
WT SUSHON CEOS oe ce EVER ge European brown bear__----_--- 1
Ursus arctos meridionalis__- .-_-.------- Caucasas brown bear-.------- 1
TSG SOS: Gays eae ol es sc one BEE Says Bogs Alaskan Peninsula bear__---- 2
Ursus middendorffi___.......----------- Kodiak bear__.________-_--- 3
Ursus sitkensts sale PR Sitka brown bear_-_-_--------- 3

PINNIPEDIA
Otariidae:
Zalophus californianus__._......._------ Sea lion: 223% (eU Rie sien 2
Phocidae:
Phoca vitulina richardti____._..__.-_---- Pacific harbor seal__.-_-_-_-_-- 2
PRIMATES
Lemuridae:
Galago déemidouts fone an ee Least galago.____.-.-------- 1
Lemur mongoe? 2022, oN ee Deny a tne Mongoose lemur-__-_--------- 2

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

Scientific name
Saimiridae:
Saimiri sciureus
Cebidae:
Aotus trivirgatus
Ateles geoffroyt vellerosus___..._-.-----_-
Cebus capella RO AO Me ee wos
Cebus capucinus
Cebus fatuellus
Lagothrix lagotricha
Cercopithecidae:
Gercocebus aterrimuse 28. PEN ee
Cercocebus fuliginosus
Cercocebus torquatus lunulatus
Cercopithecus aethiops pygerythrus
Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus
Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus X C. py-
gerythrus.
Cercopithecus cephus_____---------------
Cercopithecus diana
Ceropithecus diana roloway
Cercopithecus neglectus__._..___________-
Cercopithecus nictitans petaurista___--___-
Cercopithecus sp
Erythrocebus patas
Gymnopyga maurus
Viera 4rus mon dag 2) UI eo os os

Macaca philippinensis________._--------

NEC CO TSTIET CH es een aN Raich
Macacus irus

Hylobatidae:
I GUGICSTEQLUIS oer ne eS
Hylobates agilis X H. lar pileatus_--_---_-

Hylobates hoolock

Hylobates lar pileatus__._------_--------

Symphalangus syndactylus
Pongidae:

Pan troglodytes verus.___.....----------

RODENTIA

Sciuridae:
Citellus beecheyt douglasit_____-_--___---
Cynomys ludovicianus
Funisciurus leucostigma____-------------
Glaucomyswolange. secjs est BO
Marmota monaz
Mamas siiatus: pies hk
Heteromyidae:
Dipodomys Ordit ti ey te

Common name Number
Titi monkey. 2220 Vow piowiaes 2
Douroucouli or owl monkey__ 5
Spider monkey______________ 8
Gray capuchin2 #5 Wi.te tana 2
White-throated capuchin _____ 3
Weeping capuchin.__________ 3
Woolly monkey_____________ 1
Black-crested mangabey ______ 1
Sooty mangabey_________-__ 2
White-crowned mangabey__._. 1
Vervet guenon-____________. 2
Green guenon 222 i22o0un am 8
Hybrid green guenon X vervet
GUueHOn sso 2-2 ee 1
Moustached guenon_________ 2
Diana monkey 22. ee 3
Roloway monkey____________ 1
De Brazza’s guenon_______-___ uf
Lesser white-nosed guenon___ 2
West African guenon_________ 1
Patas‘monkey 2 ars aes 1
Moor monkey._____-________ 1
Javan macaque_____________ 6
Chinese macaque____________ 1
Rhesus monkey-_-___________- 13
Pig-tailed monkey___-_______ 2
Philippine macaque_-________- 4
Wanderoo monkey__________- 2
Toque or bonnet monkey-__---_- 1
Crab-eating macaque---_-___-- 1
Sumatran gibbon__________._ 1
Hybrid; gibbon222>2"" Sor ier 1
Hoolock gibbon________-.--- 1
Black-capped gibbon_________ 1
Siamang gibbon_-___-_-----_-- 1
West African chimpanzee..--- 2
Douglas ground squirrel___---_-_ 3
Plains prairie dog_________._- 56
West African bush squirrel... 3
Flying squirrel? -- se et 2. 7
Woodchuck or ground hog..._ 4
Kastern chipmunk__________- 1
Ord kangaroo rat_..--------- 3

102 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number
Cricetidae:
Mesocricetus auratus__----+------------ Golden hamster_-_------- ee Di!
Peromyscus leucopus-—=2-52--2--—__---= White-footed or deer mouse-_ 7
Sigmodon hispidus..----~+-=------------ Cotton rat___.— +... eae 1
Muridae: ;
Meriones unguiculatus_..-=------------- Mongolian gerbil___--__-_--- 1
Maus miuscuilaise.s tines JA EE White and other domestic.
MOICOn 2 bi ye eee 12
Rattus norvegicus 2) hey ea FS 8 Hooded laboratory rat___-_- me aka
Hystriciaae: é
Acanthion brachyurum_._--------------- Malay. porcupine. = 2242 3
Atherurus africanusicecas: ~4n-6-.__---- West African brush-tailed por-
CUpIne = 3 Fees a 3
Thecurus crassispinis sumatrae_---------- Thick-spined porcupine- ~~ -__-_ 1
Myocastoridae:
Muyocastorscoypusers s2ceya ES ty 3__ aan 22 Goypus*-cecos eee 5
Capromyidae:
Capromys pilonidess= Skee abe WK Hutiass eet ee 5
Dasyproctidae:
Dasyprocta prymnolopha__-------------- Acouting.t = 5-58 eee 1
Dasyprocta. punctat@s fas-x-t2 242 2 __ = -- Speckled agoutit-. 2 ae 3
Chinchillidae:
Chinchilla chanehillaenja2h jo. Chinchilla. 232 Sa eas ye 4
Lagiudium viscaccia set eans ae ee Peruvian viscacha_. .. 4.4. 5
Caviidae:
Cavia porcellus. 9 aie peney watat 2K Guinea pig: 22 cr
Dolichotis patagona..- -.2+2-2i2-------- Patagonian cavy 2245254 5ouee 1
LAGOMORPHA
Leporidae:
Oryctalagus: cunicnluss. 2) tans Lees es Domestic rabbit.__-_---- LADD UL. 5
ARTIODACTYLA
Bovidae:
PAT TOE CG US VC TU UC pate ere ee wy pe Aoudad 52 2 ae 17
_ Anoa fergusont -_-_-- Se SS aa eee eS Mountain anoa____-_-____~-- 1
BGO OSG GURUS eee eA ge pc pe GC nee pe REN yaiy er eae
é : American bison = 2/25 uae 13
Bison sot. ae wooo (inte bison... issine® Sala aal 1
Bos indicus 220423 Deycen dealt Zebu__.. 2s Be Sepeelay is 4
Bos taurus. << Herteiyy pane g ie Domestic cow (Jersey)----.-. 1
BOSCO UPUS Sweet eee Gan Se yi a West Highland or Kyloecattle. 4
Bos.lanusexrpuciveds gepyet hee UF 2 British Park cattle--...--.--. 6
PS vals bwOal esis. Ws me UN cogs Maly ae aa Water buffalo.____._.___.__- 2
Capra: sibiricas 32 a Ji) eY2p-qepae cinerea MNS ho 1
Cephalophus maxivellage2 = 5 se Maxwell’s duiker______.-.___ 1
Cephalophius nigers2 20 Be ON Ee ss Black duikergs!S syongbeh: Gea 1
Cephalophus nigrifrons_._.------------- Black-fronted duiker________- 2
Hemitragus jemlahicus__-_._._-_-_---_-- Tahr 232. S 2G aust See 5
Oryn leucorypss: 222 TEEUS BOWES 2 be 5 Arabian oryx. 222026) Seas 2
Ovis aries? USOT 20 ZOU TROON See. Woolless or Barbadoes sheep__ 1
Ovis europaca=-2 22 GSAS PNOTER A Mouflon: - 25s) 2 32 See ae ee
Focphagus Grunniens 959 Xa2 2 son ena t Yako boss oise : eeee 5
Fseudors nayaures. Sanat Bee OPE ss tes Bharal or blue sheep.--______ 1
Symcenus cayen= 602 eee eee ee African buffalo________-_-_-- 2
2

TiGUrOUragusxonys =< oes Milne. -.--- Eland

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 103

764815—47——8

Scientific name Common name Number
Cervidae:
AGS ODS” Seo N OM. 2 MOR OPE INSeIS cle rie iis Sa 5
emShCGnOdensis 28 | ae i a Be Sa Am ericamreliKe i) tno a0 ol 5
ORES GG) EL eae SN ene eae Ripa eer sie 2 ne i hate a 4
GLacsaiip pon meme Giese Japanese deer 322 22a ae 5
Cervus nippon manchuricus__..---------- Dybowsky deer... 25252 2542 2
i Racrarru Tr ie ules gia OE CTT fee MOST sy Ss ee aoe 13
POM Gad ye nee wh Han White fallow deer____.------ 15
Odocotleustwxgenzanus 222-5 02--- =~ = Wire Inia, (Cee rss snes a eeu epee 6
Giraffidae:
Giraja camelopardalis. 2-2 --—-----__ Nubian giratlee sos 5s 5s" 524 4
GunaiGsTeliculatas S229. Sees Reticulated giraffe__.-2___--- 1
Camelidae:
Camelus bactrianus.._------------------ Bactrian camel 222522 2222222 3
Camelus dromedarius__-_--------------- Single-humped camel-_--_-_-_-_- 1
EOMGIQIGMGMIB as ee! oe OBS Le Rees elma sa a ME Bena 1
Lama.glamarguanico es 2 SOk2 2 ee Guanaco4. 252 be. 2 es 3
ern COSmmints wc Myeee 0 8k SS Na ae Alpacas 220i SG. 5 5 Dee eee 2
Vaeugnarcugna . 28 BOM. 2 2 Le VicuiDArSe Spon nowone gus seve sig 1
Tayassuidae:
eChLMEngulatus. 2. Sea: Collared peccary_.-.-------- 1
Suidae:
Babirussa babyrussa-_--- --- as ea ca Babirussas) 142 whey cele beuets 2
Phacochoerus aethiopicus aeliani_-------- East African wart hog------- 2
MRUSESCROIGH meeps irre yo reciye rl he EE European wild boar_...------ 2
Hippopotamidae:
Choeropsis luberzensis___.---_._ ss4eneerse Pigmy hippopotamus----_---- 6
Hippopotamus amphibius_-------------- Hippopotamus. = .2250 25 2
me PERISSODACTYLA
Equidae:
Equus burchellit antiquorum------------- Chapman’s zebra_---.--_.--- 2
Equus grevyt X caballus__.__.._.-_------- Zebra-horse hybrid___----_-- 1
Eoquars kiamgiadt WA 0Gs Bits A oo ccs Asiatic wild ass or kiang_-_--- 1
EXRRUSONAGeh == 2 URIUSt BONE 2s Onager2 Se Over ins paso 1
Equuscpreewalskit. BAe PHOS | Loss oe Mongolian wild horse. _------ 3
ee Piguas zebra HSMuet HSUROS-39Oj8 2 2. = Mountain zebra___-2---_--+- 1
Tapiridae: ;
P Acrocodza.indicostems05_WUuSIAs | ooo. Asistietapiracs Uo user oan 2
Rhinocerotidae:
Rhinoceros unicornis.—- ..--- Sav SoUIee Great Indian one-horned rhi-
NOCCTOS2. 222 fake a Be ales 1
PROBOSCIDAE
Elephantidae:
Elephas maximus sumatranus_-_---------- Sumatran elephant_--------- 1
Loxodonta africana oxyotis__...-_-------- African elephant_ -_---------- 1
EDENTATA
Dasypodidae:
PeChactophracius erlloswe sar 2oeL 2 Hairy armadillo 223: S24eu 1
UDR GOCLUS SELCLNCLUS§ = a ak ee Six-banded armadillo__---_--- 1
Myrmecophagidae:
Myrmecophaga tridactyla__-------------- Giant anteatersa2 255502 E ee 1

104 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

BIRDS
STRUTHIONIFORMES
Scientific name Common name Number
Struthionidae:
Sir UTRTO COMEUS eo See A a ere ee Ostrich. 2X20 22 See 2
RHEIFORMES
Rheidae:
Rihecacamerveanaes 20 oe Oe ke Common rhea____--_ = aan 3
CASUARIIFORMES
Casuariidae:
Casuarius casuarius aruensis_--.-------- Aru cassowary-_._----.----- 1
Casuarius uniappendiculatus occipitalis._._ Island cassowary ----.------- 1
Casuarius uniappendiculatus uniappendi-
ClattiS e558 a) eee 6 ae One-wattled cassowary------- 1
Dromiceiidae:
Dromiceius novaehollandiae.-_-_---------- Common emu__.22=2222 -aae 2
SPHENISCIFORME?
Spheniscidae:
Apienodytes forstert S28 NOs 22 oes Empéror penguin 2: 92 22 9)52 1
Eudyptes chrysolophus._..-..------------- Macaroni penguin_-__-__----- 11
Eudyptes: cristatus 2.2 uSOOUL 2. 2. Rock-hopper penguin - --_-__-- 2
TINAMIFORMES
Tinamidae:
INothura maculosas 22202 22 es Spotted tinamou--....... DOS Gi
PELECANIFORMES
Pelecanidae:
Pelecanus californicus._-.-_=--.-------- California brown pelican___-. 2
Pelecanus erythrorhynchus___------------ White pelican__________----- 5
Pelecanus occidentalis___...------------- Brown pelican-__--_-_------ 3
Pelecanus roscus= 424s Wi eee he Rose-colored pelican _-__----- 4
Phalacrocoracidae:
Phalacrocorax quritus albociliatus__..----- Farallon cormorant__-_------ 1
CICONIIFORMES
Ardeidae:
VArdeashenod1asic2 iets) Ae SNe SU Great blue heron... _-_-_---_-- 2
Ardeavoccidentalys. 92 om Se Great white heron_________--_ 1
grettasthe laine eo a ale Snowy egretas_ 220 See 5
Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis___..-------- Louisiana heron- -_---------- 1
Notophoyxz novaehollandiae__------------ White-faced heron_______-_--- 1
Nyctanassa violacea cayennensis________-- South American yellow-
crowned night heron.__--_-- 1
Nycticoraxz nycticorax naevius__..-.---.-- Black-crowned night heron__- 30
Cochleariidae:

Cochleartus cochlearius_....-_.._-.------- Boatbill heron_._.._--------

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

Scientific name Oommon name Nu

Ciconiidae:
PHSSOUrG CPISCOPUsea» 68). 4. ey ek Woolly-necked stork_____.___-
bus CUNET CUS! CX ke ey en ie Moalaysstorky.5 0 Seas
Jabiru myclerta____ 5-2-4282 ARATE ANN BEEN Op ae IS a al ce nN Se a SRR
Leptoptilus crumeniferus__-------------- Marabowte ss sechs% Soe aie
Leptoptelus dubius--- 2.22225 .j2---22- <2 Indian adjutant_____-__-_-_--
Leptoptilus javanicus --_------- _ ee Lesser adjutant -____-----_--
Wiicterta OMericang. GoW. se leer ee Wood ibis’ 2 20m Guan eae

Threskiornithidae:
SS GIEIIT Gh |i {pon nt Sita i Manet lied 2) a aap Roseate spoonbill____-__-_ aye a 3
(Chayy ana Td Ya ees aaa ae es Na Ng Fs yeaa Wihite 1bis = sot at secs aes
Guara alba X G. rubra___.-------------- Hybrid white and scarlet ibis_
(CATH ROD GEOG Wy at Soh 1 De lek 2 gl ea A Scarlet ibis: 2-222 anes ee
Threskiornis melanocephala_-__.---------- Black-headed ibis__.________-
Threskiornis spinicollis_..-----.-------- Straw-necked ibis__________--

Phoenicopteridae:
Phoenicopterus chilensis___.---.--------- Chilean flamingo -_-__--_-_----
Phoenicaplerus ruven. o- 222k ee ee ees Cuban flamingo-_.-__-------

ANSERIFORMES

Anhimidae:
Chaung, chavariatisees na eolas h White-cheeked screamer-_.____
Cara tOng ala OR AEE A whe Crested screamer_________-_-

Anatidae:
PEERS FIGIESUS eae ees ecto niann LY e e Wood duck] 2 20222 ) age
Anas bahamensis. 2222 be cee le LLL Bahama pintail___..____.___
PAN USIGOMESIRCR. er rirt|: imi tRA aes Pekin duck.) Sosa
Anas domestica X A. platyrhynchos__.__-- Pekin duck X mallard duck

hy Drid {Yeas See eae es
Anas platyrhynchos__.----------------- Mallard duck js0 225.228 22_ 86%
VANGSIFUUTT DES ss) cty: B axyedis pyeiehd oi Black-duck =o. si see now
An serlalbryroma serie bepikee bes oy i American white-fronted goose_
Anser cinereus domestica_______..-_---_-- Toulouse goose_.______-_.--_
Anseranus semipalmata______.._-------- Australian pied goose_~____-_-
Branta canadensis_...._....-..._-.------ Canada goose___________-_--_
Branta canadensis occidentalis. _-______-_ White-cheeked goose__-_____-
Branta canadensis < Chen caerulescens___. Hybrid Canada goose X blue
GOOKEL 2 = oo eck, ets ts

Branta hutchinst__- 22 2s eo 2 Hutchin’s goose_________-___
Branta hutchinsit minima_____.--------- Cackling goose____.______---
Cairina moschata__._...-.------------- Muscovy duck..____________
Cereopsis novaehollandiae__.--__-------- Cape Barren goose..-.-____-_-
Chenvatlantica = soead terion oods - _ Snow. ‘Goose. <4 ieeoses sede
Chen caerulescens. ...____---..----_-_-- Blue goose__.-_____-.--__---
Chenomsiatratas sui a bope de ale Black swane.ohenn\s ce sutenies
Chloephaga leucoptera_..-..____.-------- Magellan goose__..______-__-
G@oscoroba coscoroba_ 2-2 ke Coscoroba.._- seein
Cygnopsis cygnoides *.ty2543 (nF Domestic goose__-.-..___---
Cygnus columbianusco.f25 soe Whistling swan_.......--_---
Cygnus melancoriphus________-_-------- Black-necked swan _--__-_--
Cu gnUs: GlOn sie 2 ay A aye rpm eh Mute swan. -— . 9 si 2een528 55!

DOT OC ULC oar si oes oe eee ho Pintailnnstanento’ aches yesh

106 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number

Anatidae—Continued
Dafile spinicwida® Lo As0r COO NE. fx 282s Chilean: pintails essa 2 eee 1
Dendrocygna arborea=2 es Seer i. ea esse Black-billed tree duck________ 3
Dendrocygna viduatas 2 eee as ee he White-faced tree duck________ 2
Dendronessa galericulata_________------- Mandarin“duck22 2? ess 4
Mareca americana_-=--__-___ 2 e Baldpate»:> 72) se Seer 1
Maria avinis> = Seu NIU S Taegan = ee Lesser-scaup #22)" 0a" Baasrean 1
Marita collarts 25s) ei MIS IT wn > oe Ring-necked duck___________ 2
Metopiana peposaca..2 2-222 ee ee Rosy-billed pouchard________ 3
Nettion carolinense___________________-- Green-winged teal___________ 2
iNetivon formosim =5) 522k BAW Des aes Baikal teal--+-=>>23o.ee eee 3
INFOCUS: Speen Bie ss aR SERRE Ee ee Hybrid-duckie!) 22% save ee 1
INgroee valisinertaa—2 ee) Saeki aay Canvasback duck--- 2" _¥™ 1
Philacte canagieag nh S288 = es Emperor goose________2____ 2
Ouenquedulatdiscons sae ne eee Blue-winged teal____________ 2

FALCONIFORMES

Cathartidae:
(Ca WOHRIOS GARE Bs be Turkey vulture______________ 1
Coragyps atnatus=2 2 222) 52) {Be Nera ie Black vulture. 32.2 Se eieeaee 3
(SRA OPONT NOUS, (Way Nene s INE ee a ee King vulture__.___ 2. __ 6am 2
Vultungryphusins bs tastes a Andean condor. 224043 Bae 1

Sagittariidae:
Sagittarius serpentartus-____...__-____-_- Secretary bird_....______-2_- 2

Accipitridae:
Accipiter. striatus velorig saragayt Sharp-shinned hawk________- 1
‘Buteo jamaicensis._- ats Gerdes oo sk Red-tailed hawk__---____-___ 6
Buteolineatusrelegansisuh. 13S. - Southern red-shoulderedhawk. 1
Buteo. ineatus lineatus. tees n ss Red-shouldered hawk ______-_ 3
Butea, melanolencus. 2558. yialah! 02. South American buzzard eagle. 2
Buteo. plaiypterus.-—- yous Bows 2 Broad-winged hawk_-__-.____ 1
Buteo:poecilochroushee Mesa Red-backed buzzard_______-- 2
Buteo swainsonta. Seana se ere yes Swainson’s hawk__.________- 1
Gypohierax.angolensist #ausitebe ik Fish-eating vulture________._ 1
Gyps fulvus 2522 22 SRROW Benny ne els Griffon vulture____.__.-____- 1
Gypsiruep pelted. PA TISU Nae TE Ruppell’s vulture__-___-_=-_- 2
Haliaeetus leucocephalus___--.---------- Bald*eagle.2 <~_v2ss2aune Be 5
EV ONTO STURN Ais eae ce yee een Brahminy kite. 22222 eames i)
Harpiaharpya. Sac 2 enor re eo Harpy: eagle. . 2505154 Sie 2
Milvago. chimango S20es Basta P28 Chimango® 223% J220noeiw Sate 3
Milous migrans parasitus $20sa se oe 8 African yellow-billed kite_____ 2
Pandion haliaetus carolinensis___.---_-- Osprey or fish hawk_________- 1
Parabuteotunicinctus 22208 MAGS eas One-banded hawk_____-_---- 1
SOncogyPSsicGluus. 2 4s sees Ba ees ek Indian Pondicherry vulture... 1
Spiziastur melanoleucus___._-____.------ Black and white hawk eagle__ 1
Torgos:-trachelsotuss#ese. sane eee Pl African eared vulture_______- 1

Falconidae:
Dapirzus-americants Oe eae Red-throated caracara_-____-_ 3
Falco.mericanus. C8 Ws Sense Prairie falcon 2422205 2s ESE I
Falco peregrinus anatum_.___.-=-------- Duck hawk 2) is 22S noe 2a5y Ba
Haleowsparverius... 2 uae San Sparrow hawk___----__-_-- 11
Falco sparverius interaedius_____..-__--- South American sparrowhawk. 1

Polyborus plancuss sue e a ae rane) hs ae South American caracara_...- 1

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 107

GALLIFORMES
Scientific name Common name Number
_ Cracidae:
Cracwasciolatden a. soo oe ee oa Crested curassow__.------_-- 2
(CEREUS STAD NRG eo a ay a aes ate Panama curassow -.----_-_-- 1
VIG ATIC UL Um iw ae ee de ee Razor-billed curassow____-_--_ 2
Phasianidae:
PACIVEISEOM USVOTQ USE oe tik ai Ie a Se Argus pheasant._._.---_____ 2
Cappeusepaucchiyes = as one es ee Cheer pheasant_____________ 1
Chrysolophus-amhersiiae. 2222.22.02 -- 2 - Lady Amherst’s pheasant..__ 1
Chiysolopius pictus = 22222 eee Golden pheasant -_-—-.___--_-- 4
OOM USNCNISLALUS He BE ee a a Crested quail______..__=___- 1
Crossopiilon Gurilume. = one er. Bae oS S Blue-eared pheasant _-__- achenneer a
Galkusisprs ei occ ee ere SURE ahs Bantam chicken<2---22222 2. 2 74
CCLRC USS) Opa a a lei a lc Gamettowlt 2 ue en ee 8
Gas pen to Se see ee eet Oriental silky bantam fowl___ 6
Ganusrspeemete ie ann a Co iol ting fowler ages! 8
Galusspee ieee ie Pace kes last Long-tailed fowl__-____-_=___ 1
Gallusigallusl 2200 oe os epee geese Red jungle fowl_____.__.-_-- 9
Ganusgalus iy brides 2522222 Hybrid red jungle fowl X
bantam fowl= = 2 2 4 eee ot
Gallas lafanehigns 5 bette Ceylonese jungle fowl___.-__- 1
Gallus sonneraiigs s2e.0 acta ete Gray jungle fowl______-___-- 1
Gennacusialbocristatusa2 3b 21h inne White-crested kaleege_.__..._. 2
Gennaeus leucomelanus...-..----------- Nepal kaleege_______-_---_-- 2
Gennaeus nycthemenuss. bas -eeift Silver pheasant._...-._.----- 3
Her ophasissswinhovinc eH seeoe Swinhoe’s pheasant.___-..--- 2
Lophophorus impeyanus_--------------- Himalayan impeyan pheasant. 1
DAO OUCHUSLOLUS tse Ss seetaintn’ 3S 2 - S Peafowls2 Sac one pgs ne hanes 8
MPRAStaNYS TOnGUalUSuec ting pinta hf 2 o 4 Ring-necked pheasant_-_---~-- 3
OLUDLCCLEONENG POLCOTUS 2519 cre EL Palawan peacock pheasant_... 1
URMANVEUSETCEVESE-. bats mesh 8 Reeve’s pheasant_____----_-- 2
Numididae:
Acryllawim Gullnienumassed tine o_o Vulturine guinea fowl______-- 1
UNOS TIU COLOR Steen tn ae EY ie a aI Guineaifowl se 22 eae aaa 2
Meleagrididae:
VAGLTOCNOTUSNOCCHLOLG HS © oss See ee Ocellated turkey__.-__-_---- 4
Meleagris gallopavo__._--_-._---------- Wald: turkeys 52200235 Sea 2
Meleagris galloparo var_-____._____--_-- Domesticsturkey #222 2 Nseo 1
GRUIFORMES
Gruidae:
ANTNTONOULES U7 TONS ae ee oe te Demoiselle crane_________-_- 2
BQLCOT TCO DAVONING 2 ee ay ee West African crowned crane__ 2
Balearica regulorum gibbericeps.--.------ East African crowned crane-. 1
CGT AISLE UCUUCWE TY i ie yew Se Sw White-naped crane____---_-- 1
CRUSILCUCOGEROMUB sees Siberian crane___._-_._.___._ 2
Psophiidae:
PCO PILOMLCUCO Den Oe ew Se oe Ne White-backed trumpeter___-. 2
Rallidae:
Amaurornis phoenicurus_.__._---_--- _-. White-breasted rail_.________ 1
PAPO MULCS COIANCG 2) a yet ss Woodie rails :b agen ee ee 2
USPC) GNVETTCO NG 2 sen or een eS American coot._-._--------- 14
Gallinula chloropus cachinnans_..-------- Florida gallinule_____._.___-- 3
Gallinula chloropus orientalis______-_---- Sumatran gallinule___-.____- if
Porphyrio poliocephalus_..._____-------- Gray-headed porphyrio___-_--_ 2

108 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number

Cariamidae:
COG MG Cristata ea oN Ime aes Se a Cariama or seriema_________- 2

CHARADRIIFORMES

Burhinidae:
BuThinUs DIsyriOlus 2 oe South American thick-knee__. 2

Haematopodidae:
Haematopus ostralegus______------------ European oyster catcher______ 1

Charadriidae:
iBelanopterus chilensts. 92 es Chilean lapwing_____________

Laridae:
ECTS OO CNEGHUS espe ie oe ege L Herring gull... eee 2
WSC AESCCELAWATENST Sea eee ete ea Ring-billed gull_____________ 1
TG ORUSUDOMUTUCAUN USS sgn eer Kelpigulless2) 5) 32 eae 2
Barus novachollandiag. a Silver gull. “ts eee if

Glariolidae:
Glarcolaprarincol degre sy he eee eer Collared pratincole__________ 1

COLUMBIFORMES

Columbidae:
Columba livia =45 2) O4 CESS Fe Domestic pigeon. __________- 12
Ducula-aened6s) Di 5B LOG wwe ma Green imperial pigeon________ 1
Galiicolumba tuzontcaP ats VAG) 26s oe Bleeding-heart dove________- 1
Gallicolumba luzonica X Turtur risorius... Bleeding-heart dove X_ ring-

necked dove hybrid. --__-__- 2
Geopelta-cuneatas SUaee wis IOI 2. oe Diamond dove_____________- 1
Goura victorias i 8eeoins POON MIN Victoria crowned pigeon_____- 1
Leptotilanrujacilla aes Gy eee) 2 2 oes Scaled pigeon______________- 1
Muscadivores-paulina.-=- aN i 2 Celebian imperial pigeon _____ 1
Streptopelia chinensisseeaou ates se Asiatic collared dove_________ 2
Streptopelia chinensis ceylonensis________- Lace-necked or ash dove-__-__-_ 1
Streptopelia tranquebarica________._-__--- Blue-headed ring dove- --_--__- 2
RTS HUIS ORO PHO Kee ly ALT Ta NS 8 a Ring-necked dove__________- 35
LZengida auriculatges ows 2s ee South America mourning dove. 3
PSITTACIFORMES

Psittacidae:
Agapornis livanae. ost ie OL Peach-faced love bird_______-_ 3
AmaZOnd Gestiva a eA ea oe Blue-fronted parrot______-_-- 1
AG AONE QULOPAN tata Wm mmem en aac nigm laa Yellow-naped parrot_______-- 3
TAMAZONG OChTOCE PNAC. io his mee nent Yellow-headed parrot. -_-__-__-- 3
A WMOZONG OF GUNIE rre ee ee minty ee an Double yellow-headed parrot__ 5
Anodorhynchus hyacinthinus___._______-- Hyacinthine macaw_.__-____-_ 1
ehh AH RTE ROH) Wns gn ley ga Yellow and blue macaw__--_-_- 2
ARES TIULCH Os tee Re Sete TT Neen 5 eee Red, blue, and yellow macaw__ 1
AT OLLI GICULO [1G ee mae er nO Cubanconure==-2 22) ee 1
AT OLEN OG! DENT GOL ee ree ee eee ee em Gray-headed conure__--_-_--_-- 1
Calyptorhynchus magnificus_________-_-- Banksian cockatoo_________-- 1
Coracopsis nigra 8 en Gece nal Lesser vasa parrot_____-_---_- 1
CYANO DSULacusis piri ste en eens nea Spix’s Macaw. 22 eae yeeaeem 1
Diicorpsis Sangurneus ena = rae a earns Bare-eyed cockatoo______- esl 8
CHeCtiITs PECL Oralys a= nee ann enor n serie Kclectus’ parrots eee 1
Eolophus roseicapillus_ 2. ee Roseate cockatoo____--__-_-- 1
Kiakatoe alba sa tam» satis Seeks Pe Wawel ie White cockatoo_________-__- 2

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 109.

Scientific name Common name Number
_ Psittacidae—Continued
ERHEULOE CIECTO DS ee ee ee ee aI Solomon Islands cockatoo__-_ 2
PGP LOCNGGUCNIEE ee a LR UI Large sulphur-crested cocka-
TOO PF seo Ee ee 3
Wearkatoe leadbeatert.. == 4 soe eee ee Leadbeater’s cockatoo-__-_---- 1
Iaicatoe MoOlUuccensts a2 ss OE PE ee cone Great red-crested cockatoo__-_ 1
Kakatoe sulphurea- - ---- US BPI WR oe oe Lesser sulphur-crested cocka-
TOON De een 1
DEGREES MOMICCN AL Ae RIN eee ee Rajabtlorye ces re Se eee 2
ores garruluse 2. Oe AM Ay ren ee Redtiory22 Sasa. See ae 1
Melopsitiacus undulatus____---.--------- Grass paroquet______-------- 34
IMEVODSULA MONAChUS 22 ee eee eet Quaker paroquet------------ 1
INESTOTE ROLED LTS OPN EP A EA os ee Hats y ae rece eade ie Gi ycitty. aes iy sla 1
Nymphicus hollandicus.2 22282 ese seccs Cockatielire: Manse ee 2
Pronnes tanikomert@s. 62 228s ess cise Amazonian caique_---------- 1
IPeiecuaeuparias wie aes Nass eS Red-shouldered paroquet- ---- 1
LOCUM GMert son! wes PE es sa st Kramer’s paroquet---------- 1
PEIRCE LONG ICOUGA we PANY SSeS eS Long-tailed paroquet_-_-_------ 1
CUCULIFORMES
Cuculidae:
Eudynamis scolopaceus----------------- Koel co enqendnreen dp pen doco egsre 1
STRIGIFORMES
Tytonidae:
Pore, Pratencolas Barn Owl se i emda abe woe 6
Strigidae:
ES TEOMUER OREO US Pe ere etn Ce Se a Great horned owl___-_-------- 9
REPIPONKCLUP OE eu ee EN Malay fish owls =2-22 22) 02ec" 1
NIVEL CEE AU CLE CS ere ec Ny A eile alo ie ta Snowy owllet. see 1
(Oia TERT oa ye eal ata ee biog Ta ee Screeehvowles 2s es 2
DSULOCRDULETONDOT UO ee ois crepe nome a Barredsowl en wae 6
TROGONIFORMES
Trogonidae:
Pharomachrus mocino--_-_-_------------ Quetzala. 422 Balak pile men 6
CORACIIFORMES
Alcedinidae:
WIE EMONUTGOS ee ee ee ee Kookaburra. ne nee 2
MTEC UGNESOICLUS oe ete furan Sacred kingfisher _-_-_--_------- 1
Coraciidae:
LAMInTMCOCEnOS COTONGLUS. ge Pied shornbpilee seca eee 2
GCS OLLOStT Ista tome DA IE Io, Gray hormbill® = seu sate! 2
Momotidae:
WVROMOLUSLESSONGE or so ge ee IMOtMmObse eae ee yuan 1
PICIFORMES
Ramphastidae:
Aulacorhynchus sulcatus sulcatus_-_____-- Groove-billed toucanet------- 1
Piereglossus aracart. 220001 Ge. Black-necked aracari________- 2
Pieroglossus torquatus.---88U Veo a, Aracari toucan____---------- 1
hamphastos carmmatus- =.) 8 5 2 Nak ee Sulphur-breasted toucan___-_-_- 2
Ham pPRastos PiUSCiwvor Us» 2-89 kes Toco tOUCADE 2 oso hee ae 1

110 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

PASSERIFORMES
Scientific name Common name Number
Cotingidae:
Tvupicola mu pucola sss) = aeage ayaa aan Cock-of-the-rock____________ 2
Pittidae: :
pitta MmoluceensiSes ee ee Moluccaspitta:=2 2 yao 2
Corvidae:
Callocittanionmosa eo ee Mexican jay. so) oie: coe 1
Cr sSanChinensisii s 2 2 Ms can eyes, ea NG Chinese cissa.. 2. #6 be ae 2
Cissilopha mucatanica: 28s ace Yucatan blue jay_._________- 4
(Cav LSE ATO RES SS LE SSNS OS Se White-breasted crow_________ 2
Convusibrachymhynchos. == ee AMePICAN CLOW. 235 oo eee 3
Corvus conax) principalis__ 25 se 8 Northern raven _~_ =» -.-___.- 2
Wor pus commis Bey ea apy oh Hooded crows: {22 2 eee 1
Corsusicriploleucismes wi aa ee White-necked raven_________ 1
OM SOS HOSOI ESSE DBE EES ES Indian crow 2. 5425s eee 2
Cyanocittarcrisigta ce! ss ee Blue jayeslisee ss. oe ee ee 2
Cyanocoran chrysops ee Urraca jay. 2222 ee 1
Cyanopicarcyama sak m a: Wa ieee tees Gmeenaenet Azure-winged pie____________ 1
Dendrocitta vagabunda_______ _ Sa. Ruius tree ple. 2222 one 2
Garrulusianceolats ui is ene ee Black-throated jay__._-_-___ 1
Gymnorhina hypoleuca..-_. 2 White-backed piping crow____ 1
VCO PUCONRALASONR TCA ams soe ee American magpie_______-____ 3
Wrocissaxcaerntlca anne ier an © Formosan red-billed pie_-___-_ 2
Grocissa occiprtaliss 220 tee a Red-billed blue magpie___-___ 1
Paradiseidae:
Ailuroedus crasstrosiris_.- 82 2 | Australian catbird22 22 2a2222 1
Ptilonorhynchus violaceus.____.-__-____- Satin bowerbird_-222 =) 22822 1
Timaliidae:
Garnulox albigulanssee see es Asiatic laughing thrush_______ 2
Garrulazebrcolon ne kegs eee ag ia White-headed laughing thrush. 2
Garrulax pectoralis picticollis.___._______ Chinese collared laughing
thrush 252 1
Pycnonotidae:
Pycnonotus analis- =. > tae iage fe Yellow-vented bulbul________ 1
Mimidae:
Melanotisicaenulescens= =.=) oe ees Blue(catbird {325252 1
Mimus polyglotios leucopterus____._____-- Western mockingbird_-__-_-_ 1
Turdidae:
iRlatyerchlaciavipess= 6 ns eee a ae Yellow-footed thrush_________ 1
UO US AG i ees a ket a Selah a any a UM Bonaparte’s thrush__________ 1
DUA US aNTGTAtonrars saree se ea ene a Hastern/robins 2:32 025 (eames 2
RUT OLUS PIUUILUENUT US tine ee ie et eter a Argentine robint2 2) eee 1
Sturnidae:
Galeopsar salvadorit 25 se Crested starling == 5-272 aen 1
Gracula religiosaes. 02) Se A eee Ail imynah. 2.6 eee ee 1
Graculipica melanoptera____-___-__--_--- White starling____-.---_---- 1
Pastor rosetisass i355 boii weep Rosy, pastor .2< au ieeeeeee 1
Stunna malabanican fn Pee heise 8 Le Pied mynah. 222.4. sssen)se4 2
Sturnus vulgarus ss wees Ue ie AN ee Starling. 022 streenust ssheop tans 1

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY “111

Scientific name Common name Number
Ploceidae:
Aidemosyne cantans-.--24--35-22.=------ Tawny waxbilla.252 2s-sb2e2 4
Aidemosyne malabarica_...------------- Indian silver-bill_ _._.-_------ 2
Aidemosyne modesta__-.-+---++--------- Plum-head finch__-_.--------- 2
Alssteranus' cinceus Lees 5 tte 2S. H Parson finch’) 22. ike ee 2
Amading fascuatas 4255.5. Ja288 loses. Cut-throat weaver finch-----_- 17
Amandava mandava___----------------- Strawberry finch______------ 3
@ayleynd prcld <2. - Seis ao eee oe Painted: finch s28e\s42 34 ses-4< 1
Diatropura procnesuos=- sine s2-------- Giant whydah-__----------- 2
stride Spe 1 pest we Gare, a aI Se se Red-eared waxbill___._-_---- 8
Estrilda cinerea.._--s=22525-222-------- Common waxbill_____--_----- 25
Huplectes franciscan@22-2_ 3h2222-------- Bishop weaver_.------------ 8
Hypochera uliramarina_.-.---+--------- Combasou or indigo bird_--_-- 3
Lagonosticta senegalla___..._..----------- African fire‘finehws 324222522 2
Lonchura leucogastroides.__-.-.--------- Bengalee fineh2 loi. 2 eset 3
Marmranmajar, sont bag daniel 02 lle White-headed munia_-__-__---- 2
Mania malacca ssc sxe! sfonde Black-throated munia____-_-- 1
Marnie oryzivora— ses sii eee le oo Java, sparrow2 _sewron wales 3
Venta Dun Chulata oe a ees 8 Spice finch. i= 4-22 yen ee sent 3
Neopoephila personata_..._-.------------ Masked finch. -Siusent 2es2c2 2
Pinccusibo yas fee Oe oe Baya weaver___-._---------- 3
Placeus intermedius... scenes Black-cheeked weaver_-_-_----- 2
Ploceus vitellinusess 2S eye ys eas Vitelline masked weaver------ 7
Roeeplila acuiscaudase iis mao eo 8 Long-tailed finch_ =. 222:-2--- 4
Roephila, gouldiae. Hori nae Oo Gouldian finch. ._ 3288052 2554 4
WMirelemagielem: = lees Gyre oo Red-billed weaver_-__-------- 5
Quelea quelea lathamise c2sitet_ o-oo Le Southern masked weaver
finch jo. 2 ee AAs 2
-Sporaeginthus melopodus_.-------------- Orange-cheeked waxbill__-_--- 60
Sleganurnaiparadisealabssl-2201 2... Paradise whydah________----- 18
Stictoptera bichenovit___---------------- Binchenov’s finch____-------- 2
Taeniopygia castanotis___._.------------- Zebra finch 4. | ee ae 4
Uraeginthus bengaluss2icie ul f____-_-.- Cordon blue finch____-_----- 60
Icteridae:
VAGEIMIUSHOSSUMIISe.. Sak ek Cuban red-winged blackbird__ 1
Amblyrhamphus holosericeus_..---------- Scarlet-headed blackbird - - - -- 1
Gymnomystax mexicanus_.-------------- Giantjorioless 255. 52 ee 1
WRLC MUSHORMILOCIU a8 ees ey os Bullock’s troupial -2 22s. = at
Notiopsar curaesus__------------ Gia lea Chilean blackbird. --. = 2
DrUDUGlts Geflippis x22 ee Militany starling# 2-25) jos 4
Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus___-------- Yellow-headed blackbird - -_-- 2
Thraupidae:
hompnocelus corpo. 8 ee Silver-beaked tanager-------- 4
Ramphocelus dinidiatus___------------- Crimson tanager_._.------~-- 2
Ramphocelus flammigerus__.------------ Yellow tanager___<---_2-++-- 5
tramphocelus nasserwnt ke ee Passerini tanager_..--------- 1
Tanagra darwini__----- ge an Le Darwin’s tanager__~---+----- 2

ROU DUS CONG oe ee ae te Bluetansagerss 42 oa. ee 3

112 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number

Fringillidae:
Carpodacus meaicanus----_-- BERR ewe sh Se Mexican house finch ___-___-- 4
Cyanocompsa argentina_------_-- si hie Argentine blue grosbeak_____- 2
Diuea diuca 2 222A DANIO RENT) eee sas 8 Diuea finch: =) oso wien 14
Jaumco hyemalss: 2 2-H REE 2a 2 ees Slate-colored junco____-____- 1
Lophospingus pusillus___-_---_--------- Black-crested finch _____-__-_- 2
Melopyrrha nigra.__-_------------ etes Cuban bullfinch_____________ 2
Melospiza melodia___.___-.__--_---------- Song sparrow ===-4 20 See 1
Paroaria cucullata sone Sas 2222.28 Brazilian cardinal___________ 1
Paroaria gularis nigro-genis__-_--------- Black-eared cardinal__-______~ 3
Passercila tach2 3 22a. Sonim oe See Fox sparrow. --2.2) 2) S2e 1
IPGSSETINGLOTVOENG ss NAA) ATER is ah Lazuli, bunting ont Saas 1
Passerina cyanea) e OeR A eee Indigo bunting. ______.______ 2
Passerina.leclanchert® 92224260808) ois Leclancher’s bunting_________ 2
Passerina versicolor sas » Same ees 2s ae Blue buntings 2229552 Bisa 2
Pheucizveus aureoventrisien Sik ss 2s oss Black and yellow grosbeak__.__ 2
Phrygulus alaudsvose te eee el le Lae Chilean lark finch. _________- 1
Phrygilus fraiveetis: sree ae ahs 2k aS Mourning finch______-____-__- 4
PRY GUUShGGYts 22s 2 2 ANTE AG Eee Sees Gay’s gray-headed finch______ 1
Poospiza, torquata = anit basen 2 ue Ringed warbling finch____--_- 2
Richmondina.cardinalisisi: 206i) _ 4 1s Cardinal). 2.20" ae 3
WEMINUS CONGNIUGEE Sees oxytleedt pT os Canary _.. 22 sue ene 4
Serinus canarius X Carduelis mexicana... Canary X siskin hybrid_ __-_-- 2
DELULUS LCLET US” since aD Rep rE oe Green singing finch_______-_- 3
TCHS AVEOe = = Nay prea Ga NS ek Mysto finch! -_ Soe ea eee 3
Steals luteola. «awed Palit ty Gh Saffron finch___=__ Aisi ae 3
SS PUVUSiUTODYGUATISe= erect: ed Chilean siskin-.)s) suisse 1
SPOLODETUG Gunite se Se aieeayeh ee ee Hick’s seed-eater___________- 1
Sporophila gutturalis___...._..________- Yellow-billed seed-eater_ _____ 2
Sporophila melanocephala______________- Black-headed seed-eater______ 2
Tiares:olivacea® sree wispmeiem ih oe Mexican grassquit____-_-_--- 5
Volatiniagacariny: 2) ears edt Blue-black grassquit_______-_- 1
Zonotrichia albicollis_____- Bop Wl White-throated sparrow-_----- 4
ZONOUTCLIGNCANENSISae 2) nous. PE Le Ee Chingolo_.._ 2222222220 3aaee 1

_ REPTILES
LORICATA

Crocodylidae:
Alligator mississipiensis____.____._____.- Alligators = 27° Sas een 28
ALG ALOT: SUNENS USE eee aan ne noe Sian Chinese alligator__________-- 3
Carmanvlatirostriss2 en ae Seen ak mene, Broad-snouted caiman ----_--_- 1
Carmanrsclenopse one ake a Spectacled caiman__________- 3
Crocodylus cataphractus_.____________.__- Narrow-nosed crocodile_ -__ -_- 1
Crocodylus niloticus! 222 See eee African crocodile_______-_-_-- 2
Crocodylus:palustrisan i 0 ee Ree ans “Toad” crocodile____________ 2
Crocodylus*porosuseet fe tee me Salt-water crocodile__________ 1
Crocodylus rhombujer 92 oe en ee Cuban crocodile____________- 1
Osteolaemus tetraspis___________________ Broad-nosed crocodile_______- 3

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

SAURIA

Scientific name Common name Number
Iguanidae:

Basiliscus vittatus_.__.--_--.----------- Basilisk = ach cetaigastayee ib teat cf

Phrynosoma brevirostre__.-_._----------- Northern horned lizard__---__-_ 1

Phrynosoma cornutum__.._-------------- Horned lizard) 2-22 22332 yee 6

Sceloporus undulatus... +22 -=_____ Pine or fence lizard_________- 6
Anguidae:

Onhrsaurus ventralie_2 2 eer 8 Legless lizard or glass “‘snake”’_. 2

OCTESTUS SU OROEY far lu gianna Sagra’s skink 2uj2600 5 42 Bion pee 1
Agamidae:

Uromastiz acanthinurus_---_------------ North African spiny-tailed

VIiZATO ee hae ee re eA Da ae 1

Helodermatidae:

FIclngderma NOTniGUM 226 ewe Mexican beaded lizard _--_-_--- 2

Heloderma suspectum___—___-_- Bg Mien CATON Gila monster_____._______--- 5
Teiidae:

Tupinambis nigropunctatus_____--------- Black tegy 2.26.42 5_ jes aoe hs 5
Scincidae:

HE UIECES GSCUALUS. see lat Blue-tailed skink______.____- 2

ITGULO SGN COVGESE 2S ens Vee Na Blue-tongued lizard___-___-_-_- 2
Varanidae:

Varonus komodoensts_..- ee Komodo dragon. __-___-_-_-_-_- 1

WAT ANUS MORON: — ome ee Indian monitor_____________- 1

Varanus salvator. 9) ne ee aegis Sumatran monitor__________- 3
Zonuridae:

GHWT US GUI ATLEUS i ete African spiny lizard______---- 2

SERPENTES

Boidae:

Cansirtctor constrictor Boa constrictor__________-_-- 1

Constrictor tmperator__________________- Central American boa____._--. 8

IE IECTOLESRCENICH TES Eee ae is en en eae ys Rainbows boas ss ae eee 13

pUCRQles Chasse. 2 2 Sn AA Halamanta ses yy wate ees 1

ID TCTOLESUSULUQUUS eens en oe Higitianvboas fo oe oes ne 1

PPEENTECLE ST TIVUTENUS ts a PT ANA CONG A Nie 5s ae ae 1

RFENUO TER TILOUUT US OI ae yg va to Indian rock python______---- 1

WIMEOMTEQEUS CE te a ne reer, ST Ballpythonise 2582. 1
Colubridae:

ORG OLGNGING Toe oe ee Ne we a oe PNA Brown tree snake__________-_- 1

D7Adophts PUNRCLATUS= = 2242 slo ee se Ring-necked snake____-__-_-_-- 2

Dinodon semicarinatum__.___----------- Akammatahas Ci co sacs e lee 1

ULI KE SAUER TOO a op OR RN Pa Nye Cornisnake (oge2 et ee 2

LA DICKOUSOLELG™ eS he SA RAT ne Pilot snakes ae Sep iy ae 5

Elaphe quadriviitata______________-_-__- Chicken snake. __-____------ 2

Lampropeltis triangulum triangulum_____- Milk snake or spotted adder__ 1

IN CE ASS 9 pte ga gl eA age ps er WSterisnake (ic U us al 12

ONGUL TT OUSCOLOT Oa ty ons ant Water snake. 1

CIEE ELDER ON mete eee cen et Banded water snake-_-_--_____- 8

Opheodrys vernaliss = 82 2s nn Green grass snake. -________ 1

114 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number
Colubridae—Continued
Oxybelis acuminatus._..________-------- Pike-head snake_____________ 2
TZREOMN GS COLENISEN Nes Lek Nee en Western bull snake_________- 1
Pituophis melanoleucus_--__.___-.----_- Bullisnake. 2: soe Se eee 2
Piyas muUcoswsie to TO SIR AR 226 sie Indian rat snake___-____-___ 1
LONErTG ekyes = 22 ee aBRE OMIOTE Le een De Kay’s snake_____________ 4
Thamnophis macrostemma_________------ Mexican garter snake________ 1
Thamnopnis ordinovdes. = 1. 2 Se Western garter snake________ 3
Chamnephisiaurituse’ > Mae ese Ae Ribbon snake________-_______ 1
Lhamnophis sirialis ee a ies ken ae Garter snakesvaiti Sse cee Tf
Elapidae:
Dendroaspts' spe L647 2 IOs ease ee Black tree snake or black
mMambasi ise) eee 1
Dendrousprswintd tse a Green mamba___-__-_________- 4
Micruras fuloius Seok GORI <2 a4 a8 Coralsnakes S27" oo 1
Naja, melanoleuca=.-soe ik BHPE nies kee West African cobra______-__- 3
Crotalidae:
Agkistrodon bilineatus_____-_---__-22-__- Mexican moccasin_____-_____ 14
Agkistrodon mokeson 22) 5. 0 i Copperhead snake__________- 3
Agkistrodon piscivorus__ = 2S a Cottonmouth moccasin_______ 6
Crotalus atrocisee), SCE ON NOSES | neo in Texas diamond-backed rattle-
snakes. 2s oe en ee 1
Crotalus horridusk@2eet See hIe san ee Eastern diamond-backed rat-
tlesnakesi enh awe eel eu me 1
Trimeresurus flavoviridis.._____-________ Habutviper. 2222 2222 eee 3
Sistrurus catenatus catenatus..___._______ Massasauga: U- 22). jae 7
Sesirunusmiltanvas ise ANIMES oe Pigmy rattlesnake________:__ 2
TESTUDINATA
Chelydidae:
Batrachemys nasutae = eae South American snake-necked
turtle: 2c eee Lee 4
a draspis spe aemanne se Oran tonsa C4gado or South American
snake-necked turtle... _---- it
Hydromedusatectifera2 2 South American snake-necked
turtles 2200 ee ee 18
Platemys platycephala_-- = Flat-headed turtle__________- 1
Pelomedusidae:
iRodocnemisierpansan ees a South American river tortoise. 1
Kinosternidae:
Kinosternon subrubrum__.______________ Musk turtle. 2 3 une 6
Chelydridae:
Chelydravserpentina 2! saan tn Snapping turtle... 8
Macrochelys temminckti_______._________ Alligator snapping turtle______ I
Testudinidae:
Chinysencys pucta Ae ae eee ae Painted turtle: o25 5 soe 7
Clemmiusiquitatas sea ee. wise ee Spotted turtle. 22252 2 ee 6
Clemmystinsculpias 08 et gee Wood turtle.) 2 Ss cee 3
Cyclemys amboinensis____.._____________ Kura kura box turtle___-___- 1
Graptemys barbourit_.... Barbour’s turtle_____________ 6
Mialaclemys centratas << e ) e a Diamond-back turtle_-----_- 8
elomedusa galeata. 8! us kee el ie Common African water tor-
toiséz 2 JL ae eee 1

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 115

Scientific name Common name Number
Testudinidae—Continued
Pseudemys.concinneG.= =~ APUG |... n= = Cooters=2< seo OO Ba 1
Pseudemys- rugosa... 502 DOs? eee Cubensterrapin ses Mei 1
5 2a ‘Lroost's*turtles ss--F8 Ve ek SNe 1
Pseudemys scripta troosti SS Tr Ee mm ee ee turtle (albino) iad alle laks 2
PPSCMACTILYS LROGSULE ok 2 MD ii A Cumberland terrapin_________ 4
Reerapene.caroinas 2.0 hi DES © Box turtles a. 2 cree a alec 50
Terrapene major. VssA exile Florida box turtle___________ 4
Testudo ephippiumain erate haste Duncan Island tortoise_______ 2
Mestudo, hoodensis.....evedt egeee) 22 Hood Island tortoise_________ 2
Hestude tabulata_.- sivedt behest oo. South American tortoise______ 1
Kestudo, tonnierti.2--— ite pian 2. bos 8 Soft-shelled land tortoise _-____ 1
MESLUGO ICING = i. | ea iaiQey 2 2 oe Albemarle Island tortoise_____ 5
Trionychidae:
Amuydaverote. 2, BAe eth oo Soft-shelled turtle___________ 6
Amyda:triunguis tte bebiew ol 8 West African soft-shelled tur-
tle. 222 24 u = -BN DOOR 1
AMPHIBIA
CAUDATA
Salamandridae:

P@rziunus pyrrhogaster___._24qus2___ 2222 Red Japanese salamander____ 77
Tratunustierosus! waswaiid ine 2 Giant newt = 20a tet ae) 2
Pratunus, culgaris. Aol asoud 22. o Common European salaman-

ders 22 eae a STO OEY 3

Ambystomidae:

Ambystoma lacustrisaies te Mexican axolotl-....-__1 2.2L 3

Ambystoma opacum_ 2080: boul --____._ Marbled salamander_-________ 1

‘Ambystoma tigrinum_. #9 t__ Axolotl. 222-222 So ee Dee 32
Cryptobranchidae:

Megalobatrachus japonicus___----------- Giant Japanese salamander_._ 2

SALIENTIA

Dendrobatidae:

Atelopus varius cruciger______--------_-_- Yellow, atelopuss 228-48 34

Dendrobates auratus._-_-__-_-.-S82.2243 Arrow-poison frog_______-__- 160

PCR OODULESMIDILLCIE . Sine aL Red and black frog__________ 1
Bufonidae:

Bufo americanus... 2 2-2 ste se errs Common toad 22272 aee 1

SYD) CET DOES eta ee Sapo de,concha...-_---.-+__ 4

OMANI RUSS 222 wen ee ee eS Marine:toad2 2 22252 4

ERROR CILOCEDILALUS ya eee oe vee we Cuban giant toad_-._-___-_-- 3
Ceratophrydae:

WECTALOD IU SUOTIOCL ees ae Hormedsinog 2 sce: oa Seles 1

Ceratophrys varius _----- PR TANI Ma ie RD Horned: frogs soe cei rete |

2 BND) TENG aes EN ESI SIRO IPN Se nt Sea "EGCG TORS se Guies See es 1

PII RET UCU OT a meee es olin Beh ha EU Preesbror se oo | a ee 2
Pipidae:

Pipa pipantt Bosses MOE PSY Ld 4 Surinam toad sso oes ome eee 6

Menopus idenisi ti ink er awe ant aygt African clawed frog___------- 12

116 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Scientific name Common name Number
Ranidae:
Rana catesbetana__....-.--------------- Bullfrog: 22 ees pes 2
Rana clamitans 235. Boe Se oe Green frog2) 2. h25:)s-2.c2 Se 2
RONG pigveng7s ook pte RS Leopard frog___---.-..-. 2-5. 10
Rana silvatica ss: 64s Stes Sols Wood frogss: So) eee 1
FISHES
Anabas testudineuses 3 cad oe yaere ooo 2S. Climbing perch______________ 5
Anoptichthys jordani-_----------- ee ee rons Blind characin'))22 45211 95132 12
Barbus everetticsssti Went) Bagi ols Clown barb... 20s 0n08 aia 8
Barbus partipentazona.. 22% 22222.------- Banded barb... 52305 See 20
Brachydantorento® rh pele he See Sh Zebra danio_. 2. 22s) aie 3
Carassius qurnaius-f=2%o% elvan tth os Goldfish... ..._ _ wages gpa 12
Channa asiatica ee ee ae RS os Snakehead fish_-_-_______--_- 1
Cichlasome, festive 23 fees ye Flag cichlid__.__. 2345 5
Corydoras aeneus on. 2 sesh Bae os 8 Trinidad catfish____-____--_- 2
Danto-malabaricus. 224 eke ee Blue danio_. 02.) S722 yes 4
Gymnocorymbus ternetzt_...______--------- Black:tetrastaeye 2 es ae 2
Helositoma temminckti___------------------ Kissing gourami or gorami__.- 3
Hyphessorbrycon innest_--_--...-------- zoo Neéon tetrad 2222s ee eee 1
EG plopterus VICirnnts = 9 ed ee Glass catfish: 2 2/20 S22 2
Hebistes reticulatust eae hast 2 Guppy... - sine ee 100
Lepidostren paradoxa___--.--------------- South American lung fish_-___ 2
imiswiitotas 254-262) sasdes Yo 2 CubanJimia __. ss8aue See 10
Mollitenisia sphenops--=- -_ 228-22 - 2 2 Mictory, molly 225 5922 e eee 10
Monocirrhus polyacanthus____._---------+- Leaf-fishs:.......-. eee 1
Otocinclus affinus - - ~~ - -- eee NPE ok Sucker catfish__.__..___-__-- 6
Platypoecitlus. 352s ak Bose shee se Red moon. . . 2c2.o%4 suai 3
Pristellariddlet- 28 =. 260 Pea ee Tetra... See eeyee aie 10
Protopterus annectens 2252002 002 sa ee African lungfish _____-------- 2
Pterophylium, scalare-24 248 see Sy So Angel fish? 2203-2 1
ARACHNIDS
D OTR ETY AR (a3 (5) 0 ig a Bete eee Mc a eT Tarantula. 200) eee 1
INSECTS
Blaberatspere ce Aeon A Nn Wine ee Giant cockroach_-.- -_- es eee 100
SUMMARY
AnimalsionvhandrJuly 1, 1946.72 20 2 eee eee 2, 553
Atccessions' during’ the yeare 22 oe ee ee Os a eee ca IN ean 1, 462
Total number of animals in collection during the year__-_-------- 4,015
Removals for various reasons such as death, exchanges, return of animals
onrdeposituete s 2" Fee ee ee ee ee oo 1, 008
In¢collection on June 30771947222 22 ee ee 3, 007

Among the important losses of the year were three emperor pen-
guins. Two of them had lived here for 5 years and 11 months; the last

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 117

one to die, for 6 years and 3 months. These, of course, are outstanding
records for life in captivity for these interesting birds, but the loss
was a heavy one.

STATUS OF COLLECTION

‘Indi- Indi-

Class Species] vid- Class Species| vid-

uals uals
Miamimals esse Sas ee 189 GOO isha e i es 2 NS eles Tr 24 316
Pind geet. ee Fo Pees Ue 336 15235) | insects! a ese Pie i Pee ee 1 100
Reptiles 228.0 oe Be ee 94 S80) ATachnids: 20220 eee ane 1 1

Amphibians-_-__-...-.------------- 24 365
Mota] sey0Ni ee see esta 669 3, 007
Respectfully submitted.
W. M. Mann, Director.

Dr. A. WETMORE,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 8
REPORT ON THE ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the opera-
tions of the Astrophysical Observatory for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1947:

The Observatory has two divisions: (1) The original Division of
Astrophysical Research, engaged primarily in a study of solar radia-
tion, and (2) the more recently established Division of Radiation and
Organisms, engaged in a study of the effects of radiation on organisms.

Both divisions of the Observatory helped to celebrate the one-
hundredth anniversary of the founding of the Smithsonian Institution
by participating in a special exhibit illustrating the activities of the
Institution. Mechanical working models were displayed showing
typical instruments as used by the Observatory at Camp Lee, Va., and
also showing types of research in the Division of Radiation and Organ-
isms, with emphasis placed on the role of light in the growth and de-
velopment of plants.

(1) DIVISION OF ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH

Work in Washington.—As in the past, our first concern has been to
appraise the solar-constant values received from our field stations and
to plan and develop improvements in instrumental equipment and
methods. Our plans have seemed unduly slow in fulfillment, but by
way of anticipation we may state that in the near future at one of our
field stations we expect to try several innovations. These include an
improved vacuum bolometer, a fused quartz prism, and aluminized
mirrors in the optical path in place of stellite. The resulting large
increase in ultraviolet defiections should permit a more accurate study
of the day-to-day changes in this important region.

Our second concern has been the work at Camp Lee, Va., under con-
tract with the Office of the Quartermaster General, described in last
year’s report. The records of the Camp Lee measurements of sun and
sky radiation have been compiled and prepared for publication in a
series of 11 reports to the Quartermaster General. The maintenance
of the equipment and observations at Camp Lee, and the preparation
of the reports have all been under the direction of William H. Hoover.
With the close of the fiscal year we have completed 18 months of con-

118

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 119

tinuous observations at Camp Lee. These records give the sun and
sky radiation in calories per square centimeter, for each hour of each
day divided as follows:
(1) Total intensity on a horizontal surface.
(2) Total intensity on a surface inclined 45° to the east.
(3) Ultraviolet intensity on a surface 45° to the east.
(4) Visible intensity 45° to the east.
(5) Infrared intensity 45° to the east.
(6) Intensity under a vycor filter which transmits all radiation, inclined 45°
to the south.
(7) Intensity under a black filter (Corning 2540) which cuts off the ultra-
violet and visible, and transmits the infrared, 45° to the south.
(8) Intensity under a yellow filter (Corning 3385) which cuts off the ultra-
violet and transmits the visible and infrared, 45° to the south.
(9) Ultraviolet intensity on a horizontal surface measured with a special
photoelectric ultraviolet meter.

The measurement and reduction of these voluminous records have
been tedious and time-consuming. Integrating devices which will
greatly simplify the work are being studied by Mr. Hoover and L. B.
Clark, and several such devices are under construction in our shops.

It is now 18 years since Dr. C. G. Abbot and the Director last deter-
mined the standard scale of solar radiation on Mount Wilson. In
anticipation of a new determination of this scale in the near future,
the double-barreled water-flow pyrheliometer used successfully in
1934 has been partially rebuilt. Rubber joints within the instrument
have been eliminated, copper-constantan thermojunctions replace the
former nickel-platinum junctions, and the thermoelement arrangement
is made more simple and efficient.

Dr. Abbot, research associate of the Observatory, has continued his
studies of the effects of solar changes on weather. He has also experi-
mented with a small solar engine,.and has made preparations for a
further study of the energy spectra of stars which he will undertake
soon with the aid of the Mount Wilson 100-inch telescope.

At the request of Dr. Henryk Arctowski, and with the cooperation
of Dr. Abbot and the Secretary of the Institution, Dr. Alexander
Wetmore, arrangements were made for John McLean Hildt to come
to Washington to assist Dr. Arctowski for 1 year. Mr. Hildt, form-
erly meteorologist for the American Overseas Airlines, began work
with Dr. Arctowski on June 2, 1947. He will help organize and pre-
pare for publication the large amount of material which Dr. Arctowski
has accumulated.

Work in the field—In October 1946 Mr. Hoover and Paul Greeley
went to New Mexico and packed for shipment the entire equipment
of our Tyrone station, closed since February 1946. Arrangements
were made for the sale and disposal of the buildings and for the return

764815—47——_9

120 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

of the site to the custody of the Forest Service. The equipment was
sent to Miami, Fla., and stored pending the completion of a building
suitable for temporary solar observations at this sea-level location.

In further development of their studies of the causes of tent dete-
rioration, the Quartermaster Department decided to extend the Camp
Lee work to include measurements and exposures at a wet, sea-level
station and also at a dry, high-altitude station. Fortunately, in Miami,
Fla., the General Motors Corp. maintains a test field for the exposure
and testing of various materials. At the suggestion of Dr. S. J.
Kennedy, of the Military Planning Division, Office of the Quarter-
master General, a cooperative program was arranged between the
General Motors Corp., the Quartermaster Department, and the Smith-
sonian Institution. General Motors generously undertook to build a
special observing shelter at their test field, to house our spectrobolo-
metric equipment formerly in operation at Tyrone, N. Mex. This
building, a most satisfactory, well-insulated structure of cement brick,
was completed in April 1947. On May 1 F. A. Greeley, recently
director at our Montezuma, Chile, station, took charge of the installa-
tion of our equipment. Spectrobolometric observations are planned
for a period of 1 year.

During the war years our field stations were unavoidably under-
manned. It is therefore a satisfaction to state that each of the stations
now has two competent observers, as in prewar days. |

During the fiscal year, a generous gift to further the work of the
Division was received from John A. Roebling. The staff of the
Observatory is sincerely grateful to Mr. Roebling, and to Dr. Abbot
through whose kindly interest the gift was received.

(2) DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS
(Report prepared by Earl S. Johnston, Chief of the Division)

General.—Members of the Division were consulted as usual by out-
side individuals and organizations regarding problems arising in the
field of radiation, its measurement and its effect on living matter.
Individual members also participated actively in the affairs of national
and local scientific organizations.

Research.—During the year the research of the Division of Radiation
and Organisms was concentrated under two projects: (1) Photosyn-
thesis, and (2) plant growth and development as influenced by light.

(1) Photosynthesis—The purpose of this project is to determine
the role of light, especially the wave-length effects, on the fixation of
carbon by green plants. Included in this project are studies (a) to
determine a more complete photosynthesis-action spectrum by use of
the special spectrographic method for the determination of carbon

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY - 121

dioxide as developed in this laboratory; (0) to determine chlorophyll
_ formation in the different regions of the spectrum; (c) to investigate
the wave-length balance associated with optimum plant production.

Many instrumental problems have arisen in connection with this
CO,-measuring method which have prevented the full use of the ap-
paratus in many of the planned experiments. New heat exchangers
have been installed for better temperature control and other improve-
ments made. After making 67 test runs, each of which required from
5 to 6 hours, all but two of the problems have been overcome.

The Division has recently obtained a suitable spectrophotometer
with which to continue its studies on chlorophyll formation. Work in
the study of wave-length balance and optimum plant growth has been
continued.

(2) Plant growth and development as influenced by light.—The pur-
poses of this project are (a) to determine the mechanism of dormancy
in light-sensitive seeds, and (6) to study developmental physiology
of grass seedlings.

Role of light in seed germination.—It has long been known that
germination of many species of seeds under certain conditions is very
markedly stimulated by, or entirely dependent upon, irradiation.
About 10 years ago a cooperative investigation carried out in this
laboratory (Flint and McAlister) demonstrated that only certain por-
tions of the spectrum are stimulatory to germination whereas other
regions are inhibitory. The mechanism of these effects of light has
remained completely obscure, however.

Subsequent discoveries by other workers have suggested new ex-
perimental approaches to this problem which has been taken up again.
These discoveries are (1) that certain chemicals have the ability to
evoke germination in darkness and thus appear to act as substitutes
for light, and (2) that other chemicals act as germination inhibitors
in darkness but that light tends to overcome the inhibitory action.

A considerable variety of compounds has been tested for ability to
promote germination of lettuce seeds in darkness at temperatures
which, in the absence of specific stimulations, permit germination only
in light. A number of active substances have been found. The tests
-are being continued in an attempt to correlate the physiological potency
with molecular architecture.

The light-sensitive inhibitory effect produced by coumarin does not
appear to be specific, being exhibited also by several other compounds
among the many which have been examined. Thus there is little
support for the suggestion made by other workers that coumarin, or
a chemically closely related substance, is responsible for the natural
light-sensitivity of lettuce seed. A report of this work is now being
prepared for publication.

122 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Evidence has been obtained, however, that dormancy and germina-
tion in this species is regulated, or at least influenced by an endo-
genous inhibitory substance. The nature of this inhibitor and the
mode of its action are being studied.

A critical review of the literature dealing with germination of
lettuce is also in preparation.

Effect of light on development of grass seedlings. Various phases
of this project have been carried forward as time permitted. A com-
parative investigation of the action spectrum for inhibition of meso-
cotyl growth in several species has been published. ‘Tests on the
influence of several seed-disinfection treatments on subsequent seed-
ling development have been completed. Additional experiments have
been made on the effects of various salts on growth of etiolated oats.
In order to explain the observed gross morphological effects of light
and other environmental factors on mesocotyl elongation, a histologi-
cal study of this organ is in progress. A large number of slides have
been prepared and are being examined. It is planned to resume the
experiments on the interrelation between light and temperature as
affecting coleoptile and root growth as soon as the necessary equip-
ment, now being constructed, is available.

Volatile plant-growth inhibitors. It was observed that in a wooden
growth chamber, of which the interior had been varnished, the germi-
nation of several species of seeds was completely checked or greatly
retarded, although all the commonly recognized environmental con-
ditions were favorable for development. On removal from this cham-
ber normal development was resumed promptly. As the plants were
not in direct contact with the original box it appeared that a volatile
substance of great physiological activity was present. A large
number of subsequent tests showed that volatile inhibitors are indeed
produced, presumably as the result of oxidation processes, by films of
varnishes, drying oils, unsaturated fat acids, and by several species of
wood. The rapid and complete reversibility of the inhibition is espe-
cially remarkable. An agent with these properties might conceivably
be of considerable value both in plant physiological experimentation
and in practical plant culture. Studies on the identity of the respon-
sible substance, or substances, are in progress.

PUBLICATIONS

The following publications relating to the work of the Observatory
were issued during the year:

ABgorT, C. G., 1946-47 report on the 27.0074-day cycle in Washington precipitation.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 107, No. 3, March 1947.

ApgBoT, C. G., The earth and the stars. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., New York.
1946. 288 pp.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. 123

Axgot, C. G., The sun’s short regular variation and its large effect on terrestrial
temperatures. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 107, No. 4, April 1947.
- Assot, C. G., Astrophysical contributions of the Smithsonian Institution. Science,
vol. 104, No. 2698, August 1946.
AtpricH, L. B., and associates, Reports on Camp Lee studies, submitted to the
Office of the Quartermaster General, as follows:
Textile Series, Office of Quartermaster General, Report 17, Tent Research
Report 3, pp. 53-99.
Reports 2 to 11, Smithsonian Institution to Office of Quartermaster
General.
JOHNSTON, Ear S., The Division of Radiation and Organisms: Its origin and
scope. Scientific Monthly, vol. 63, pp. 371-380, 1946.
JOHNSTON, EArt §., An establishment was established. Journ. Washington Acad.
Sciences, vol. 37, pp. 37-40, 1947.
WEINTRAUB, Rosert L., and Prick, LEONARD, Developmental physiology of the
grass seedling. II. Inhibition of mesocotyl elongation in various grasses by
red and by violet light. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 106, No. 21, May 1947.

Respectfully submitted.
L. B. Aupricn, Director.
Dr. A. WETMORE,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 9
REPORT ON THE NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM |

Sm: On August 12, 1946, President Truman approved an act of
the Seventy-ninth Congress (H. R. 5144) establishing, under the
Smithsonian Institution, a bureau to be known as a National Air Mu-
seum. The act, now referred to as Public Law 722, stipulates that
this bureau shall be administered by the Smithsonian Institution
“with the advice of aboard to be composed of the Commanding Gen-
eral of the Army Air Forces or his successor, the Chief of Naval Op-
erations or his successor, the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and two citizens of the United States appointed by the President
from civilian life, who shall serve at the pleasure of the President.”

The purpose of the National Air Museum is to “memorialize the
national development of aviation; collect, preserve, and display aero-

nautical equipment of historical interest and significance; serve as —

a repository for scientific equipment and data pertaining to the de-
velopment of aviation; and provide educational material for the his-
torical study of sieinene®

After the passage of the act, Dr. Wetmore discussed with Gen-

eral Spaatz and Admiral Nimitz the designation of appropriate rep- -

resentatives of the Army Air Forces and the Navy to the Advisory
Board. As a result, General Spaatz appointed Maj. Gen. BH. M.
Powers, and Admiral Nimitz appointed Rear Adm. H. B. Sallada.
The latter was replaced on May 1, 1947, by Rear Adm. A. M. Pride.
On December 3, 1946, President Truman appointed Grover Loening
and William B. Stout to be civilian members of the Advisory Board
as provided in the law.

On December 16 the first and organizational meeting of the Ad-
visory Board was held at the Smithsonian Institution in Washington.
At this meeting Dr. Wetmore was unanimously elected chairman. A
general discussion of the preliminary plans for an aeronautical
museum then followed, the Board calling attention to the danger of
losing valuable historical and technical material unless prompt action
were taken. Toward this end, Dr. Wetmore was requested to com-
municate immediately with leaders in all branches of aeronautics
requesting that such material be preserved for future review by the
Board.

The Board also discussed section 3 of the act which calls on the
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution with the advice of the Ad-

124

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 125

visory Board “to investigate and survey suitable lands and buildings
for selection as a site for a national air museum and to make recom-
mendations to Congress for the acquisition of suitable lands and build-
ings for a national air museum.”

At this meeting, too, the preparation of estimates of appropriations
to implement the $50,000 authorized by the Congress for the purposes
of the act was discussed in detail, and Dr. Wetmore was advised by
the Board to submit the request to the Bureau of the Budget. This
was done, and on March 21, 1947, President Truman transmitted to
Congress “A Supplemental Estimate of Appropriation for the Fiscal
Year 1948 in the Amount of $50,000 for the Smithsonian Institution”
(H. R. Doc. No. 181). On April 30, 1947, Dr. Wetmore appeared
before the Independent Offices Subcommittee on Appropriations and
presented a brief statement on the origin of the National Air Museum
and on the need for the requested appropriation.

Following this initial meeting of the Advisory Board, approxi-
mately 200 letters were addressed to aeronautical interests through-
out the Nation. These letters called attention to the establishment
of the National Air Museum and urged the recipients to advise the
Board of any aeronautical items which in their estimation should be
considered for inclusion in the future National Air Museum. The
letter also requested that such materials be carefully preserved until
such time as the Board could make a study of them. The response
to these letters has been large and indicates the existence at this writ-
ing of much valuable museum material in private hands scattered
throughout the Nation. Both the Army and Navy, too, are assem-
bling and holding large quantities of valuable aeronautical material
of the recent war years. <A portion of these collections, and several
private collections, were inspected toward the close of the year at the
Institution’s own expense.

The major problem involved in the advancement of the National
Air Museum project is the acquisition of a storage depot for the tem-
porary assembly of the museum material. This is most essential to
prevent the permanent loss of material and to enable the Advisory
Board to determine and recommend to Congress suitable lands and
buildings for the new bureau. At the close of the year this vital
problem was still unsolved, nor had the Congress appropriated the
$50,000 authorized and requested for use in the fiscal year 1948.

Respectfully submitted.

C. W. Mirman,
Assistant to the Secretary for the National Air Museum.
Dr. A. Wermore,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 10
REPORT ON THE CANAL ZONE BIOLOGICAL AREA?

Sir: It gives me pleasure to present herewith the annual report of
the Canal Zone Biological Area, for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1947. As in past reports, there are included data regarding rainfall,
temperatures, relative humidity, and other data which are invaluable
to those coming to the island for study.

REGARDING THE ISLAND

As this is the first report published in several years, it is desirable to
include here some of the data that appeared in the earlier Barro
Colorado Island Biological Laboratory Reports—particularly so, be-
cause so many new readers will want this information.

The island was reserved for scientific purposes by Governor J. J.
Morrow on April 17, 1923; hence in 1948 the island and its unique labo-
ratory will celebrate its twenty-fifth anniversary. It is located in
Gatun Lake, about halfway between Gamboa and Gatun. Its width is
3.1 miles, its length 3.4 miles, and its area 3,609.6 acres, or 5.64 square
miles. Its coast line exceeds 25 miles. It is larger than the combined
areas of the familiar islands of Taboga, Taboguilla, Urava, Otoque,
Bona, Morro, Chamé, Estiva, Melones, Venado, Mandinga, Tabor, En-
sena, Patterson, Tortola, Naos, Culebra, Perico, and Flamenco.

The shore line of Gatun Lake is on the average 85 feet above sea
level, and the highest point on the island, 537 feet. There are 24
trails, marked off into 100-meter sections, so that not only are all parts
of the island available with ease, but the 100-meter designations give
it a sort of cross index; thus, for example, Wheeler-6 has a very definite
location. And since all trails eventually lead to the main laboratory,
no one has ever been known to be lost on the island.

As to buildings, there is a two-story main building 32 by 55 feet,
the lower floor including a dining room, and the upper floor lodging
rooms. There are two buildings 12 by 24 feet with two rooms each,
the ZMA and Barbour Houses, the latter with a large porch for labora-

1 This is the first report to be published since the Canal Zone Biological Area was placed
under the administration of the Smithsonian Institution. The first to the sixteenth reports,
for the years when the organization was known as the Barro Colorado Island Biological
Laboratory, were issued in mimeograph form, the last in 1940. During the war, owing to
military restrictions and other considerations, no reports were issued.

126

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 127

tory space. Then there is the Chapman House, also 12 by 24 feet, with
a wide porch; the lower floor is screened in and serves as a splendid
jaboratory unit. The Eastman Kodak Co. has a building for its serv-
ice, deterioration, and corrosion tests, the lower floor serving as
workshop. There is a three-room library, and another building used
by the Resident Manager. The upper part of the kitchen is used as a
dormitory.

There are buildings at the end of the Barbour Trail, the Drayton
Trail, the Pearson Trail, the Zetek Trail, and at Burrunga Point, all
available for the use of.scientists. At least two can live comfortably
in these houses.

Inquiries should be addressed either to Dr. Alexander Wetmore, Sec-
retary, Smithsonian Institution, Washington 25, D. C., or to James
Zetek, Resident Manager, Drawer C, Balboa, C. Z. Accredited scien-
tists receive an annual card pass on the railroad, and authority to pur-
chase in the commissaries. Living conditions on the island are very
comfortable, and working conditions good. Owing to the precautions
taken, the malaria hazard is nil, and the water supply is safe.

As the island force looks after the dormitories and the meals, it
means that the scientists are relieved of all housekeeping duties. Thus
their entire time is available for their research problems. Those who
have worked in the Tropics where such facilities are not available,
where drinking water must be boiled and malaria precautions taken
daily, know what it means to be relieved of these chores. Furthermore,
in many tropical localities good medical facilities are not within easy
reach, whereas on Barro Colorado Island the scientist is never more
than an hour from a Panama Canal dispensary, or an hour and a half
from Gorgas or Colon hospitals, where one finds the very best in medi-
cal or surgical services.

With rapid air mail and air express service the island is in very close
touch with the United States, and being under the United States flag,
it is almost like being in the States. On the other hand, the isolation
provided by an island does away with the many distractions so common
on the mainland.

THE ISLAND LITERATURE

Since the laboratory was established in 1923 as the Barro Colorado
Island Biological Laboratory, there have appeared 603 individual
published articles and books relating to studies made on the island.
This is an enviable record, equaled by very few institutions of this
sort. The field covered is vast, even including papers on studies made
here on cosmic rays. Many of the papers on physiology have paved the
way to other studies that have solved problems relative to certain
human diseases. A 8- by 5-inch card record is kept of these individual

128 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

books and papers. One index is alphabetical by authors, the other by
subjects. =

The war halted the preparation and publication of many papers, as
it also curtailed the number able to come to the laboratory for studies.
During the war the laboratory was, of course, very active on problems
relating to the war, particularly deterioration, corrosion, fungi, chemi- ~
cal problems, and related matters, but very few of these findings will
appear in print. It is also known that papers have been published of
which we have no record. It is a difficult task to cull all the litera-
ture, and probably the index is only 80 percent complete. Neverthe-
less, it is an amazing record.

SCIENTISTS AND THEIR STUDIES

Dr. T. C. ScHNEIRLA, curator of the department of animal behav-
ior, American Museum of Natural History, perhaps the highest au-
thority living on the behavior pattern of army ants, spent from Feb-
ruary 7 to June 16, 1946, on the island, continuing his studies. A
summary of his findings follows:

“These studies on army-ant behavior and its biological basis were
begun on the island in 1932, and were continued in the rainy-season
periods of 1933, 1986, and 1938. The work began as an attempt to
analyze the complex behavior system of these ants as a case study of
‘instinct,’ but as it went along inevitably led into other special prob-
lems, such as the social organization of the army ants, and the rela-
tionship between reproductive processes and behavior.

“To investigate the last problem in particular a project was planned
for 1942; however, the war interfered. Since all the preceding studies
had been made in the rainy season, it was especially desirable to ob-
tain evidence on the activities and adaptations of the Ecitons in the
dry months. Plans for an intensive investigation under dry-season
conditions were resumed in 1946.

“The basis of the study was the surveying of activities and condi-
tions in two colonies, one of Eciton hamatum and one of FE. burchellii,
for as long a time as possible in the dry months. Other colonies of
these two species were kept on record as far as possible for briefer
periods, and supplementary field and laboratory tests were carried out
on relevant problems. The object was to learn as much as possible
about what changes may occur in the activities and in the brood pro-
duction of these ants in the dry season.

“If there is any other situation in the world today where such a
project involving correlated field and laboratory studies can be carried
out advantageously, I have yet to learn of its existence. The results
of this project illustrate the island’s advantages. On the day of my
arrival, February 7, I found a colony of Z. burchelli bivouacked on

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 129

Shannon trail just beyond No. 2, and this colony was kept on record
until just before departure on June 15—about 125 days in all. A
colony of E. hamatum, found a few days later, was on record for nearly
as long. Approximately 50 other colonies of these 2 species were
studied more or less intensively during the 4 months.

“The findings, first of all, showed in convincing ways that the
periodic behavior changes (regular alternation of nomadic and
statary—i. e., sessile—colony behavior) that I have found invariable
for these ants in the rainy season also hold through the dry season.
Regular phases were found as follows: For £. hamatum, about 17 days
nomadic and about 20 days statary in alternation; for ZL. burchelli,
about 12 days nomadic and 21 days statary in alternation. An inten-
sive study of colony brood-production, paralleling the behavior studies,
revealed that in colonies which survive the dry season with their queens,
new broods are produced at very regular intervals as in the rainy sea-
son. Further evidence was found that this regular brood-production,
based of course upon a very regular delivery of successive batches of
eggs by the queen, provides the causal basis for the described regularity
of colony behavior. For example, the queens of ’. hamatum produce
new batches of eggs at about 36-day intervals. This island study of
1946 shows that this remarkable performance ordinarily is continuous
throughout the year.

“The production of male individuals, it was found, occurs in the dry
season, at times characteristic of the species. Evidently in colonies
that produce males, only one brood of males per season is produced,
otherwise the broods are immense worker broods as in the rainy season.
The production of males was studied, from early larval stages to ma-
turity and dissemination by flight. A brood of (about 3,000, as a rule)
winged males requires about 3 weeks for its complete exodus through
nightly flights, after emergence. Results indicate that most of the
males that survive the flight reach other colonies (evidently through
chancing upon and following raiding trails to the bivouacs). The
flight evidently operates against adelphogamy, although some evi-
dence was obtained for occasional returns of males into their colonies
of origin. From this 1946 work a considerable part of the virtually
unknown problem of Eciton mating can be sketched in. More of it,
and especially how the wingless queens are produced, we hope to learn
in 1947-48, when a project is planned for studying transitional condi-
tions in the Ecitons from rainy to dry season months.”

Dr. James B. Haminron, professor of anatomy, Long Island College
of Medicine, and one of the foremost authorities on hormones, initiated
a most interesting and promising line of research dealing with the
matter of baldness, a subject on which he has already published im-
portant papers. His experimental approach was through the three-

130 § ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

toed sloth, the male of which has on its back a prominent bald area or
“tonsure.” This sloth, and some of the large apes, appear to be the
only animals that resemble man in that the adult males develop com-
mon baldness.

His observations thus far are in total agreement with the idea that
a bald spot of increasing size develops upon sexual maturation of the
male. It is-still too early to report on his study of the anatomical
material he obtained on the island. The sloths used were obtained
through the cooperation of Mr. Shropshire and Lieutenant Keenan of
the United States Army Sanitary Corps. If the studies corroborate
the views outlined, then it will be important to study the pathogenesis
of this condition. Its etiology is apparently identical with that respon-
sible for other important pathological conditions, for example, hyper-
trophy and cancer of the prostate.

His present studies are only the beginnings of further ones. No
one so far has made this approach through the sloth, and while quite
a number of males and females received male hormone treatment, it is
necessary to follow the experiment through on a large scale. This
involves also a study of the sloths themselves, to learn how to keep
them alive in captivity for at least 6 months. In captivity the sloth
is not hardy, and no one as yet has made a serious study of the food
habits and other characters of these animals. They are ideal for such
studies.

R. J. Kowat, entomologist in charge of the Gulfport, Miss., Labora-
tory of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, and Ento-
mologists Samuel Dews and Harmon Johnston, of the same regional
laboratory, began their studies about 4 years ago, upon the initiative of
Kowal. The object was to obtain information on effective methods of
preserving wood against deterioration due to termites and other organ-
isms, as well as to rot. To quote Kowal: “The severity of conditions
conducive to deterioration, and the excellent facilities for scientific
study, make the island an ideal location for such investigations.”

The studies began in 1943 when funds were made available through
the United States Forest Service, and the Coordinator of Inter-Ameri-
can Affairs. Proposals for this work came as an outgrowth of requests
for information from the Public Roads Administration, the War and
Navy Departments, and other agencies engaged in the war effort.
Briefly stated, the Inter-American Road became an urgent need, steel
for bridges was hard to get and its transportation a problem, and to
erect wood-preservation plants with creosote on the list of critical
materials was out of the question. Could we not poison soils at the
bridge abutments so as to eliminate the termite and rot hazard, and
could we utilize native resistant trees by the additional process of
sap-stream impregnation ?

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 13i

In the spring of 1948 two types of experiments were established, one
to test the value of soil poisons in preventing damage by termites;
the other to determine whether tropical tree species could be impreg-
nated with water-soluble wood preservatives by the sap-stream method
of impregnation. Soil poisoning had been previously tested on a
small scale particularly in the treatment of soil along building founda-
tions to prevent the entrance of termites into wood structure. The
relative value of different soil poisons was not known, however, nor
was information available on their effectiveness under tropical condi-
tions. Thirty-nine different treatments were applied on Barro Colo-
rado Island, each treatment being replicated 10 times. The procedure
consisted of removing and treating 2 cubic feet of soil, replacing it,
and driving a stake into the center of the treated area. After 3 years’
exposure it was apparent that treatments by means of the so-called
“saw-kerf banding” and bore-hole techniques were the most effective.
In the case of several of the tree species, intake of the chemical was
not satisfactory and preservation consequently was poor.

In 1946 the Division, in cooperation with the Corps of Engineers
of the War Department, began investigations on problems of de-
terioration of wood and wood products confronting the Army. The
studies deal mainly with problems under military conditions, and
research is pointed toward development of practical methods of pre-
vention and control which can be readily applied by the Army using
materials immediately available on location. Several types of soil-
poisoning tests were established on Barro Colorado Island in Novem-
ber 1946. An experiment similar to that described above was installed ©
using numerous soil poisons and different dosages. Variations of the
method were also tested, one being the surface application of chemi-
cals and another the bore-hole method. <A soil-poisoning experiment
known as the “platform test” was also established. In this test poisons
are applied to the soil surface by spraying or sprinkling, and the board
or “platform” to be protected is laid on the treated area. Dosages in
this test are considerably lighter than in tests described above. The
experiment is designed with the object of developing a method of
preventing damage to materials in storage dumps and similar
installations.

The above experiments conducted in cooperation with the War
Department comprise a total of approximately 100 treatments; all
have been replicated 10 times.

Experiments on impregnation of seasoned wood with preservatives
have been established in order to determine the methods and chemicals
most satisfactory for the protection of wood from insect attack. The
experiment, like those above, is designed to provide a reasonable
degree of preservation by practical methods using chemicals readily

132 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

available to the Army on location. Ten different chemicals and chemi-
cal mixtures were used in the experiment. Stakes 12 inches long were
treated by instant dip and by dips of 3 minutes, 1 hour and 12 hours.
Ten replications were made of all treatments. All stakes were driven
into the soil to a depth of 6 inches.

A small amount of treated fabrics, conduit, and insulation is now
under test, and it is planned that more such material will be tested
in the future. In addition, experiments will be conducted to develop
methods and materials that might be of value in preventing attack
of wood by marine organisms.

Tueroporre J. Martin, technologist of the Forest Products Labora-
tory at Madison, Wis., made several trips to the island in connection
with the installation and inspection of the various tests of plywoods,
glues, paints, resins, and other materials. Since most of this is covered
in the report of Mr. Middleswart, little need be added here.

It is always a great satisfaction to be able to give tribute where it
is due. The thoroughness of Mr. Martin’s work, his attention to
details, his ability to see and appreciate what too many would not note,
all were apparent during his work on the island.

Mrs. Evizasetu G. Hartmann, of New York City, spent a short
time on the island studying the bird life, preparatory to a more ex-
tended trip into Costa Rica. The abundance of life on the island, in
addition to the birds, crowded each day with no end of new experiences
and information and made her stay all too brief.

Dr. ALEXANDER WetTMorE, Secretary, Smithsonian Institution,
spent 2 days and 1 night, all he could spare on his return from Jacqué,
and his urgent need to be back again in Washington. While all too
brief, the period was spent in discussions with the Resident Manager
of the island’s more urgent needs.

G. E. Errxson, of the graduate school of Harvard University, spent
some time on the island in connection with his research problems on
the higher mammals.

C. C. Soper, chemist for Eastman Kodak Co., and in charge of their
research laboratory in Panama City, initiated and conducted on the
island the most varied studies in connection with deterioration and
corrosion of practically all the materials that enter into photography.
The outcome of these studies means, of course, better results for those
who do photographic work. Mr. Soper’s investigations dealt not only
with corrosion of lenses and its elimination, but also with the proper-
ties and keeping qualities of film, particularly color, papers, and other
photographic supplies, and also with the matter of packing and pack-
aging. It is the first really serious study of these multiple problems.
The upper floor of the building built this year is used for these tests
and studies.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 133

Mr. Soper, through his knowledge of photography and photographic
processes, has been extremely helpful to scientists on the island. It
is hardly necessary to point out here the difficulties, as well as losses,
incurred during the past war, because of the lack of previous studies
of this nature. It is to the point to emphasize the soundness of the
decision made to go to the humid Tropics to make these studies, rather
than to depend on tests made in the continental United States by
simulating conditions in the Tropics. It is possible to duplicate tem-
peratures and humidities, but it is not possible to duplicate the often
rapid changes, and certainly not the action of micro-organisms.

The past war has shown the wisdom as well as the urgency for
conducting in the Tropics studies on corrosion, deterioration, packing
and packaging, and similar problems, and particularly the need to
study and test the great number of new materials which still lack suffi-
cient service tests to show the true limits of their best usage.

Dr. Granam Bru Faircnm, medical entomologist to the Gorgas
Memorial Laboratory, whose splendid work during the past war is
so well known, made several brief visits to the island in connection
with his entomological studies.

Dr. Cuas. F. QUAINTANCE, spent a little over 8 months of his sab-
batical leave on the Isthmus, a few months thereof on the island. As
head of the biology department of Eastern Oregon College, his main
objective was to learn as much as possible about the plants and animals
of the Tropics, and particularly the environmental conditions. To
supplement his notes and collections, he also took a great number of
kodachrome photographs for use in his teaching.

It is one thing to read about the Tropics and then pass on this
second-hand knowledge to students. But it is only when one sees,
feels, hears, tastes, and smells that which is the humid Tropics that
one is able to really teach about them. The past war emphasized the
paucity of men who have had actual experience in the Tropics.

Dr. Tuos. E. Snyper, senior entomologist of the Division of Forest
Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine,
United States Department of Agriculture, and one of our greatest
authorities on termites, came for a few weeks to discuss with the Resi-
dent Manager the extensive termite studies conducted on the island
since 1923. The clearing of a piece of the immediate forest just behind
the present laboratory buildings, to provide needed space for buildings
and for water storage, necessitates the removal of several thousand of
the termite exposure tests to a new area.

During his stay he examined all the trail-end buildings, which are
also termite tests. A report on this is given elsewhere. The great
value of the island for such tests and studies has been attested and
emphasized so often that any repetition here becomes redundant.

124. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Dr. Grover C. Prrrs, Naval Medical Research Institute at Bethesda,
spent a very short period on the island because of difficulty in getting
off in the midst of important research at that great Medical Center of
the Navy. Hastily, he writes as follows:

‘Let me review my objectives and results in visiting the island. By
profession I am a physiologist with strong leanings toward natural
history. Consequently, the purpose of my short visit was to gain
some familiarity with a tropical fauna and flora and to explore the
possibilities of making studies in comparative physiology there. A
secondary object was to determine what the island might have to offer
the Naval Medical Research Institute for purposes of field research.
Though I am now out of the Navy, I continue my affiliation with
NMRI as a civilian. _

“Some results were obtained with regard to each objective. I iden-
tified and gained some familiarity with the following organisms, all
new to me: 52 species of birds, 14 species of mammals, 5 species of
reptiles, and an undetermined number of species of plants and inver-
tebrates.

“This is at least some indication of what a worker can accomplish
who desires to gain familiarity with the tropical biota and has only
1 week at his disposal.

“With regard to the opportunities for studies in comparative physi-
ology, they are legion. More studies in temperature control of the
type that Peter Morrison did are indicated. In the past I have done
some work on diurnal rhythms in various physiological functions.
The island with its many dirunal, nocturnal, and crepuscular crea-
tures offers boundless material for this type of study. One would
have to bring most of the specialized equipment needed, but the
usual laboratory facilities are available. I hope to pursue one of
these problems when time and finances provide the opportunity.”

A. V. Reenter, Jr., of Little Rock, Ark., visited the island for the
purpose of preparing a motion picture of the wildlife, preparatory
to a much longer stay later on. He exposed some 1,200 feet in color
during the 3 weeks. He also included 2 weeks in Chiriqui, where
he went in quest of the beautiful quetzal. Mr. Regnier reports:

“The finished film with titles and animated maps is about 900 feet
in length. The sequence on the island opens with the launch coming
in to the landing followed by a view of those arduous steps. Then
in quick flashes, the mango, banana, coconut, lime, lemon, and
orange trees. Following are scenes of Erikson and myself walking
along one of the trails looking up at the air plants on one of the
giant Bombacopsis trees. Other subjects are the tamandua, tree for-
micaria, three-toed sloth, marmosets, howlers, toucans and other birds,
the sensitive mimosa, the zebra swallowtail, the Heliconia, the beau-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 135

tiful blue princess Morpho, and of course, the coatis. My still photo-
graphs include many of the above subjects.

“As I mentioned on my arrival in the Zone, my trip was one of
examination to discover material for a full-length educational film.
In Chiriqui Province at the foot of El Volcan de Chiriqui, I found
what I was looking for in the quetzal bird—they breed in March in
that region and are said to be easily accessible at that time. So far, I
believe only two persons have photographed them in color—Wolfgang
von Hagen and Luis Marden of the National Geographic. I hope to
make a complete film in color on the nesting habits of this beautiful
bird.

“Returning to the film which I made last summer, I have presented
it to several clubs and groups along with my own narration, and it
has been very well received. It has aroused a great deal of interest
in Panama in general and in Barro Colorado in particular.”

EB. L. Mippreswakrt, technologist of the Forest Products Laboratory
at Madison, Wis., and at present with the State Commission of
Forestry of South Carolina, showed an intense interest in the life
of the island. His report follows, and it must be understood that it is
still too early for final conclusions. The fact remains that the island
certainly has all that is needed for tests of this sort.

“We were endeavoring to find a plywood which would withstand
tropical jungle conditions. We had some 1,500 samples of plywood
14 inches square made of 4 different species of wood (red gum, douglas
fir, cottonwood, and birch) glued with 12 different glues and glue
mixtures, and given 5 different surface treatments on exposure on the
island. One-half of the samples were placed on racks in the sunlight
and the other half were placed on racks in the deep jungle to give a
comparison between the two conditions. The samples were made at
the laboratory in Madison, Wis., and fiown to the Zone by the Army
Air Forces. They were placed on exposure in January 1946.

“The laboratory also sent the plywood wing-section panels for
exposure on B. C. I., which came shortly after I left the Canal Zone.
These wing sections were also sample sections of plywood used in
studying the effects of tropical weather conditions upon various glues
and woods used in making the plywoods and to find which glues and
woods are the most satisfactory for use in the Tropics.

“This covers the high points of our work there. I might add that
the conditions were most nearly ideal on B. C. I. for this study. It will
be some time before the results are compiled.”

Wim E. Lunpy, of the paymaster’s office of the Panama Canal,
and also secretary-treasurer of the Panama Canal Natural History
Society, spent 8 days during the rainy season on the island, and being
deeply interested in natural history, and a keen observer, his brief

7648154710

136 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

report is of much interest. It shows what others, who are much more
versed in zoology, can expect to find. And since these animals on the
island are as nature has them, not in cages, but in the open, to see and
observe them is to know them as they really are. To the ecologist, to
the student of animal behavior, to the general naturalist, it is to see,
smell, hear, feel, and touch that which is life. It is something that
books can only feebly portray. We have the orderly sequence of ex-
ternal nature, we have the living organism moving about in this
environment inhabited by other species, and we have that continucus
adjustment which constitutes life.

This is what Lundy saw in but 3 days: 10 bands of howler monkeys,
3 of the white capuchins, 2 of marmosets. He saw any number of the
coatimundi, peccary, squirrels, 2 deer, many nequi, 1 tayra, and best of
all, 1 night monkey (Goldman’s Aotus zonalis). He came across 10
“armies” of army ants, and one huge bivouac of these most interesting
ants. Among the birds he saw large numbers of toucans, parrots, and
guans, also the tinamou, pileated woodpeckers, ant-shrikes, motmots,
two king vultures, many of the other vultures, the scarlet-capped mani-
kin, Ghiesbrecht’s hawk, and others. Among the insects, perhaps the
most spectacular were the large metallic blue Morpho butterflies,
another butterfly with transparent front wings and pink hind wings,
and the graceful large “helicopter” dragonfly.

COMMENTS OF SCIENTISTS

“Life at the Island was a pleasant experience and I am telling my
associates about conditions there. It seems to me to be an ideal place
for the conduct of experimental studies of many types, and I would
like to thank you for the opportunity to work there. The research
station is certainly a well-run place.”—Dr. James B. Hamunton.

“My report is incomplete, of course, since it includes no statement
of how thrilling and how great a privilege it was to return to the island
to continue my work where I left it off, to meet and talk with you
again, and to enjoy once more directly the countless emotional and
perceptual satisfactions that come from hiking and strolling around,
and from just standing in the many well-remembered landmarks,
probably I had best leave the sentimental part of the return unsaid; at
least the above sentence is sufficiently full of rushing verbal chaos to
represent how I felt on February 7, 1946, and all of the days I was
there.”—Dr. T. C. SCHNEIRLA.

“The severity of conditions conductive to deterioration and the ex-
cellent facilities for scientific study, make the island an ideal location
for such investigations.” —JosepH Kowat.

“As for the Naval Medical Research Institute, the island would be a
most useful proving ground for many of the things developed here.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 137

These include insecticides and repellents, warm-weather clothing and
footgear, a new type of salt tablet for men perspiring profusely, etc.
In addition to all of the above, the island is a wonderful place for a
boreal biologist to broaden his outlook.”—Groverr C. Pirts.

“With reference to my visit to B. C. L., I certainly want to put in my
plug. I surely enjoyed my visit there, not only with reference to my
work, but with reference to the many, many other phases of study
adapted to the area. I certainly had my eyes opened as to jungle con-
ditions and the flora and fauna therein. I have never been in a place
where so many phases of biology in general could be so interestingly
studied and all from the same roof. The beauty of the flowers and
colorful birds still stands out in my memories of B. C. L., not to forget
the hours I sat and watched the busy little monkeys playing in the
trees.

“The fellowship which I experienced with the fellow scientists work-
ing and visiting the island, as well as the friendly reception of the
native people welcoming me to B. C. I., is an experience never to be
forgotten.”—Eucens L. Mippieswarr.

“To the visitors of the Barro Colorado Laboratory! May they get
from the trails in the rain forest such an inspiration as will last them
through life and make them ardent protectors of the tropical forests
of the world, for without their aid these marvels of beauty will surely
disappear forever.”—Davip Farrcuixp.

“T take up my pen with the greatest of pleasure to record the out-

standing impressions left by my recent visit to Barro Colorado Island.

When I recall the expeditions I have made into Central American
jungles, the great expense involved, and the meager equipment per-
mitted by pack-mule transportation, the difficulties encountered and
the usual sequellae of tropical malaria and dysentery, it is only natural
that I should be struck first of all by the propinquity and safety of
Barro Colorado Island.

“Just to think that one can drop off a chair car at a railway station
in a civilized community, and after half an hour’s launch ride find
one’s self in the heart of virgin tropical forest, is to feel a wave of
admiration for the foresight of those who secured the reservation of
this great tract to scientific purposes. It is a biologist’s fantasy come
true, and I hope as time goes on that more and more of our scientific
institutions will come to its support, so that the potentialities of the
laboratory can be developed in all directions, and utilized to the full at
all times of the year.

“T believe there is nothing like it in the world. There are great
botanical and zoological gardens in the Tropics which represent an
attempt to facilitate man’s acquaintance with tropical nature by trans-
porting the flora and fauna to some easily accessible place. Barro

138 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Colorado Island has the opposite aim, of enabling man to transport
himself into the midst of tropical nature and to live there for any
period of time in comfort and safety.

“Nature lovers as well as scientists can enjoy this unusual experience.
My wife was as excited as I was on our morning walks, at the hundred
and one novel things she had read about but never seen. We were
equally lucky in sighting mammals and birds before they took alarm,
while the trees and plants always stood still to be admired. I was
struck by the intelligence and alertness of our Panamanian eve
Silvestre, and his knowledge of jungle life.

“In short, I am enthusiastic about Barro Colorado and I will not
fail to dean oe to communicate this feeling to my friends.” —Dr. L. W.
Hackett, Rockefeller Foundation.

“As the result of my recent visit to Barro Colorado Island I feel
impelled to write you to express my gratification with what is being
accomplished. I remember my pleasure when the isolation of this area
by the waters of Gatun Lake was first foreseen, and the decision was
made to make it a permanent preserve for native life. Yet I can see
now that I had a very inadequate idea of the realities of nature in
that area; and an equally inadequate idea of what might be attempted
in the way of scientific observation, experiment, and systematic record.
I had, indeed, a general idea of the abundance of life in the jungle,
but the scope of your records was a revelation. This means, partly,
that the number of species is vastly greater than would be guessed,
even by most scientific men. It also means (you must allow me to
say this) that the work is being directed with wisdom and pushed with
energy. That such records as I saw should be even attempted would
seem to indicate the presence of a considerable staff, yet I could not
help seeing that it is largely your own work. it is greatly to be
hoped that your work will not only be continued, but augmented by
further cooperation.”—Nervin M. FENNEMAN.

“T find it difficult to say anything about my general impression of
Barro Colorado that does not sound exaggerated, trite, or exactly like
something I have read somewhere else. Perhaps you will know how
I feel when I say that I wish (financial considerations aside) that a
stay on Barro Colorado could be required of every candidate for the
doctor’s degree in either botany or zoology. You may be amused to
know that about a week after we returned to Chicago we went to
Warren Woods, a beach-maple forest about 70 miles east of Chicago.
It was very hot, 96° F., and the mosquitoes were indescribably thick.
It was impossible to accomplish much, and we left after about 20
minutes. We both agreed then that we would a thousand times rather
have the ticks and red bugs of B. C. I. than the mosquitoes of our
_ temperate forests. In fact, when I begin to recount the virtues of that

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 139

little island it seems almost too good to be true. Of course we realize
that the virtues of Barro Colorado Island are not entirely the result of
its natural equipment. The well-marked trails, the laboratory, the
library, the excellent living accommodations, the trail-end houses, and
ali the rest are the end results of a lot of patient planning and unending
attention to detail. Thesummer of 1939 was the most stimulating and
happiest one of our lives.”—RatpH and Mitprep BucusBauM.

“The island is better than ever; and after knocking about in parts
of the world where it is very difficult to organize one’s work, I appreci-
ate more keenly than ever the possibilities Barro Colorado offers for
profitable natural history studies which can be begun immediately
upon arrival.”—ALExANDER F’, SKUTCH.

“All light talk aside, I have not seen any place in my travels which
compares with Barro Colorado Island in point of excitement of the
fieldnaturalist kind. In Java and Sumatra the Dutch have built
palatial laboratories, but these are far removed from the new, fresh,
wild jungle. In Ceylon the British have an agglomeration of build-
ings like the United States Department of Agriculture, but it is
surrounded on all sides by tea plantations. Kverywhere it is the
destructive activity of man that is clearing off the jungle and replacing
the gorgeous forest with weedy growth or plantations of rubber trees
in rows. Hold the virgin character of Barro Colorado at all costs.

“Tell the visitors to take it from one who has just been there that
the conditions for studying tropical plants and animals are better at
Barro Colorado Island than anywhere I went in Sumatra or Java.” —
Davin FarrcHiw.

“Barro Colorado Island is one of the most astounding places I have
visited in any part of the world. Its value is tremendous for scientific
research, even for research that has economic importance. I sincerely
hope the day never comes when any of the land is devoted to investiga-
tions such as are now being carried on in many agricultural forest and
range experiment stations. The virgin character of Barro Colorado is
sufficient asset and I hope you will fight every move that may be made
to change this condition.” Frank E. Eeirr.

“T must confess I was amazed at the systematic way in which the
trails are laid out and posted, the filing system in the library and the
many other modes and ways of doing things. I doubly appreciate
this because I have been places where such systems were not followed,
much to everyone’s disadvantage.”—Grorcr W. PRESCOTT.

“Never again shall I make a trip like this one for merely 5 weeks.
If I cannot make a trip next summer I am certainly going to make
every effort to get down the following one. Caylor too, wants to get
back to Barro Colorado Island and go through with our contemplated
project of preparing a flora of the ferns of the region. We have a siz-

140 - ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

able collection of ferns now on hand. In my algae collection I find 250
samples, many of which are simply loaded with species and I have no
idea how many will appear in the final list. I think 500 would be a
very modest estimate and very likely there will be many more than
that when the diatoms are included.”—Grorcr W. Prescort.

“Even without special precautions, the island would seem to be safer,
hygienically speaking, than most areas of like size in the United
States.

“Certainly all of the minimum requirements for successful labora-
tory work are fulfilled on the island. In addition to these minimum
facilities the laboratory possesses a remarkable versatility of equipment
as well as adequate laboratory space. And while it is obvious that
special equipment to suit the needs of the individual scientist must be
supplied by him, it is comforting to know that many laboratory necessi-
ties are accessible in a small clearing in a tropical rain forest.” —PauL
D. VortH.

“The island is more than ever a paradise for the biologist. Living
conditions are excellent, the food is fine, the resident staff efficient and
courteous. The forest offers a pageant of life which is the ideal labora-
tory for the study of the principles of biology. Not only has it proved
to be of great value for the undergraduates, but its worth for the
teacher has hardly been realized by morethanafew. very university
and college ought to send the members of its staff in the biological
sciences for a sojourn on the island, not once but periodically. It
would be an economical investment in the improvement of teaching.
This is especially true now when all emphasis is on the experimental
side with the result that so many workers know very little about the
erganisms with which they work. The island will be an excellent place
for studies in plant and animal physiology. The rapid growth rate of
plants would aid such work tremendously.”—Rosrrr N. Woopworra.

“In addition to the value of publications based on work on Barro
Colorado, who can estimate the influence of observations, studies, and
photographs which have formed the basis of unnumbered addresses
in lecture hall and classroom, or the educational value of museum
exhibits depicting island life? In brief, during their 15 years as a
laboratory, the 4,000 acres we know as Barro Colorado have contrib-
uted more to our knowledge of tropical wildlife than any other area
of similar extent in America—perhaps in the world.”—Franx M.
CHAPMAN.

THE SPECIES INDEX
A. 5- by 8-inch card index is kept for each species of plant and animal

definitely known from the island. Each card lists the scientific name,
the major division to which it belongs, and the family name; also the

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY | 141

name of the collector, the name of the person who made the determina-
_ tion, when and where collected, and other pertinent details.

These cards are indexed first according to the major phyla—mam-
mals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, arthropods, etc.—which are
further subdivided into superorders, orders, etc., and finally by fam-
ilies. Under each family the genera are in alphabetical order, and
the species for each genus are also in alphabetical order.

This index is invaluable to the student. It is a unique record of the
life of the island. In 1940 the index covered a total of 4,924 species
of plants and animals, representing 2,805 genera. In plants alone
there were 747 genera and 1,437 species. Since 1940 new entries have
been made, but no count has been made of the present number, owing
to pressure of other duties, especially those concerned with the war
effort. A conservative estimate is about 7,000 species.

Extensive collections have been made of algae, fungi, and lichens, but
because of the war, reports on these have not yet been published.
Lesser collections were made in other groups. A conservative estimate
would be fully 700 species.

THE ISLAND HERBARIUM

The herbarium consists of 1,533 mounted specimens, representing
806 species, not including the mosses. These sheets are in genus
covers, and the collection is arranged in four major groups, the crypto-
gams, ferns, monocotyledons, and dicotyledons. In each of these
groups the genus covers are grouped according to the families, and
these, for convenience in handling, are siphabevically arranged. There
are on hand more than 2,500 additional named specimens as yet un-
mounted and these will probably swell the number of species to close
to 1,200.

The herbarium is a most valuable adjunct to a laboratory such as
ours. It does more than supplement the botanical library. Too often
botanical literature is of little help to one not a trained botanist, and
for this majority of students, the herbarium is what is needed.

NEEDS

The most urgent needs are for a concrete water tank to replace
wooden tanks now in bad condition; new septic tanks; painting of all
buildings, inside and out; herbarium and other storage cases; replace-
ment of bedding and purchase of additional furniture; and miscel-
laneous repairs to buildings: It is estimated that these present most
urgent needs could be met at a cost of $10,000.

Other needs that should be met promptly are for a more adequate
supply of electricity; a new fireproof building to house the library,
photographic equipment, herbarium, and records; and adequate

142 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

animal cages to keep various creatures in captivity during scientific
investigations.

TERMITE-FREE BUILDINGS IN THE TROPICS

Is is possible to build comfortable, well-ventilated houses of lum-
ber and not have a termite hazard? The answer is “Yes.” However,
few architects go to the trouble of getting the necessary information.

We have 57 known species of termites in Panama and the Canal
Zone. Of these, 45 species occur on Barro Colorado Island. Two of
the most destructive in the world occur here, one of which is known
to eat through the lead sheathing of electrical cables. The rapidity
of destruction by some of the species is incredible. Some even work
in living trees, and we have records of fruit orchards destroyed by
them. :

And yet on Barro Colorado Island we have buildings where we let
the termites do whatever they wanted to do—eat up the building
overnight if they could—and yet these buildings are in excellent
shape.

In 1926 we built a test house at the end of Drayton Trail, 16 feet
square and 10 feet high, set on wooden posts extending 3 feet into
the ground. The timber used was pressure treated with coal-tar
creosote and with zinc chloride. The wallboard is treated with chro-
mated zine chloride. In the May 1947 number of Wood Preserving
News Dr. Thomas E. Snyder, senior entomologist of the Bureau of
Entomology and Plant Quarantine, published all details and results
of his inspection in February of this year, showing no damage any-
where due to termites, and yet termites tried to get a hold. The build-
ing is in excellent condition after 21 years. It is true that pressure
treatment increases the original cost of the timbers, but it is cheap in-
surance. A building of untreated timbers would have been destroyed
in less than a year.

At the end of the Pearson Trail we have the Fuertes House, built
in February 1931, 16 years ago. It is set on nine posts; hence there
is good ventilation under the house. With the exception of the shin-
gles, which are of red cedar (and need replacement), all the wood and
timbers, including posts, were treated with zinc-meta-arsenite. The
tables and chairs are also so treated. There is no damage anywhere to
the treated wood. The wallboard also was zinc-meta-arsenite treated.
It likewise is free of any termite damage. Test stakes of untreated
wood half-buried in the ground near the building were destroyed
within 8 months.

Furthermore, this zinc-meta-arsenite treated building is free of
cockroaches. No steps are taken to keep termites out of the building,
and no termite shields are used—hence, termites have absolute free-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 143

dom to work if they can. Yet the building is in as excellent shape
as when we first put it up. Here again, treated lumber costs perhaps
50 percent more, but as it gives freedom from termites, in a few years
it pays for itself.

The above two cases show that with treated timbers you can build a
termite-free house even where termites are extremely abundant and
active.

Tests on the island also show that one can build of untreated timbers
and have no termite hazard, provided a few simple precautions are
taken. The main requirement is to build a good thick concrete floor
which will extend out at least to the line of the eaves. The floor must
be well made, with no cracks. The secret is to make an inspection at
least once a week around this concrete floor, and if termites have
built any covered runways, introduce into these runways either pow-
dered calomel or finely powdered paris green. In this way the colony
is poisoned, and by watching a treated runway, it can easily be deter-
mined whether or not the job was well done. It takes so little time
and does not need superior knowledge. Of course there must be no
leaks, either in the roof or in the plumbing.

Of course, by the use of properly made termite shields, properly
installed, it is possible to keep termites out of buildings. Where it is
possible to install them, termite shields are cheap protection, but not
all buildings lend themselves to the use of shields. Soil poisons also
are the answer for some type of buildings, but vigilance is always
necessary, and inspection cannot be perfunctory.

Circular 683, United States Department of Agriculture, “Effective-
ness of Wood Preservatives in Preventing Attack by Termites,” by
Snyder and Zetek, gives a good picture of the extensive termite tests
on Barro Colorado Island since 1923. The annual progress reports by
Hunt and Snyder in the Annual Reports of the American Wood Pre-
servers’ Association give details of the more important of these tests.
Nearly 4,000 tests are involved, in addition to the Kowal-Dews-John-
ston series noted elsewhere in this report.

LIST OF THE TERMITES OF PANAMA AND THE CANAL ZONE

In this, the latest list, 57 species are represented, and of these, 45
are known from Barro Colorado Island (indicated by the initials
BCI). There are 13 new species which will be described in the near
future by Dr. Emerson. The Kalotermitidae are those commonly
known as the “dry-wood termites.” The Rhinotermitidae are the bad
actors, Coptotermes niger and Heterotermes tenuis being especially
noted for their destructiveness. Some of the Termitidae are also very
destructive. This list is by no means final. We feel that at least 15
more species will be discovered.

144. ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

KALOTERMITIDAE (15)

. Kalotermes (K.) clevelandi Snyder.

. Kalotermes (K.) marginipennis (Latreille).

. Kalotermes (K.) tabogae Snyder.

. Kalotermes (Neotermes) holmgreni Banks (BCI).

. Kalotermes (Neotermés), 0D. sp.

. Kalotermes (Neotermeés), n. sp.

. Kalotermes (Rugitermes) isthmi Snyder (BCI).

. Kalotermes (Rugitermes) panamae (Snyder) (BCI).

. Kalotermes (Oryptotermes) breviarticulatus Snyder.

. Kalotermes (Cryptotermes) dudleyi Banks.

. Kalotermes (Lobitermes) longicollis (Banks).

. Kalotermes (Calcaritermes) brevicollis (Banks) (BCI).
. Kalotermes (Calcaritermes) emarginicollis (Snyder) (BCI).
. Kalotermes (Glyptotermes) augustus Snyder.

. Kalotermes (Glyptotermes), n. sp. (BCI).

SCOMH Oar wONE

eee
ow oh

RHINOTERMITIDAE (5)

16. Coptotermes niger Snyder (BCI).

17. Heterotermes tenuis (Hagen) (BCI).

18. Heterotermes convexinotatus (Snyder) (BCI).
19. Prorhinotermes molinot Snyder (BCT).

20. Rhinotermes (R.) longidens Snyder (BCI).

TERMITIDAE (37)

21. Cornitermes (C.) agignathus silvestri, var. Walkeri Snyder (BCI).
22. Armitermes (A.) armigera (Motsch.) (BCI).

23. Armitermes (A.) chagresi Snyder (BCI).

24. Armitermes (Rhynchotermes) peramatus Snyder (BCI).

25. Nasutitermes (N.) columbicus (Holmgren) (BCI).

26. Nasutitermes (N.) cornigera (Motsch.) (BCI).

27. Nasutitermes (N.) ephratae (Holmgren) (BCI).

28. Nasutitermes (N.) pilifrons (Holmgren) (BCI).

29. Nasutitermes (Subulitermes) kirbyi Snyder (BCI).

30. Nasutitermes (Subulitermes) zeteki Synder (BCI).

31. Nasutitermes (Subulitermes), n. sp. (BCI).

32. Nasutitermes (Obtusitermes) panamae Snyder (BCI).

33. Nasutitermes (Convecitermes) clevelandi Snyder (BCI).

84. Nasutitermes (Uniformitermes) barrocoloradoensis Snyder (BCI).
35. Cylindrotermes macrognathus Snyder (BCI).

36. Amitermes (A.) beawmonti Banks (BCI).

3%. Amitermes (A.) medius Banks foreli Wasmann (BCI).

38. Anoplotermes (A.) gracilis Snyder (BCI).

89. Anoplotermes (A.) parvus Snyder (BCI).

40. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI). :

41. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).
42. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).
43. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).
44. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).
45. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).
46. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).

47. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp. (BCI).

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 145

48. Anoplotermes (A.), n. sp.

49. Anoplotermes (A.), Nn. sp.

50. Anoplotermes (speculitermes), n. sp.

51. Microcerotermes arboreus Emerson (BCI).

52. Microcerotermes exiguus (Hagen) (BCI).

53. Termes (T.) hispaniolae (Banks) (BCI).

54. Termes (T.) panamensis (Snyder) (BCI).

55. Termes (T.),n. sp. (BCI).

56. Orthognathotermes wheeleri Snyder (BCI).

57. Capritermes (Neocapritermes) centralis Snyder (BCI).

RAINFALL, TEMPERATURES, AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY, 1946

In the 22 years of record, 1946 was the third driest year. The rain-
fall amounted to only 87.38 inches, showing a deficiency of 21.48 inches.
This deficiency was most pronounced in the wet season, amounting to
17.93 inches. Only 2 months, July and September, had an excess,
which, however, was very slight—0.77 and 0.20, respectively. There
was a total deficiency of 3.50 inches in the dry season, January to April,
inclusive; only March showed a small excess—0.25 inch. February
was the driest month (0.82 inch) and November the wettest (14.98
inches). Table 1 gives the total yearly rainfall, and the station aver-
age, for each year from 1925 to 1946, inclusive.

TaBLe 1.—Annual rainfall, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone

Total Station Total Station
Year: inches average Year: inches average
O15) i age a 1LOAS Sy ee Se TOS Opodo 88 eee 93. 88 108. 98
TCP os ACS dU 118. 22 113. 56 GS faa ahs Daa easel 124. 13 110. 12
TOA / Sea RU 116. 36 114. 68 POSS Ns eR 117. 09 110. 62
TI PAS Seas I a a 101. 52 111. 35 PO BO cuatsnmiaen! eis 115. 47 110. 94
HSQL Vs See ae 87. 84 106. 56 TG EO RR A: 86. 51 109. 43
NOS OSes eae is 76. 57 101. 51 ILA AT ee eae et oa ee 91. 82 108. 41
TOE PS Se 123. 30 104. 69 1104 I aU aceaiscrals soli Wee HO) 108. 55
VERO el SE Nese VSS a2 105. 76 PODS Roane Ror a 120. 29 109. 20
AD ee 101. 73 105. 32 M9 2 A ga Rv 111. 96 109. 30
TAGS Yee 2 A go 122. 42 107. 04 TQ AN eho is Bae kel eM rs 120. 42 109. 84
TOBY a ys el RO Tp 148. 42 110. 35: VQ AG 2 ROT TAR EL oak 87. 38 108. 81

Table 2 gives the rainfall by months for the years 1945 and 1946, the
station average for each month, the excess or deficiency for each month
and the accumulated plus or minus, and also the maximum rains each
month for 5 and 10 minutes, and 1 and 24 hours. These maximum
values are consecutive wherever that maximum occurred; hence the
24-hour record is not necessarily from midnight to midnight.

Table 3 gives the number of hours of rain each month for 1946
and the total amount in inches, and then these data separated into
the four 6-hour periods. These data are of interest in that they indi-
cate when most rains may be expected. From 6 a. m. to noon there is
less rainfall than from noon to 6 p. m.

146 © ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

TABLE 2.—Comparison of 1945 and 1946 rainfall; and maximum rains for short

periods
Total Maximum rains
Month ———————| Station] Years of} Plus or nae
average} record | minus EAGriDa loaning dOxmine

1945 1946 Hine utes 1 hour |24 hours
2.89 45 1.91 21 | —1.46 —1. 46 10 14 |. 2233 16
67 32 1,23 21 —.91 —2. 37 09 10} jee 20
27 1.71 1.46 21 +. 25 —2.12 15 19 42 69
1.59 1,41 2.79 22 | —1.38 —3. 50 21 25 37 73
13. 55 8.05 11.13 22 | —3.08 —6. 58 25 40 65 92
10.17 7.94 11.27 22 | —3.33 —9.91 35 53 1.13 1.69
13. 87 12. 58 11.81 22 +.77 —9. 14 33 60 1.35 2.41
12.32 10. 50 12. 56 22 | —2.06 —11.20 34 60 2.00 4.91
10. 07 10. 67 10. 47 22 +. 20 —11.00 .33 . 62 1.83 2. 50
October_-_.------- 10.02 9.00 13.17 22 | —4.17 —15.17 . 40 . 60 - 90 1, 20
November _-_--_-- 20. 60 14, 98 19. 30 22 | —4.32 —19, 49 60 1.05 2.29 4.51
December--_-_--_--- 24, 40 9.77 11.71 22 | —1.94 —21. 43 46 82 1,18 3.42
Wearltttes 120.42 | 87.38 | 108.81 |--_-_-_-]_---._-_- 21143 NEE US SE Se Ee ae | Se ee
1 DD er ies ai one SAN 5. 42 3.89 Chea 3 Jat is es Ve Sa = 350 fs eS |e
IWiG Gee ee ie ee 115.00 | 83.49 | 101.42 |_-_-____|_-____- 17. 98 fo | eae

TABLE 3.—Rainfall 1946. Total number of hours of rain and amount in inches
for the daily 6-hour period

Midnight to 6 6p.m.tomid-| Midnight to

6am.tonoon | Noon to6 p.m.

a.m. night midnight

Month psoas Pepa PASS Se ia a RS ee oie AES,
Hours |Amount| Hours |Amount} Hours |Amount| Hours |Amount|} Hours |Amount

JANWATVessse ee neee 9 .12 3 . 20 5 05 3 - 08 20 45
February __-------- 8 .18 3 13 1 OUS SSE Sees See 12 32
Marche lenis 10 .19 18 . 55 12 94 3 03 43 1.71
DEXJOV HU ere oe neat eye 9 32 4 . 25 6 73 8 11 27 1, 41
May ke scene eos h 11 2. 97 12 . 69 20 4.31 5 08 48 8. 05
PUM Ce Bis ie Span Bn Ge 19 84 10 2.41 32 4.08 11 61 72 7. 94
unliyer eee ea oe 26 1. 63 15 2.19 48 6.13 19 2. 63 108 12. 58
AI SUSt Rene 19 54 20 2.70 29 6. 84 16 42 84 10. 50
September__.--__-- 25 1.64 16 1. 46 38 5. 88 9 1.69 88 10. 67
October____-- 25 1. 22 22 1. 98 38 4.03 19 1.77 104 9. 00
November-- 34 5. 29 24 2. 44 29 5.41 27 1. 84 114 14. $8
December---_-_-- 37 2. 44 21 1. 92 31 3. 78 23 1. 63 112 9.77
PYG AT wena gs 232 | 17.38 168%] 16.92 289 | 42.19 143 | 10.89 832 87. 38

1D) ia Oe goe ee ea a 36 . 81 28 1.13 24 1,73 14 222, 102 3. 89
AW iG ea a a ee 196 16. 57 140 15. 79 265 40. 46 129 10. 67 730 83. 49

Table 4 gives a summary and analysis of the 1946 rainfall for the
entire year and for the dry and wet seasons, both as to hours and days,
percentage of the total possible hours (if it rained every hour), and
these data are significant. With so much less rainfall in the dry
season, and particularly with so high a deficiency, the animals have
a hard time getting food. The peccary in the dry season is noticeably
thin—very different from his condition in the wet season when food
is more plentiful. The effects of moisture are profound. This strug-
gle for food is also reflected in the rate of reproduction in certain of
the mammals. <A bad year, deficient in rainfall and in food, increases
the rate of reproduction, and conversely, a year of abundant rainfall,
an abundance of food, shows in some mammals a falling off in this
rate.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 147

TasrE 4.—Summary and analysis of the 1946 rainfall for the year, and for the
dry and wet seasons

ENTIRE YEAR

BIND pEY OUTS Ode Trea Me eee ERE SO RRL NO een Cae CO ARR EEA 832
Percentage of total possible hours____________-______--___--__--_ + 9.50
RiovalwdayScoP raimeast Giese! ees bls ke Ach owes einer: ZU ae Eels hn ates aa 233
Percentage of total possible days_______-__-__-___________-__-___--_--_ 63.84
DRY SEASON
"ADGA Ad ON SY sO Bi a EF 6 aa ea UR alc ace A ees ee ONS el a 102
Percentage of total possible hours____--______---__---__---_-------.-._. 3.54
CM teenl ancl easy Sea@hlec pT UTM ese see aga NG aU A IEG aa 44
Percentage of total possible days__________----___--__..---_____-_______- 36.67
FATHOUNCeOLprarmeiMyiNe@MeS ooh 8 a a 3.89
Rercentagerot, total rainfall for year= 222" 2s ee eee 4.45

WET SEASON

SMSC freA CO UMTS Ses Che Te SQUAT De te tn es ea 730
Percentage of total possible hours________-_-_________----____---__--__ 12.42
CQRCaEITL "COME Se STF NR ag a ANP ee 189
Percentage of. total possible days_____-----________--___--___----__-___ 77.14
AMOoune Of rain in inehes 20: sere ed aig ew a see) och pede £0 83.49
Percentaceror total: raintall for yearks 2-28 fk te a ee 95.55

In table 5 are given (1) the number of hours and the amount of
rains of 0.40 inch or more per hour, for each of the four 6-hour periods,
and (2) the three heaviest rains each month (midnight to midnight).
Rains of 0.40 inch per hour, if rather evenly distributed, will not
seriously hamper field work, but if such rains come down in 5 minutes,
it is another story.

TABLE 5.—The three heaviest rains each month and number of hours and amount
of rains of 0.40 inch or more per hour for 1946

Midnight |6a.m.to| Noonto |6p.m. to

ia a r| to 6a. m. noon 6p.m. | midnight
niet a S g 3 peswiest, rains
on BS c=) ra ~ fa ~~ a » hy = midnight to
er Seay eo ses ae ieee sr ale a as midnight)

3 ee 5 S| 3 g iS) g i) g iS)

Ss g iS 5 S| s | 3 q i) =|

a fa) ies] vA, <q A x a < Zz, <q
45 11 -14 .08 = .05
32 7 -16 .Q6 .04
1.71 14 .68 .58 .10
1, 41 12 .73 29. 17
8.05 16 48 2) 1.59 Ques 4 QB Sy) | Meee ae 2.99 1.14 .85
7. 94 21 2A Be (Re ees 3 | 1.63 3 des VEN Ronee OSS 1.71 1.69 .95
12. 58 24 FOS (SN ees 3 | 1.50 3 2.48 2 | 1.68 | 2.48 1.91 1.33
g 10. 50 27 StH Sosy leboe® 1 | 1.65 4 (bie: Ui tyeg ee ea) Nea 4.40 1.77 91
September-_-_-_-------- 10. 67 26 88 1 . 46 1 - 50 4). 3.51 2 | 1.52 | 2.14 1.67 96
Octobers22 222 sess 2 2 9. 00 25m LOA | Bc De 2.904) 020 1 28) | 61]1.15 .91 82
November_-_-_-------- 14. 98 29 114 4 | 3.80 1 . 40 3 3. 45 1 41 | 2.54 2.49 2.12
December__-_-_------- 9.77 21 112} 1 . 47 1/1.10] 2] 1.50] 1 67 | 3.35 1.18 1.05
Meare tus 87.38 | 233 832 | 8 | 6.32 | 11 | 7.68 | 25 | 21.89 7 | 4.79 |22.47 13.77 9.35
TD Re ap i oar 3. 89 44 102 | 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.71 1.01 .36
RVG ea ieee 83. 49 189 | 730] 8 | 6.32 | 11 | 7.68 | 25 | 21.89 7 | 4.79 |20.76 12.76 9.01

148 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

During the dry season, there were no rains of 0.40 inch per hour
during 1947, and only 51 such hours in the wet season, amounting to
40.68 inches, or 46.6 of the total rainfall for the year. And these
40.68 inches fell during only 6.1 percent of the total hours we had
rain. This means that the balance, 46.70 inches, fell during 781 hours,
or an average of only .06 inch per hour. The three heaviest rains each
month amounted to a total of 45.59 inches in only 36 days. This leaves
only 41.79 inches for the remaining 197 days.

Considering now these three heaviest rains each month (midnight
to midnight), we have the following interesting data:

Dry season: 12 days, 3.08 inches, or 79.2 percent of the dry season total.

Wet season: 24 days, 42.53 inches, or 50.9 percent of the wet season total.
The year: 36 days, 45.61 inches, or 52 percent of the year’s total.

The remaining days when it rained show:

Dry season: 32 days, 0.32 inch, or an average of 0.01 inch per day of rain.
Wet season: 165 days, 40.96 inches, or an average of 0.248 inch per day of rain.
The year: 197 days, 41.79 inches, or an average of 0.212 inch per day of rain.

For comparison, the following tables are presented, covering the
rainfall for other localities in the Canal Zone and Republic of Panama
data on temperatures, relative humidities, barometric pressures, etc. ;
and the maximum and minimum yearly rains of record for 19 impor-
tant localities. These data are taken from the reports of the Chief
Meteorologist of the Panama Canal. They givea better understanding
of the climate, and it is only to be regretted that comparable data are
not available for a great many more localities in the Republic of Pan-
ama. To an ecologist, these data are of inestimable value.

TABLE 6.—Annual rainfall at other Panamd stations, in inches

Total, | Station | Excessor | Years of
1946 average | deficiency | record

Balboa ese oe tee Vai 2 eae aN Cees eens nied RE LAS 50. 06 68. 84 —18.78 48

Pedromirg uel: Fe oie ee a Eee ae 63. 18 80. 14 —16. 96 39
ESD OG oo a a repay castes Rs ls MEY a Cell res es ars 76. 00 86. 94 —10. 94 23
Gamboa sents se Se i ei i ec A a Sak Rs I 65. 37 88. 86 —23. 49 64
Madden; Dam ich Sto ew ee eRe eee SR en aise 79. 62 97. 86 —18.24 | - 47
DS eh G(0) Cesc pei SAS a RS ge See She en ee aL ER 94.39 106. 64 —12. 25 35
SES ENT 0 i en EE BS SN Gide ar CMR SENN er eee Aeon ee 99. 67 95. 14 +4. 53 29
CA DY hp OG Yo Pe AI SN NaS CS pi a CR es SR 88.61 110. 03 —21. 42 23
Doyo rey 4 BAU g(a). seg. ENS GSS 8 I tc i i ae a eA Dai 95. 43 118.71 —23. 28 39
CECA D Os ane at eC BR Arey RORY BU ASS ie Oy OE Be 121. 83 125. 30 —3. 47 42
COP ITH H0) oe) ROR ee 8 Ae ne I as I I Ge ak al Na a a aS 126. 52 130. 37 —3. 85 76
IPOLtONB eG By wr bik gen saute youl ia SN OR Mole Geek AA 170. 53 160. 78 +9. 75 35
PortopArimeilelies ee soe to DUN Re Es ON ae 62. 21 92. 46 —30. 25 17
Sassen sirae hike ais te Be ae Ache eae ae a Lh 54. 06 68.17 —14.11 21
ESEEW Fe cate a er piles ge Ses a DRS A SG SS ee OE ae La ee 90. 30 100. 74 —10. 44 35
@ UT DEO eg Be ae ie is Rae Pal ee ee 80. 12 97. 81 —17.69 35

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 149

Taste 7.—Mazrimum and minimum rainfall, Barro Colorado Island, 1925 to 1946

Mazimum Minimum Mazimum Minimum
JanUaTyace ses SS 4. 60 24s Aru Bees ie eeclerecnee 21. 44 5. 93
Hebruary 2.5 aes 5. 91 . 05 | September__________ 19. 96 6. 07
Metrelraa 8°92 ory ss 5. 54 2 AD (Octobers. 22 aes 22.23 6. 06
gh) Og lah ei 7. 61 . 10| November______-_-- 41. 59 (21
Maye coer Se ee 19. 02 3. 09 | December_-_________ 28. 15 1. 88
cl WU OVS) I ies aes beh aes 19. 31 5. 43 —o
yee oe eee 28. 58 5. 52 Wear sn iinn 143. 42 76. 57

TABLE 8.—1946 pressure, temperature, relative humidity, etc

Balboa Madden ‘
Heights Dam Cristobal

Pressure (reduced to sea level):

SDE TYA I TA Eee es re el le lee ee 30. 010 29. 990 30. 010
Minimise st Se eee Se ee eecele base decedeeebewes 29. 680 29. 660 29. 680
Anmral;mean’ (bihourly) 22-2228 ee ee eee 29. 831 29. 817 29. 843
Temperature (Fahrenheit):
rAmimialime@any ser Be OO Na ah a eee ee 79. 6 77.9 79.9
PAbsolube maxim wm 222 020 Se ee en ee ee 97 96 90
Meanidaily, maxim mm s22 222i o rs eee aes 88. 2 87.3 83.8
PACESOLILOPUMATN EN UTNE = ot eee rece es SUE eens TS 69 64 70
Wviean dailysminim um ses ee ee ee ee 74.0 72.0 76. 5
Greatest:daily,range:) 25202 So. re eS eae AS 23 26 16
Mean'relative humidity (percent) -.--=-2------ 222-222-222! 82. 8 82. 8 82. 2
Meankwetthermometen ts 2 aie oa ee ea ea 74.1 73.9 75.4
Meanidew, pointe 2 22 oe ee RE OE 73.1 72.9 73.8
IVICA DAVE DOMDEESSIIR CO eee ee 22 Su ees . 814 . 807 - 835

1 Mean of 8 a. m. observations except Cristobal which is the mean of 8 a.m. amd 8 p. m. values. Mean
relative humidity is bihourly mean.

TABLE 9a.—Mazium amounts of precipitation in inches (years of record)

5 minutes | 10 minutes 1 hour 24 hours Year
Bal boxers cei be ae .99 1.68 4.78 Tbe 93. 06
ISSO APEL CIE ES eee ae roe ene bl eee) EA 69 1.27 4,49 7. 23 91. 42
RedrowVhiouel ses kore a ee .73 1. 23 3.85 8.53 110. 57
Wind deny amie. ek ae a eee es . 68 1.20 4.19 9.31 152. 04
Gam poe se eee ee eee ere 65 1.17 3. 85 7 48 136. 19
IB aTrOR@ OlOTAC Obese ees ae A ane 85 1.40 HUY, 10. 48 143. 42
Gare eeu eee 8 8 SNe a 68 1.36 5. 68 12, 25 164.19
Wriston al eee eee eee Ne See a 66 1,20 5.16 13. 50 183. 41
TABLE 9b.—Maximum amounts of precipitation in inches (1946)
5 minutes | 10 minutes 1 hour 24 hours
Bal oars errs 2 ies 145 80 2.54 3.19
BalboatHeights --7 22525 5s s5— CAE MERA REIS EN . 49 . 88 3. 26 3.92
CC TOWIVIN Orie ee a sore es Bye eg il 45 - 85 2.00 3.92
VAC en) cirri ee ee a Ai UR EE IRS 65 1.15 3. 55 4. 87
Gamboa __-_-_---- fee ee oe gl 52 95 2.14 3. 99
Barro Colorados ses ca See: BETA AT ANTS . 60 1.05 2. 29

4.91
(GHEY EW ed SE UR ee eae, apes NO aR = ee, Sy wpa Joga . 59 1.00 2.11 4,74
@ristopalborss Saket SOs AN eA SS A BS 45 .80 3.30 8.41

150 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

TABLE 10.—Temperaiures (Fahr.) and relative humidity, Balboa Heights
(B. H.) and Cristobal (XBal), 1946

Maximum Minimum
Relative
Monthly mean humidity
BSE Xbal B.H Xbal

1946 B. H.| Xbal| Abs. | Mean | Abs. | Mean | Abs. | Mean | Abs. | Mean | B. H.| Xbal

JanUacyes sea ees 78.7 | 80.4 90 | 88.0 88 | 84.4 69 | 72.4 73 | 76.9 | 78.1 | 75.6
February _____-_------ 79.2 | 79.7 92 89. 4 87 83.5 69 72.6 75 76.8 | 73.0 75.1
Wianchxsse23 sae eee 80.3 | 79.8 93 90. 6 88 83. 7 70 73. 4 74 77.2 | 71.9 75. 8
ONjovet Capi eile sede > 81.7 | 81.1 97 | 92.2 87 | 85.1 70 | 74.7 77 | 78.2 | 72.8 | 76.8
TA TE Wy es ear a 80.9 | 80.8 96 89.0 90 84.7 72 75. 5 71 77.6 | 83.3 83.3
UNGER ee 80.5 | 80.6 94 75. 4 87 77.4 72 75. 4 70 77.4 | 85.8 86. 0
TBlypeess re See Eee 80.3 | 79.8 92 88.3 86 83. 5 72 75.5 72 76.7 | 86.0 87. 2
Aioust=2iies rouse 79.4 | 79.8 92 | 86.9 86 | 82.7 69 | 74.7 70 | 76.6 | 87.6] 87.1
September______-.---- 78.9 | 79.1 91 | 86.4 88 | 83.4 71 | 74.2 72 | 75.5 | 89.5 | 87.4
Octobershe Ee 2s 2S 78.2 | 79.0 89 | 86.0 90 | 84.0 71 | 73.2 72 | 74.9 | 88.3] 841
November____-_------ 78.0 | 78.9 90 85. 9 90 83. 2 71 72.7 71 74.7 | 89.1 83.3
December----_-------- 78.9 | 79.6 90 | 86.8 86 | 82.9 70 | 73.1 71 | 75.9 | 87.6 | 84.1
Wiearsiaeiene se 79.6 | 79.9 97 | 88.2 90 | 83.8 69 | 74.0 70 | 76.5 | 82.8] 82.2

TD ysis a isk RRS 80.0 | 80.3 97 | 90.1 88 | 84.2 69 | 73.3 73 | 77.3 | 74.0] 75.8
Wictaeasei eel Sees 79.4 | 79.7 96 | 85.6 90 | 82.7 70 | 74.3 70 | 76.2 | 87.2) 85.3

Maxi- Mini- Muxi- Minie

mum mum mum mum
Balboaite sc eae aa ee 93. 06 48.94 Cristobal 4_________ 183. 41 86. 54
Pedro Miguel !___-_-- 110. 57 58. 31 Porto Bello 4_______ 237. 28 118. 04
Summit; 2205 ee 111. 25 67.57 Puerto Armuelles
Gamboa ?2________- 136. 19 62. 02 (Chiriqui) _______ 132. 32 58. 93 -
Madden Dam#?____ 152. 04 71.95 Santa Rosa (Cocle)_ 77. 20 48. 58
Frijoles 2________-- 138. 36 78. 06 Tonosi (Los Santos). 141. 03 51. 25
Barro Colorado ?___ 148. 42 76.57 Salamanca 3_______ 160. 46 69. 06
Mrinidad 22 ssn wee: 144. 48 87. 61 Chilibrillo 2_.______ 134. 23 72. 63
Monte Lirio 2_____ MNOS io 85.15 Candelaria 3_______ 184. 98 101. 79
Gatun 2) seek 28s 164. 19 80.31 Peluca ?___________ 179. 64 91. 14

1 Pacifie drainage.

2 Gatun Lake drainage (Gatun Lake area).

3 Gatun Lake drainage basin (Madden Lake watershed).
4 Atlantic drainage.

FISCAL REPORT

During the fiscal year 1947, $16,095.88 was available, none of which
was appropriated by Congress. Of this amount, $13,140.29 was spent,
leaving on hand $2,955.59 to begin the new fiscal year. In addition to
this, $3,183.96 is still on deposit, representing local collections, a total
of $6,139.55, to which will be added the few table subscriptions, an
amount inadequate to take care of running expenses.

During the year $4,403.96 was collected as fees from scientists for
board and lodging, fees from visitors, and similar items. It is hard
to say how much will be collected during the 1948 fiscal year, but it is
almost certain that it will not be sufficient to carry us through the year.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 151

The organizations listed below continued to aid materially in the
support of the Laboratory through the payment of table fees:

American Museum of Natural History--_________-___--____-_________ $300. 00
Mastmianecod ake Compania Ee 500. 00
Tenaya CW NOVELS lity ane ee ee ee 300. 00
NewavorkiZoologicalySociety22 222 at ae ee ee eee 300. 00
Smithsomlanvinstitutionsk 22 ss 0 Fee es SUG eee ee ea 300. 00
eMMVErSityaot. OMT CAS Oe ee ER ER ER ae Se 300. 00

It is believed that more scientists will now be able to come to the
island, and it is therefore imperative that more institutions and uni-
versities should help support the laboratory through table subscrip-
tions. It is gratifying to report that Eastman Kodak Co. increased
their subscription to $1,000 a year.

Respectfully submitted.

JaMeEs ZutuK, Hesident Manager.

Dr. ALEXANDER WETMORE,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

764815—47-——11

APPENDIX 11
REPORT ON THE LIBRARY

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activities
of the Smithsonian library for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947:

In this second postwar year of rehabilitation the work of the hbrary
was not greatly different in kind or amount from that of the previous
year. Books are integral parts of the world of practical affairs as well
as of ideas, and their production, distribution, and use, as well as their
conception, follow the changing times. With the coming of peace
there began a rise, not as yet very sharp, inthe number of new books and
serials important for the library to acquire. Prices rose and are still
rising. The purchasing power of the inelastic allotment of book funds
has correspondingly decreased. Paper shortages continued to limit
the size of editions, and not a few new books went so quickly out of
print as to make it difficult to get those for which prepublication orders
had not been placed. Many fine and desirable works came into the old
book market but prices were too high and funds too small to make it
possible to buy more than a few of those most immediately important to
the work of the Institution.

Among the more noteworthy of the 1,693 purchased books were the
following: Description Méthodique du Musée Céramique de la Manu-
facture Royale de Sévres, by Alexandre Brongiart and others, 1845;
Mammals of Amazonia, by Eladio da Cruz Lima, volume 1, 1945;
A Monograph of Oriental Cicadidae, by William Lucas Deane 9
volumes, 1889-92; Histoire de la Locomotion Terrestre, les Chemins
de Fer, by Charles Dollfuss and Edgar de Geoffroy, 2 volumes, 1935;
Illustrationes Florae in Insularum Maris Pacifici, by Emmanual
Drake del Castillo, 6 portfolios, 1886-92; The Royal Commentaries of
Peru, written originally in Spanish by Garcilaso de la Vega, el Inca,
and rendered into English by Sir Paul Rycaut, 1688; Histoire et
Technique de la Montre Suisse de ses Origines 4 Nos Jours, 1945; The
Etched Work of Whistler, Illustrated by ce producagnen in Gallosae
of the Different States of the Plates, compiled, arranged, and described
by Edward G. Kennedy, 1 volume of text and 3 portfolios of plates,
1910; The Artists of America, a Series of Biographical Sketches of
American Artists, with Portraits and Designs on Steel, by C. Ed-
wards Lester, 1846; The New World; the First Pictures of America,
made by John White and Jacques Le Moyne and engraved by Theodore

152

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 153

De Bry, with Contemporary Narratives * * * edited and an-
notated by Stefan Lorant, 1946; Thomas Nast, his Period and his
Pictures, by Albert Bigelow Paine, 1904; Denmarks Fugle, by E. Lehn
Schigler, 3 volumes, 1925-31; De Vogels van Nederlandsch Indié, by H.
Schlegel, 3 parts in portfolio, 1863-66 ; The Voyage of Gregory Shelek-
hof, a Russian Merchant, from Okhotzk, on the Eastern Ocean, to the
Coast of America, in the Years 1783, 1784, 1785, 1786, 1787, and his
Return to Russia, from his own Journal, 1795; Fregatten Eugenies
Resa, 1851-1853, under Befal af C. A. Virgin, by C. J. A. Skogman,
2 volumes in 1, 1854-55.

Gifts of the year came from 230 different donors and included
some of the most useful additions to the lbrary. Reprints and
separates on special subjects from scientific and technical serials are
indispensable working tools of the different divisions of the Institu-
tion, and the gifts of Dr. Ray S. Bassler and of A. B. Gahan of their
personal collections of some 1,560 pamphlets each, on geology and
on Hymenoptera, respectively, were most appreciated additions to the
sectional libraries of geology and of insects. Paul Garber’s gift of
147 books and pamphlets on aeronautics greatly strengthened the l-
brary’s working collection of material in that field. As usual, the pub-
lications generously turned over by the American Association for the
Advancement of Science and by the American Association of Museums
supplied considerable material not received from other sources, and
furnished numbers of useful duplicates as well. The library is deeply
indebted to all its friends at home and abroad who have so kindly
made contributions to its collections.

The total number of publications recorded by the accessions di-
vision for the year was 62,137. Of these, 14,607 came through the
International Exchange Service, almost three times as many as in the
year before. With the gradual return to more nearly normal condi-
tions it is gratifying to find in how many cases the continuity of sets
of foreign serials published abroad during the war will not be broken
in the library because of the care with which they were reserved,
stored, and later shipped by the institutions with which we were in
regular exchange before the war. This encouraging aspect of the post-
war situation, however, does not mean that there are not, unavoidably,
a distressing number of series that ceased publication altogether dur-
ing the war, some of them probably never to be resumed.

The filling of gaps in serial sets, foreign and domestic, current and
old, requires eternal vigilance, and most of the 6,812 pieces received
in response to our 589 requests were numbers of periodicals needed to
fill such gaps, and were obtained chiefly in exchange. New exchanges
arranged were 290.

154 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Of the current accessions, 7,265 were cataloged or entered as addi-
tions to the Smithsonian Deposit in the Library of Congress, and most
of these were additions to the great Deposit sets of publications of
scientific institutions and learned societies, so important to research.
Some of them were continuations of series that formed part of the
original Smithsonian Deposit in 1866. In addition, all documents,
dissertations, and other publications on subjects not found to be of
immediate interest to the Institution were sent directly upon receipt
to the Library of Congress, and they numbered 13,422.

Most but not all of the 10,749 publications transferred to the Depart-
ment of Agriculture, the Army Medical Library, the Geological Sur-
vey, and other libraries of the Government, had been received during
the year.

Our large collection of duplicates continued to be drawn upon in
aid of destroyed libraries abroad, and 31,781 pieces were turned over
to the American Book Center for this purpose.

The cataloging of currently received material was well kept up on
the whole in spite of the handicaps of inadequate staffing of this
vitally important part of the library’s work. There is always the
problem of the huge “backlog” of poorly or completely uncataloged
older material, which is not only serious in itself but which inevitably
slows up some of the work of cataloging new material which is related
to it.

The bad housing of the library continues to be the most obvious
and distressing of its problems. The progressive deterioration of its
fine collections caused by overcrowding and lack of funds for binding
is deplorable, while the inadequacies of its reading and reference rooms,
the scattered and inconvenient locations of its shelves and stack rooms,
and the absence of proper work rooms for the staff, all make its
service to the Institution increasingly difficult.

SUMMARIZED STATISTICS

Accessions
eee
recorde

Volumes volumes
June 30, 1947
Astrophysical Observatory (including Radiation and Crganisms)__________--_- 323 12, 243
Bureau offAmeni cam ab Gh ol opsys a eae Sa ee LR Paes 148 34, 462
Breer: Galleryiof Artie see a I EN ROE eS ee 430 22, 127
Nation alg@ollectionsoteMimepAtr ts matte enoe a asco eet line eee gp ee ee UR eee 405 10, 974
Nationa le MiiSetiin 22802 Rae On REO. Sa iee RMR De Bb REPOS ROMA Rit Re Pa ae 2, 851 239, 167
INationalyZooloei calluPar ais Se SYN Sates Dee eat Eee ue poe 24 4,166
Smithsonian Deposit at the Library of Congress__-.-..._---------------------- 1, 248 578, 673
Smithsonian © free eee ee ae Baas Na ON ROU ROUGE aa CIs 220 32, 185

Hs Yo) 2) Rapa eeaeanines re Man SEL Orc E DE Tyree Mp eieay PEN Es RCN EE UNC Oe ANS SON dS 5, 644 933, 997

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 155

Neither incomplete volumes of periodicals nor separates and reprints
are included in these figures.
Hachanges
News exchanges jarrangeds is 22 eet a a ee es 290
91 of these were assigned to the Smithsonian Deposit in the Library of
of Congress.
Specially requested publications received______--____-________-________ 6, 812
1,056 of these were obtained to fill gaps in the Smithsonian Deposit
sets.

Cataloging
Volumes and pamphlets cataloged_____1_-----__-__-___--___-______--_ 6, 614
Cards added to catalogs and shelf lists___-___-_--__-_________-__________ 35, 763
Periodicals
BerIOGl Cale parts Cn CCl eds ee ec es ee eS ee ee 16, 481
Of these, 4,709 were sent to the Smithsonian Deposit.
Circulation
BOAnNSEOr DOOKS; ANG PCTiOdiCa ls ee eee ee ee ee 9, 534

This figure does not include the intramural circulation of books and
periodicals filed in 31 sectional libraries, of which no count is kept.
Binding
Volumes) sent to the bindery 2004 1 Mitte TOs ES is 616
Volumes*repaired jin-the; Museum 22! fuc-24 ot 1s ee DD aE 1, 057

Respectfully submitted.

Leta F, Ciarg, Librarian.

Dr. ALexaNDER WeTMorE, 7
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

764815—47—_—_12

APPENDIX 12

REPORT ON PUBLICATIONS

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the publi-
cations of the Smithsonian Institution and its branches during the year
ended June 30, 1947.

The Institution published during the year 26 papers in the Smith-
sonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1 Annual Report of the Board of Re-
gents and pamphlet copies of 22 articles in the report appendix, 1 An-
nual Report of the Secretary, and 3 special publications.

The United States National Museum issued 1 Annual Report, 8 Pro-
ceedings papers, 3 Bulletins, and 2 separate papers in the bulletin se-
ries, Contributions from the United States National Herbarium.

The Bureau of American Ethnology issued 1 Annual Report and 1
Publication of the Institute of Social Anthropology.

- The Freer Gallery issued 1 pamphlet, 1 paper in its Oriental Studies
series, and 1 paper in its Occasional Papers series.

Of the publications there were distributed 158,129 copies, which in-
cluded 35 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Contributions to
Knowledge, 50,353 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Miscellane-
ous Collections, 20,880 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Annual
Reports, 9,008 War Background Studies, 23,235 Smithsonian special
publications, 22 reports on the Harriman Alaska Expedition, 34,952
volumes and separates of National Museum publications, 7,948 publi-
cations of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 257 publications of the
Institute of Social Anthropology, 5 catalogs of the National Collec-
tion of Fine Arts, 2,561 volumes and pamphlets of the Freer Gallery
of Art, 20 Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory, 374 reports of
the American Historical Association, and 8,479 miscellaneous publi-
cations not printed by the rae Shee een Tncciintion coy Survival
Manuals).

SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS

In this series there were issued 1 paper and title page and table
of contents in volume 104, whole volume 105, 18 papers and title page
and table of contents in volume 106, and 6 papers in volume 107, as
follows:

156

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 157

VOLUME 104

No. 23 (end of volume). The Cedartown, Georgia, meteorite, by Stuart H.
Perry. 3 pp., 4 pls. (Publ. 3844.) Aug. 1, 1946.
Title page and table of contents. (Publ. 3891.) Feb. 11, 1947.

VOLUME 105

World Weather Records, 1931-1940, by H. Helm Clayton and Frances L. Clayton.
x+646 pp. (Publ. 3803.) Apr. 4,.1947.

VOLUME 106

No. 1. The birds of San José and Pedro Gonzflez Islands, Republic of Panama,
by Alexander Wetmore. 60 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 3845.) Aug. 5, 1936.

No. 2. The vegetation of San José Island, Republic of Panama, by C. O.
Erlanson. 12 pp.,2pls.,1 fig. (Publ. 3846.) July 18, 1946.

No. 5. Echinoderms from the Pearl Islands, Bay of Panama, with a revision
of the genus Encope, by Austin H. Clark. 11 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 3849.) July 18,
1946.

No. 6. The nonmarine mollusks of San José Island, with notes on those of
Pedro Gonzdlez Island, Pearl Islands, Panama, by J. P. H. Morrison. 49 pp.,
3 pls. (Publ. 3850.) Sept. 12, 1946.

No. 7. Mammals of San José Island, Bay of Panama, by Remington Kellogg.
4pp. (Publ. 3851.) July 18, 1946. ,

No. 8. Turtles collected by the Smithsonian Biological Survey of the Panama
Canal Zone, by Karl Patterson Schmidt. 9pp.,1 pl. (Publ. 3852.) Aug. 1, 1946.

No. 9. The species of Platycopia Sars (Copepoda, Calanoida), by Mildred
Stratton Wilson. 16 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 3853.) Aug. 238, 1946.

No. 10. A reexamination of the fossil human skeletal remains from Melbourne,
Florida, by T. D. Stewart. 28 pp., 8 pls., 7 figs. (Publ. 3854.) Aug. 9, 1946.

No. 13. A new carnivorous dinosaur from the Lance formation of Montana,
by Charles W. Gilmore. 19 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 3857.) Sept. 12, 1946.

No. 14. A new dussumieriid fish of the genus Jenkinsia from Bermuda, by
Luis Rene Rivas. 4pp.,1pl.,1 fig. (Publ. 3859.) Nov. 22, 1946.

No. 15. Ladybeetles of the genus Hpilachna (sens. lat.) in Asia, Europe, and
Australia, by H. Dieke. 183 pp., 27 pls. (Publ. 3860.) Jan. 20, 1947.

No. 16. New birds from Colombia, by Alexander Wetmore. 14 pp. (Publ.
3862.) Dec. 30, 1946.

No. 17. Some new Cambrian bellerophont gastropods, by J. Brookes Knight.
li pp.,2pls. (Publ. 3865.) Jan. 3, 1947.

No. 18. On the evolutionary significance of the Pycnogonida, by Joel W. Hedg-
peth. 53 pp.,1 pl. 16 figs. (Publ. 3866.) Mar. 24, 1947,

No. 19. The lamina terminalis and preoptic recess of Amphibia, by Albert
K. Reese. 9pp.,4pls. (Publ. 3867.) Jan. 27, 1947.

No. 20. A monograph of the West Atlantic mollusks of the family Aclididae, by
Paul Bartsch. 29 pp.,6pls. (Publ. 3868.) Feb. 24, 1947.

No. 21. Developmental physiology of the grass seedling. II. Inhibition of meso-
cotyl elongation in various grasses by red and by violet light, by Robert L. Wein-
traub and Leonard Price. 15 pp., 5 figs. (Publ. 3869.) May 8, 1947.

No. 22. Solar cycles, by H. H. Clayton. 18 pp., 9 figs. (Publ. 3870.) Mar. 5.
1947.

Title page and table of contents. (Publ. 3899.) June 11, 1947.

158 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

VOLUME 107

No. 1. The Ethnogeographic Board, by Wendell Clark Bennett. 135 pp., 2 figs.
(Publ. 3889.) Apr. 14, 1947.

No. 2. The thoracic muscles of the cockroach Periplaneta americana (L.), by
C. 8. Carbonell. 23pp.,8 pls. (Publ.3890.) May 8, 1947.

No. 3. 1946-1947 report on the 27.0074-day cycle in Washington precipitation,
by C.G. Abbot. 2pp. (Publ. 3892.) Mar. 17, 1947.

No. 4. The sun’s short regular variation and its large effect on terrestrial tem-
peratures, by C.G. Abbot. 33 pp.,12 figs. (Publ. 3893.) Apr. 4, 1947.

No. 5. The dates and editions of Curtis’ British Entomology, by Richard E.
Blackwelder. 27 pp.,4pls.,15 figs. (Publ. 3894.) June 12, 1947.

No. 6. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley development program: Summary
report on the Missouri River Basin archeological survey in 1946, by Waldo R.
Wedel. 17pp.,2pls.,1 fig. (Publ.3895.) Apr. 23, 1947.

SMITHSONIAN ANNUAL REPORT

Report for 1946—The complete volume of the Annual Report of
the Board of Regents for 1945 was received from the Public Printer
December 4, 1946:

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution showing
the operations, expenditures, and condition of the Institution for the year ended
June 30, 1945. iv+484 pp., 80pls., 28 figs. (Publ. 3817.)

The general appendix contained the following papers (Publs. 3818-
3839) :

Our revolving “island universe” and its spiraling counterparts, by William T.
Skilling.

Medical uses of the cyclotron, by F. G. Spear.

Drinking water from sea water, by W. V. Consolazio, N. Pace, and A. C. Ivy.

Plastics and metals—competitors or collaborators? by G. K. Scribner.

The mineral position of the United States and the outlook for the future, by
Elmer W. Pehrson.

Japanese earthquakes, by N. H. Heck.

Conquest of the Northwest Passage by R. C. M. P. schooner St. Roch, by J. Lewis
Robinson.

The New England hurricane of September 1944, by Charles F. Brooks and Conrad
Chapman. >

Conserving endangered wildlife species, by Hartley H. T. Jackson.

Living with the boll weevil for fifty years, by U. C. Loftin.

The indispensable honeybee, by James I. Hambleton.

The importance of plants, by William J. Robbins.

Fungi and modern affairs, by J. Ramsbottom.

The introduction of abaca (Manila hemp) into the Western Hemisphere, by H. T.
Edwards.

Growing rubber in California, by E. L. Perry.

Thinking about race, by S. L. Washburn.

A unique prehistoric irrigation project, by Henry C. Shetrone.

Concepts of the sun among American Indians, by M. W. Stirling.

Human problems in military aviation, by Detlev W. Bronk.

Blood and blood derivatives, by Edwin J. Cohn.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 159

The microbiotics, by John N. McDonnell.
A brief summary of the Smithsonian Institution’s part in World War II.

Report for 1946—The Report of the Secretary, which included the
financial report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents,
and which will form part of the Annual Report of the Board of
Regents to Congress, was issued January 7, 1947:

Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and financial report
of the executive committe of the Board of Regents for the year ended June 30,
1946. ix+134 pp.,2 pls. (Publ. 3864.) 1947. ;

The Report volume for 1946, containing the general appendix, was
in press at the close of the year.

SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS

The first hundred years of the Smithsonian Institution, 1846-1946, by Webster
P. True. viii+64 pp., 41 pls. (Publ. C.) Aug. 10, 1946.

The Smithsonian Institution edition of etchings and drypoints by Charles W.
Dahlgreen. Catalogue. 19 pp., 71 illustrations. 1946.

Classified list of Smithsonian publications available for distribution Decem-
ber 1, 1946, compiled by Helen Munroe. 53 pp. (Publ. 3858.) 1946.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

The editorial work of the National Museum has continued during
the year under the immediate direction of the editor, Paul H. Oehser.
There were issued 1 Annual Report, 8 Proceedings papers, 3 Bulletins,
and 2 separate papers in the bulletin series, Contributions from the
United States National Herbarium.

REPORTS

Report on the progress and condition of the United States National Museum
for the year ended June 30, 1946. iii+113 pp. Jan. 14, 1947.

PROCEEDINGS : VOLUME 95

Title page, table of contents, list of illustrations, and index. Pp. i-viii, 615-647.
Mar. 24, 1947.
VOLUME 96

No. 3200. Hight new species of chalcid-flies of the genus Pseudaphycus Clausen,
with a key to the species, by A. B. Gahan. Pp. 311-327. Nov. 22, 1946.

No. 3201. New cerambycid beetles belonging to the tribe Disteniini from Cen-
tral and South America, by W. S. Fisher. Pp. 329-333. Nov. 26, 1946.

No. 3202. Machaeroides eothen Matthew, the sawtooth creodont of the
Bridger Eocene, by C. Lewis Gazin. Pp. 335-347, pls. 45-46. Dec. 16, 1946.

No. 3203. Review of some chalcidoid genera related to Cerocephala Westwood,
by A.B. Gahan. Pp. 349-876, pls. 47, 48. Dee. 31, 1946.

No 3204. A revision of the genera of mullets, fishes of the family Mugilidae,
with descriptions of three new genera, by Leonard P. Schultz. Pp. 377-395,
figs. 28-32. Dec. 5, 1946.

No. 3205. The phorid flies of Guam, by G. E. Bohart. Pp. 397-416, figs.
33-48. Feb. 17, 1947.

160 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

VOLUME 97

No. 3209. New cerambycid beetles belonging to the tribe Rhinotragini, by
W.S. Fisher. Pp. 47-57. June 6, 1947.

BULLETINS

No. 50, part 10. Birds of North and Middle America. Families Cracidae,
Tetraonidae, Phasianidae, Numididae, Meleagrididae, by Robert Ridgway and
Herbert Friedmann. Pp. i-xii, 1-484, figs. 1-28. Dec. 18, 1946.

No. 191. Life histories of North American jays, crows, and titmice, by Arthur
Cleveland Bent. Pp. i-xi, 1495, pls. 1-68. Jan. 27, 1947.

No. 192. The operculate land mollusks of the family Annulariidae of the
island of Hispaniola and the Bahama Archipelago, by Paul Bartsch. Pp. 1-264,
pls. 1-88. Oct. 3, 1946.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM
VOLUME 29

Part 38. The American species of Hymenophyllum, section Sphaerocionium,
by C. V. Morton. Pp. i-viii, 139-201. Apr. 16, 1947.

VOLUME 30

Part. 1. A botanical bibliography of the islands of the Pacific, by Elmer D.
Merrill. Pp. 1-322. A subject index to Elmer D. Merrill’s “A Botanical Bibli-
ography of the Islands of the Pacific,’ by Egbert H. Walker. Pp. 323-404.
Feb. 25, 1947. F

PUBLICATIONS OF THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

The editorial work of the Bureau has continued under the immedi-
ate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. During the year the
following publications were issued:

Sixty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Bthnology, 1945-1946.
12 pp.

Institute of Social Anthropology Publ. No. 3. Moche, a Peruvian coastal com-
munity, by John Gillin. 166 pp., 26 pls., 8 figs., 1 map.

FREER GALLERY OF ART

The Freer Gallery of Art issued three publications, as follows:

The Freer Gallery of Art. 16 pp., 7 pls., 3 figs. January 1947.

A descriptive and illustrative catalog of Chinese bronzes acquired during the
administration of John Ellerton Lodge, compiled by the staff of the Freer Gallery
of Art. Oriental Studies, No.3, 108 pp., frontispiece and 50 pls., 47 figs., 2 maps.
(Publ. 3805.) 1946.

The Grand Empress Dowager Wén Ming and the Northern Wei Necropolis at
Fang Shan, by A. G. Wenley. Occasional Papers, vol. 1, No. 1, 28 pp., 7 pls., 3 figs.
(Publ. 3861.) Feb. 1, 1947.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 161
REPORT OF THE AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION

The annual reports of the American Historical Association are
transmitted by the association to the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution and are communicated by him to Congress, as provided by
the act of incorporation of the Association. The following report
volume was issued this year. é

Annual Report of the American Historical Association for 1945. Vol. 1, Pro-
ceedings and list of members. 1947.

The following were in press at the close of the fiscal year: Annual
Report of the American Historical Association for 1945. Vol. 2,
Spain in the Mississippi Valley, 1765-1794, pt. 1, The Revolutionary
period, 1765-1781; vol. 8, Spain in the Mississippi Valley, 1765-1794,
pt. 2, Postwar decade, 1782-1791; vol. 4, Spain in the Mississippi Val-
_ ley, 1765-1794, pt. 8, Problems of frontier defense, 1792-1794.

REPORT OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY, DAUGHTERS OF THE
AMERICAN REVOLUTION

The manuscript of the Forty-ninth Annual. Report of the Naticnal
Society, Daughters of the American Revolution, was transmitted to
Congress, in accordance with law, October 30, 1946.

APPROPRIATION FOR PRINTING AND BINDING

The congressional appropriation for printing and binding for the
past year was entirely obligated at the close of the year. The appro-
priation for the coming fiscal year ending June 30, 1948, totals $100,000,
allotted as follows:

General administration (Annual Report of the Board of Re-

gents; Annual Report of the Secretary) --__________________ $18, 500
National Museu Sore eared ea ee 41, 000
Bureau of American Ethnology_________________-______--____- 15, 500
NUCL OMA TEGAN Te SIVEUS Vanya ee aE £50
Editorial Division (Annual Report of the American Historical

Association ; blank forms) ~-___--________--______-_--_=+---- 18, 500
Reserve (preferably for binding) ___________-__________-_2_____ 10, 550

100, 000

Respectfully submitted.
W. P. Troe, Chief, Editorial Division.
Dr. A. WETMORE,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE SMITH-
SONIAN INSTITUTION

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1947

To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution:

Your executive committee respectfully submits the following report
in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, together with a
statement of the appropriations by Congress for the Government
bureaus in the administrative charge of the Institution.

SMITHSONIAN ENDOWMENT FUND

The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s. 6d.—
$508,318.46. Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the claim,
freights, insurance, etc., together with payment into the fund of the
sum of £5,015, which had been withheld during the lifetime of Madame
de laBatut, brought the fund to the amount of $550,000.

Since the original bequest, the Institution has received gifts from
various sources, the income from which may be used for the general
work of the Institution. These, including the original bequest, plus
savings, are listed below, together with the income for the present year.

ENDOWMENT FUNDS
(Income for unrestricted use of the Institution)

Partly deposited in United States Treasury at 6 percent and partly invested in
stocks, bonds, ete.

Income pres-
Investment ent year

Parent fund (original Smithson bequest, plus accumulated savings) __._-__-_ $728, 876. 85 $43, 705. 93

Subsequent bequests, gifts, etc., partly deposited in the U. S. Treasury and
partly invested in the consolidated fund:

Avery, Robert S. and Lydia, bequest fund___.____._...____---_-___---_-- 54, 019. 08 2, 409. 11

Endowmoentifin des oe eee SO SNA SS ae Daeg eee 315, 080. 70 12, 120. 32

Habel DraSsybequests fem diye oS ae AE ca Neos tae 500. 00 30. 00

Hachenberg, George P. and Caroline, bequest fund___.___-._.-_-_--__-_- 4, 074. 69 156. 60

Hamilton, James, bequest fund___._______..-___-___---_------ eee 2, 908. 99 165. 71

Henry, Caroline, bequest fund_________-_____-___.-.--------_-_--_-__------- 1, 225. 34 47.07

Hodgkins, Thomas G. (general), gift__._.___.-_.--_._-_-___-__-_.-_---__.- 146, 377. 67 8, 127. 52

Porter, Henry Kirke, memorial fund___________--__-_-_____-_--_-_------- 290, 162. 47 10, 860. 78

Rhees, William Jones, bequest fund________-_._---_---___-_---_-_-_----- 1, 069. 31 53. 79

Sanford; Georce Be memorialiund 2. a a ee 2, 001. 92 100. 63

Witherspoon, Thomas A., memorial fund______.---___--__-_---_-_----_-- 130, 748. 49 5, 025. 26

Special fund, stock in reorganized closed banks_______-.-.--------------- 2, 280. 00 144. 00

Ly MX 0Y 2) AS aden a ee Ws Ya OU lhe CB ra gS ON ime ie gE iu Ss 3 Se 950, 448. 66 39, 240. 79

CG pipe aX 0 boy ato Lai ss Ser SU ac a i ER A Ae GSS IRN i ce Rea NN 1, 679, 325. 51 82, 946. 72

162

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 163

The Institution holds also a number of endowment gifts, the income
of each being restricted to specific use. These, plus accretions to date,
are listed below, together with income for the present year.

Income,
Investment | present year
Abbott, William L., fund for investigations in biology_______.-____-___--_--- $108, 401.17 $4, 202. 60
‘Arthur, James, fund for investigations and study of L the sun and lecture on
SSERYIU Cpe ae ae shi aia Lea rahe eo ae ot ss pa 2 TTA io ae SE Ee ok 40, 519. 67 1, 557. 36
Bacon, Virginia Purdy, fund, for traveling scholarship to investigate fauna
of countries other than the United States_____.-..-..-----.-----.---------- 50, 760. 18 1, 950. 95
Baird, Lucy H., fund for creating a memorial to Secretary Baird _____-_____- 24, 393. 69 937. 56
Barstow, Frederick D., fund, for purchase of animals for Zoological Park____ 1, 012. 92 38. 94
Canfield Collection fund for increase and care of the Canfield collection of
TATA PADIS eee ig ey cee CO eames EL Beate Pe OE A 38, 750. 42 1, 489. 35
Casey, Thomas L., fund, for maintenance of the Casey collection, and pro-
motion of researches relating tonColeopteraes ne 2 2 Hae oe eae ree 9, 292. 84 357.15
Chamberlain, Francis Lea, fund, for increase and promotion of Isaac Lea
collection of gems and SEaGv TTS co IN cP KR Bere eee 28, 531.11 1, 096. 58
Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort, fund, for preservation and exhibition of the
photographic collection of Rudolph Eickemeyer, Jr_..-...__---_____.-----_- 513. 98 19.73
Hillyer, Virgil, fund, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer collection of light-
AYER CO) SNS HSI ST ee eee mee eee bee 6, 658. 71 255. 91
Hitchcock, Dr. Albert S., library fund, for care of Hitchcock Agrostological
TE ROTATE Peseta sere eg eee eel ce peg ata aaa Rapegea aa Pee 1, 598. 68 61. 43
Hodgkins fund, specific, for increase and diffusion of more exact knowledge
in regard to nature and properties of atmospheric air__.___...___-__________ 100, 000. 00 6, 000. 00
Hrdliéka, Ale§ and Marie, fund, to further researches in physical anthro-
pology and publication in connection therewithine 22 he age 18, 633. 01 716. 12
PETROL KASD OCI Ae eee ae Ne a 12, 500. 00
Hughes, Bruce, fund, to found Hughes alcove_____________-_-_____-___------ 19, 393. 22 745. 34
Long, Annette and Edith C., fund, for upkeep and preservation of Long
collection of embroideries, laces, FATe Rr ere pee dt EN eens C1 ORE aN GO 8 550. 14 21.12
Maxwell, Mary E., fund, for care, etc., of Maxwell Collection _______..._-___- 9, 988. 40 95.98
Myer, Catherine Walden, fund, for purchase of first-class works of art for the
use and benefit of the National Collection of Fine Arts...._.._____---___- 19, 205. 20 738. 12
Strong, Julia D., bequest fund, for benefit of National Collection of Fine Arts_ 10, 130. 05 389. 32
Pell, Cornelia Livingston, fund, for maintenance of Alfred Duane Pell
(Eye EE LS Ea a pi a a a eR RR CN ae 7, 510. 01 288. 62
Poore, Lucy T. and George W., fund, for general use of the Institution when
principal amounts to $250,000. i eg 8 8 spe gla nT RU CSA las Pa er Rae ISN 105, 985. 13 4, 648. 64
Rathbun, Richard, memorial fund, for use of division of U. S. National
Museum containing Crustacea_-_______._.__-___----2-- eee 10, 775. 93 414.16
Reid, peace T., fund, for founding chair in biology in memory {of Asher
UNDA D IS a a a Na SR Teper es Ht era 30, 244. 04 1, 451. 68
Roebling Collection fund, for care, improvement, and increase of Roebling
COUECHOMKO Primera Se ao SNE ile Ne RRR OE Seed Die a Se ieee ie eS Me 122, 276. 63 4, 699. 63
Rollins, Miriam and William, fund, for investigations in physics and chem-
1S CTs ye cc cen nt ae Ae Ns oc RCE NO URE EEA ER OR AU WE OB ene 95, 136. 99 3, 657. 02
Smithsonian employees’ retirement fund_________.___._.____..--_----_--_--_- 80, 277. 80 3, 085. 45
Springer, Frank, fund, for care, etc., of Springer collection and library_______ 18, 168. 84 698. 28
Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux, research fund, for development of
geological and paleontological studies and publishing results thereof_____- 430, 819. 07 15, 891. 98
Younger, Helen Walcott, fund, held in trust______._._____...2---2 2-2 _ ee 50, 125. 12 2, 684. 58
Zerbee, Frances Brincklé, fund, for endowment of aquaria_-.._.__-.-.-_.-__- 961. 02 36. 94
STO bellied AAR AE SE TT AERA AEA Sat 8 ee REA Ne Os 1, 453, 113. 97 58, 230. 54

The above funds amount to a total of $3,132,439.48 and are carried
in the following investment accounts of the Institution:

U.S. Treasury deposit account, drawing 6 percent interest____-___ $1, 000, 000. 00
Consolidated investment fund (income in table below) ___-________ 1, 859, 686. 86
Realiestates mortgages: etes ssi 208, 771. 73
Special funds, miscellaneous investments_______________________ 52, 234. 83
AT TMTNVES ES CH Cen oT Cea a ei eid 11, 746. 06

BERD (mE esr hk tN ee re ah ang nese 3, 132, 439. 48

164 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

CONSOLIDATED FUND

This fund contains substantially all the investments of the Institu-
tion, with the exception of those of the Freer Gallery of Art; the deposit
of $1,000,000 in the United States Treasury, with guaranteed income
of 6 percent; and investments in real estate and real-estate mortgages.
This fund contains endowments for both unrestricted and specific use.
A statement of principal and income of this fund for the last 10 years
follows:

Per- Per-
Fiscal year Principal Income | cent- Fiscal year Principal Income | cent-
age age
BUC a ese ey Se $867, 528. 50 |$34, 679. 64 4500 })-1943_ 2. 22222222252 $1, 316, 533. 49 |$50, 524. 22 3.83
NOS Q we Se EES 902, 801.27 | 30, 710. 53 3.40 || 1944. _____.-_--- 1,372, 516. 41 | 50, 783.79 3. 69
NOAQH 2 eh es ae 1, 081, 249.25 | 38, 673. 29 BEATA SLO Gree ae ee ee 1, 454, 957.73 | 50, 046. 67 3. 50
LOE See 1, 098, 301. 51 | 41, 167. 38 B.70Ov lll Rel GAG rae he SIE SN 1, 559, 215. 25 | 57, 612. 38 3. 69

TOG 20 See eS 1, 270, 968. 45 | 46, 701. 98 Os Ode | RLOS (enka sense eee 1, 871, 432.92 | 74, 836. 55 4.00

CONSOLIDATED FUND
Gain in investments over year 1946

Investments made from gifts and savings on income__ $314, 400. 71
Less loss on sales of securities_____________________ Eis 2, 183. 04

Potala nt AAA yssth RR Ne eke NT 208 eee —- 3812, 217. 67

FREER GALLERY OF ART FUND

Early in 1906, by deed of gift, Charles L. Freer, of Detroit, gave to
the Institution his collection of Chinese and other Oriental objects of
art, aS well as paintings, etchings, and other works of art by Whistler,
Thayer, Dewing, and other artists. Later he also gave funds for the
construction of a building to house the collection, and finally in his
will, probated November 6, 1919, he provided stock and securities to
the estimated value of $1,958,591.42, as an endowment fund for the
operation of the Gallery.

The above fund of Mr. Freer was almost entirely represented by
20,465 shares of stock in Parke, Davis & Co. As this stock advanced in
value, much of it was sold and the proceeds reinvested so that the fund
now amounts to $6,069,845.32 in a selected list of securities classified
later. j

The invested funds of the Freer bequest are under the following
headings:

Court and grounds fund______________ cA RSL Ecce $679, 970. 31
Court and grounds maintenance fund________________ 170, 756. 06
Curator fund____________ Petia iuala BUI uA iin, USAR 691, 983. 14
Residuary legacy fund________________________ ____ 4, 527, 135. 81

pL 2 Ue Sn Se eM EN Ue a aS 6, 069, 845. 32

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 165

Statement of principal and income for the last 10 years

j ei Percent-
Fiscal year Principal Income . age

TTY i TERN eNO OP TRU 0 ee el I OD Ue $4, 820,777.31 | $255, 651. 61 5.30

OSGI EN NCR NS EEL TL 0Y SRR ce LOG 5, 075,976.76 | 212, 751.78 4.19

LOA (MRE ak BEE ue Biles! eaves SET DS UR ae URNA ED 6, 112, 953.46 | 242, 573.92 3.96

FI es oe oe as a ea Tce yg gna pa earl an a 6, 030, 586.91 | 233, 079. 22 3.86

FDS LTS aN ae OMI CET Cha cp en pe piaa eee Maas aes 5, 912,878.64 | 241, 557.77 4.08

45 MONI TA ME) Taian BUGS DOIVENT 5, 836, 772.01 | 216, 125.07 3.70

iTV A LT I 2 TP CIT a Pe ee OR EN RSL EO 5,881, 402.17] 212,305. 27 3.61

GA NE SMR REO RReoN DUR UGS Ch MUN NUR SR Uae oad 5, 864,061.73 | 212, 552.69 3.62

OG oe ST RIT ID ETD erp agit da apa US YT 5, 994, 394.31 | 220,818.86 3, 68

NOE ese a AE AE 5 AR A ad a a Yue VOU EAE eee 6, 069, 845.32} 242,471.02 4.00

FREER FUND
Gain during present year from sale, call of securities, ete_________ $75, 451. O1
SUMMARY OF ENDOWMENTS

Invested endowment for general purposes_________________--___ $1, 453, 118. 97
Invested endowment for specific purposes other than Freer endow-

STONER RS Ey IY NE Oe HE ol Se MMe can eat es de OM Virgin ne eat ae Ys Pev es ay 1, 679, 825. 51

Total invested endowment other than Freer endowment____ 3, 132, 489. 48

Freer invested endowment for specific purposes_____________-_- 6, 069, 845. 32

Total invested endowment for all purposes_-_____________- 9, 202, 284. 80

CLASSIFICATION OF INVESTMENTS

Deposited in the U. S. Treatury at 6 percent per annum, as
- authorized in the U. S. Revised Statutes, sec. 5591_____________ $1, 000, 000. 00
Investments other than Freer endowment (cost or market value at

date acquired) :

Bonds (20 different groups) __---______________ $706, 418. 10
Stocks (50 different groups) __________________ 1, 276, 348. 59
Real estate and first-mortgage notes__________ 137, 926. 73
Wninvested capital. 222 Sees Bane ea a ae 11, 746. 06
———_—_——_ 2, 182, 489. 48
Total investments other than Freer endowment____________ 3, 182, 439. 48

Investment of Freer endowment (cost or market
value at date acquired) :

Bonds (27 different groups) __-_-____________ $2, 783, 575. 97
Stocks (53 different groups) _________________ 3, 240, 824, 22
Real estate first-mortgage notes_____________ 1, 000. 00
Wninvested! capital. en 44, 445.138
6, 069, 845. 32

Total imvestmenten. re SE SR HU SIN 9, 202, 284. 80

166 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

CASH BALANCES, RECEIPTS, AND DISBURSEMENTS DURING FISCAL
YEAR 19477

Cash balance on hand June 30, 1946__--______-______---____---~- $807, 410. 45
Receipts :
Cash income from various sources for general
work of the Institution-__________-_--__--___ $98, 761. 91
Cash gifts for general work of the Institution
(for investment)i24 2. ee 290, 500. 00
Cash gifts and contributions expendable for spe-
cial scientifie objects (not for investment) —--__ 66, 150. 80
Cash income from endowments for specific use
other than Freer endowment and from miscel-
laneous sources (including refund of tempo-

rary. advances) 222238 ee 155, 903. 83
Cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete. (for
investment) (5 2222 cies es ee ee ee 212, 294. 20
Total receipts other than Freer endowment__-__----___-_-_ 823, 610. 74
Cash income from Freer endowment__----_~---- 242, 471. 02
Cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete. (for
LNW EMC Tat) oe ee Ne ee 952, 838. 45
Total receipts from Freer endowment____-----__--_____-_ 1, 195, 309. 47.
TT fea is a | es ip ee fe as 2, 826, 330. 66
Disbursements : ERAS ORE
From funds for general work of the Institution :
Buildings—care, repairs, and alteration____ $2, 441.18
Furniture and fixtures_________--______--__ 451. 55
General administration____..__-___------__-- 37, 110. 39
Wibrary: 20208 Sete eva es Se ee 3, 133. 88
Publications (comprising preparation, print-
ing and distribution) _-_-__-______-_______ 19, 186. 21
Researches and explorations_____-_______--_ 22, 682. 26
—————_—_ 85, 005. 47
From funds for specific use other than Freer en-
dowment :
Investments made from gifts and from sav-
ings on income 2222222282425) fee 312, 217. 67
Other expenditures, consisting largely of re-
search work, travel, increase and care of
special collections, etc., from income of en-
dowment funds, and from cash gifts for
specific use (including temporary ad-
VIET COG) pe ees ae aie a nee 148, 330. 32
Reinvestment of cash capital from sale, call
Of | SCCULITIES)) CLGl Wee ee ae ae 195, 046, 45
Cost of handling securities, fee of investment
counsel, and accrued interest on bonds pur-
CUDA SOs HF ea Nic als Di SN OC 3, 478. 27
659,072. 71

1This statement does not include Government appropriations under the administrative
charge of the Institution.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 167

Disbursements—Continued.
From Freer endowment :
Operating expenses of the Gallery, salaries,

field expenses, ete___--____--____---__--~- $79, 218. 52
Purchase of art objects__--____--+-----~-- _. 124, 790. 00
Reinvestment of cash capital from sale, call

of securities, ete-_____--_---_----_----_- 954, 000. 95

Cost of handling securities, fee of invest-
ment counsel, and accrued interest on

bonds purchased_-_-----_-_-______----~- 21, 786. 82
. $1, 179, 796. 29
Cash balance June 30, 1947__-___ ---~------~---=----~-~--------- 902, 456. 19
WN egies aces Wee yest ec agile yh eagle a igi, ps A pein Eyre ee 2, 826, 330. 66

Included in the above receipts was cash received as royalties from
sales of Smithsonian Scientific Series to the amount of $28,539.80.
This was distributed as follows:

Smithsonian Institution endowment fund___---___________--______ $12, 608. 21
Smithsonian Institution emergency fund_-_--_---_--_-__-_--_-_-__ 3, 152. 05
Smithsonian Institution unrestricted fund, general__________-______ 9, 456. 16
Sen ET Ss rs ea UP TE a eT A AE A 3, 323. 38

28, 539. 80

Included in the foregoing are expenditures for researches in pure
science, publications, explorations, care, increase, and study of collec-
tions, etc., as follows:

EXxpended from general funds of the Institution:

STR C aL OTS pees oi ee a a a ss $19, 186. 21
Researches and explorations_________-____________ 22, 682. 26
$41, 868. 47
Expenditures from funds devoted to specific purposes:
Researches and explorations____________-__________ 64, 917. 41
Care, increase, and study of special collections______ 3, 186. 41
UVR CA ET OM Gs e2 S228 Gate cos ay cs RS OS By Bt el oe 10, 996. 61
79, 100. 43
TRO te Pes el iter sarees bee earl eek Bye ne aie ie eet ly) aya 120, 968. 90

The practice of depositing on time in local trust companies and
banks such revenues as may be spared temporarily has been continued
during the past year, and interest on these deposits has amounted to
$642.64.

The Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts or bequests from the
following:

The Viking Fund, Ine., New York City, for Iroquois research.

Ernest N. May, for scientific exploration, particularly in the West Indies.
John A. Roebling, as a further contribution for research in radiation.

168 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1947

Mary E. Maxwell, for care, preservation and additions to Maxwell collection of

jewelry, ete.
Miss Annie-May Hegeman, for Henry Kirke Porter Memorial Fund.

All payments are made by check, signed by the Secretary of the
Institution on the Treasurer of the United States, and all revenues are
deposited to the credit of the same account. In many instances de-
posits are placed in bank for convenience of collection and later with-
drawn and deposited in the United States Treasury.

The foregoing report relates only to the private funds of the In-
stitution.

The following appropriations were made by Congress for the Gov-
ernment bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smithsonian
Institution for the fiscal year 1947:

Salaries’ and *expensess."2 its tie SN Se ae, ee $1, 632, 912. 00
National Zoologica) Park si ciiis c oe Oe ee ey Oe ed ee 432, 500. 00

In addition, funds were transferred from other Departments of the
Government for expenditure under direction of the Smithsonian In-
stitution :

Cooperation with the American Republics (transfer from State
ABBY Ge yy elas Ce TaiE oe eS Yr Ne LTE $139, 589. 00
Working fund, transferred from National Park Service, Interior
Department, for archeological investigations in Missouri River
OIE Sa SA A I Da a ee ENA Sl Tad se a 71, 500. 00

The report of the audit of the Smithsonian private funds is given

below:
SEPTEMBER 17, 1947.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, BOARD OF REGENTS,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

Sirs: Pursuant to agreement we have audited the accounts of the Smithsonian
Institution for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, and certify the balances of cash
on hand, including petty cash fund, June 30, 1947, to be $904,356.19.

We have verified the records of receipts and disbursements maintained by
the Institution and the agreement of the book balances with the bank balances.

We have examined all the securities in the custody of the Institution and in
the custody of the banks and found them to agree with the book records.

We have compared the stated income of such securities with the receipts of
record and found them in agreement therewith.

We have examined all vouchers covering disbursements for account of the In-
stitution during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1947, together with the authority
therefor, and have compared them with the Institution’s record of expenditures
and found them to agree.

We have examined and verified the accounts of the Institution with each trust
fund.

We found the books of account and records well and accurately kept and the
securities conveniently filed and securely cared for.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE - 169

All information requested by your auditors was promptly and courteously

furnished.
We certify the balance sheet, in our opinion, correctly presents the financial

condition of the Institution as at June 30, 1947.
WILLIAM L. YAEGER,

Certified Public Accountant.
Respectfully submitted.
VANNEVAR BusH,
CLARENCE CANNON,
Executive Committee.

PLEA STH

SONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

wii

3 9088 01296